Home

USB Protocol Suite User Manual

1. uosa mpina a aema e SN 63329 Data Packet Count Ch 0 5N 63329 E a USB2 0 a zi 2 Data Packets 00 000 000 000 N A 33 Data Bytes 00 000 000 000 N A e E Total Bytes 00 026 495 322 N A w be 2 g USB 3 0 21 Endpoint Statistics Address Endpoint Direction 2 oO S 9 805 9 806 9 807 9 808 9 809 9 810 9 811 9 812 9 813 9 814 Time s 4 mi SN 63329 Data Payload Throughput Ch 0 09 1 A D ES S po b 2 a o 2 ies E y 9 805 9 806 9 807 9 808 9 809 9 810 9 811 9 812 9 813 9 814 Time s 4 mio Upstream Downstream LBAD 0 0 SN 63329 Bus Usage Ch 0 09 CRC 5 0 0 3 i CRC 16 0 0 2 CRC 32 0 0 x2 RD 0 0 Se Inv Sym 0 0 T DP 0 0 g DP Err 0 0 gt DP Err 0 000000 0 000000 TP 0 0 0 Y TP Err 0 0 9 805 9 806 9 807 9 808 9 809 9 810 9 811 9 812 9 813 9 814 Time 5 _ S uy ITP Err 0 0 SN 63329 SuperSpeed Host Rx Data Payload Throughput El amp SuperSpeed Host Tx Data Payload Throughput El 09 a 1 a E LMP Err 0 0 gt LMP Err 0 000000 0 000000 ma Pkt Total 0 0 a Pkt Err 0 0 PktErr 0 000000 0 000000 3 E A Time From Start 9 805 9 806 9 807 9 808 9 809 9 810 9811 9 812 9813 9 814 Time s 00 28 18 Restart Save and Ri Figure 9 39 Real Time Statistics window USB Protocol Suite User Manual 253 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Real Time Monitoring 254 9 14 1 For USB 3 0 the Real Time Statis
2. Frame CRCS EOF Pkt Len Time Time Stamp 00000001 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 95 003 ms 0 001 000 666 SETUP ADDR CRC5 EOF Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 00000001 0xB4 o o 0x08 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 249 330 ns 0 096 004 000 DATAO BEREE CRC16 0 Pkt Len 00000001 0xBB29 250 000 ns 99 Bits 13 Bytes Packet Expected 99 PID Packet Frame CRC5 EOF Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 100 00000001 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 333 330 ns 0 097 000 666 Packet IN ADDR CRC5 0 Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 00000001 0x96 o o 0x08 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 15 833 ps 0 097 003 916 Idle Time Stamp 985 250 us 0 096 007 166 EREE 0 EMAB 0 idle 2 pid DATAO data 00 05 04 00 00 00 00 00 idle To BOF AUTO idle 5 Say WEB Bhap 0 idle 3 FS Enum Break Wrap Sample utg 64 4 4 gt Dl er 2 QuickTiming markers not set Edit the active document as text file Rec Speed ChO Auto Figure 11 8 Script Editor The Script Editor divides into three areas the toolbar the script window and the file tabs at the bottom of the window If errors occur a log opens at the bottom of the window USB Protocol Suite User Manual 321 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Editing a Generation File 322 11 5 1 Toolbar The Script Editor toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions ia 4 Mal ye car E E KE
3. Search Direction Forward 00 6 005 3 D22 0 D07 3 3 000 ns Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type CAD_A Time Time Stamy 312 1 016 4 D22 5 D04 4 8 000 ns 2 882 7206 Link Command LMP Subtype Time Time Stamp Transaction Packet Type Time Stamp 2 662 720 848 Transfer Standard Request Type Time Stamp Transfer Type Control 2 662 720 864 Isochronous Time Time Stamp gt 224 000 ns 2 662 720 880 _ Interrupt Time Stamp Figure 6 27 Transfer Type Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 169 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To SCSI 6 6 14 Go To Channel Allows you to search for traffic by 1 Classic Speed or O Hi Speed Search View Window Help Go to Trigger Go to Selected Packet Go to Packet Transaction Transter Ctrl G Go to Marker Ctrl M Go to USB 2 0 Go to USB 3 0 d Go to SCSI 1 Ctrl Alt S5hift 1 AA Find 2 Ctrl Alt Shift 2 Ry Find Next F3 3 Ctrl Alt Shift 3 Search Direction Forward Figure 6 28 Channel Menu Option 6 7 Go To SCSI The Go To SCSI feature takes you to a SCSI Operation Command Status Task Management Task Management Response Error or SCSI Logical Unit Number 6 7 1 Error rch View Window Help Go to Trigger Go to Selected Packet Go to Packet Transaction Transfer Ctr 6 Go to Marker Ctrl M P Go to USB 2 0 d Go to USB 3 0 d Go to Channel d Go to SCSI SCSI Operation Command Status F
4. LEA Time Time Stamp oP waz e a __255 000 ns LGOGD_3 Idle Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF 017 6 D03 2 008 0 008 6 Figure 5 30 Stacked View Note Items are grouped regardless of any intervening Skip Sequence Electrical Idle or Logical Idle symbols If any of these occur during a stream of the repeating stacking item they are not displayed Note on unexpected 3 0 Idle times in traces which include Logical Idle and or SKPs There will occasionally be Idle fields typically 8ns between packets which do not seem to make sense within a continuous set of captured data such as amongst idles and SKPS These are a by product of the mechanism which compensates for timestamp event rate matching between the various time bases There are 3 clock domains Rx Tx and our precision timestamp that need to be represented in the trace The nominal 2nSec symbol Transmit and Receive clocks can vary up to 500ppm per the USB Specification whereas the Analyzer is accurate to 3ppm The small idle time at the end of a packet is there to compensate for this clock drift difference between the protocol clocks and our precision clock and to try to maintain the most accurate relationship amongst these clocks The Timestamp field is always based on our 3ppm clock timestamp 5 11 Display 2 Only Click the button to display only USB 2 0 traffic 128 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display 3 Only Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 5
5. 8 3 6 Decoding using Endpoint Information To decode using the endpoint information 1 Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the Bulk Int Transfer IN OUT transaction with data menu 2 Select Decode as Endp to open a View Fields for Endp text box The figure on the next page shows a Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI IN Endp decoding E lt gt M2 Mass Storage This data payload represents a Mass Storage Data Bulk INQUIRY Response Response to INQUIRY Command E Length Offset Hex as Field bits bits Decoded Valuc Description PO 3 0 0 0x0 Peripheral Qualifier Der Typ 5 3 0x00 0x00 Peripheral Device Type Rem 0 a 0 0x00 Removable Medium Byte 1 0x00 Version g 16 0x00 0x00 Version Flags 8 24 0x02 0x02 Byte 3 Flags AENC Async Event Notification Capable 0 NormACA Normal ACA 3 Supported 0 HiSup Hierarchical Support LUN Addr 0 Response Data Format 0x2 Lon G 32 Ox1F 0x1F Additional Length 0 SECES 0 40 0x00 0x00 Byte 5 Flag SCCS SCC Support 0 Byte 6 Flags BQue Basic Queueing Supt for Log Unit 0 EncSery Contains de gs a 46 0x00 0x00 enclosure services component 0 VS Wendor Specific 0 MultiP MultiPort Device O 6 MChngr Embedded Attached meduim changer 0 Addr16 16 Byte 7 Flags RelAdr Relative Addressing Supported 0 WbBus16 Wide Bus 16 Bit Flags 3 56 0x00 0x00 0 Sync Synchronous Transfer Supported 0 Linked Linked Commands Supported 0 7 TransDis Transfer Disable
6. menu selection when viewing a Trace File There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software To load a generation file 1 Select File gt Open from the menu to display the Open dialog see Figure 11 12 on page 325 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Loading the Generation File Teledyne LeCroy Corporation MB open gO LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples Organize New folder Pa A Favorites Name Date modified Type HE Desktop ta Downloads z Recent Places HS_Enumeration_Sample usb 6 11 2012 10 46 A LeCroy USB trace f mn USB3 0 2 0 HubTraffic usb 6 11 2012 10 46 A LeCroy USB trace f __ Libraries 2 Documents le Music W Pictures Videos W Computer ES Windows 05 ES lenovo Recovery lid GGG ee lab File name HS_Enumeration_Sample usb Y All USE Protocol Suite Files cane Figure 11 12 Open Dialog 2 Select Generation Files utg from the drop down menu marked All USB Protocol Suite Files to display a list of Traffic Generation files 3 Select a Traffic Generation file utg Click Open The file opens see Figure 11 13 on page 326 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 325 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Loading the Generation File LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser C Users Public Documents LeCroy U FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg mM Fil
7. 28 Recording Options a a Display Options Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d trans actions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 2 GB Idle filtering 3 0 m Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information m Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream o
8. 4 Using the screwdriver loosen both retaining screws by rotating counter clockwise approximately two full turns until feeling slight resistance Do not force the retaining screws after two turns 5 Using the extraction tool as a handle gently wriggle the expansion card forward about 1 8 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 59 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Application Startup 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 approximately three times until the card is free from the retaining screws and you can remove the card from the system 3 5 Application Startup To start the application launch the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite program from the Start Menu Start gt All Programs gt LeCroy gt USB Protocol Suite gt USB Protocol Suite to open the main window see Figure 3 1 on page 61 60 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Application Startup Teledyne LeCroy Corporation BB Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser BETA CAUsers Public Doc USB3 0_2 0 Hub_Enumneration_withPowerMgmt Enabled ecn a gt e File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help MEJIA SHE P BT E seus reo A Ob Oe dl HR AS EA E mm ss aa E ER ww a Bel aiel R B E wga rome i usso seie E Ej Er a Navigator ES rm Packet S Le LCRD_D Time Stamp 83176 S SLC SLC SLC EPF D07 2 D20 1 D21 1 D21 1 32000ns 2 493862672 EJ ES Y Oly q S INT Subtvce Nm HP BT Ti Time Time Stamp te Port Capab
9. A E 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 Time ms il p E 4 _USB2 Percent of bus used ChO OS Percent 1 50 5 000 5 500 6 000 6 500 7 000 7 500 8 000 8 500 9 000 9 500 10 000 10 500 Time ms 4 Hl gt _USB2 Bus usage by device Ch0 Figure 9 16 Bus Utilization Window 224 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Bus Utilization Teledyne LeCroy Corporation For USB 3 0 the display is similar to the following Bus Utilization a o a Bra 2 e al Saa USB3 Packet Length 1 000 Length bytes 500 2 800 3 000 3 200 3 400 3 600 3 800 4 000 4 200 4 400 4 600 4 800 5 000 5 200 5 400 5 600 Time ms 4 mI gt _USB3 Data Throughput Q o a y 2 ES ca e Zo 5 i D o 2 800 3 00 3 600 3 8 4 400 4 800 5 0 5 200 Time 5 Figure 9 17 Bus Utilization Window 9 7 1 Bus Utilization Buttons The Bus Utilization window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data The buttons have the following functions Save As Saves the graphs as a al Horizontal zoom out le bitmap file bmp 7 Email Creates an email with a Vertical zoom in bmp file attachment of the graphs Vertical zoom out E Full Screen Click and Drag zoom Click diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph USB Protocol Suite User Manual 225 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Bus Utilization 226 9 7 2
10. Color Format Hiding Display Options on page 177 Hide Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed A caret gt in the upper left of a field shows whether the field is collapsible and expandable see Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields on page 123 When a field is collapsible expandable you can choose whether the field is shown or hidden when its set of fields is in the collapsed state Thus you can determine which fields are more critical to view in these two modes Do NOT confuse this with Hide Fields see Format Color Hide Fields above which hides the field everywhere without regard to collapse expand state USB Protocol Suite User Manual 125 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation View Data Block View LCW Header Fields Show HDepth when LEW Header is collapsed Move Time Stamp Show Spec View Fields 2 674 554 424 Set marker Ue Collapse LCW Header 2 674 561 Expand All LCW Header Fields Time Sta Collapse All LCW Header Fields Format i 2 6 4 564 Color Hide Figure 5 25 Hide Show Field 5 8 View Data Block The data field pop up menu has an option for viewing the raw bits in a data field Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Set marker Format Color Hide 660 ns Figure 5 26 View Data Block Pop up Menu To view these bits 1 Click the data field to open the data field pop up menu oc 2 Select View Data Block or the i Data View button to op
11. For Host Emulation connect a cable from Device under Test to A port Voyager N7sx a TELEDYNE USB 2 0 3 0 LECROY O O Power Status Device Under Test Figure 12 3 Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to A Port 350 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Transaction Engine Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 2 2 Device Emulation 12 3 For Device Emulation connect a cable from Host under Test to B port Voyager NT3x ae TELEDYNE USB 2 0 3 0 LECROY O O O Power Status 2 0 3 0 Exercise Trigger Figure 12 4 Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to B Port Transaction Engine The Transaction Engine allows Voyager hardware to automatically handle low level protocol elements for quicker response and higher data throughput Some Transaction Engine features are O Retry Upon RX NRDY TP Exerciser automatically waits for ERDY and then retries Header TP or ACK TP QO Upon RX of Data burst packets Exerciser automatically sends ACK TP with proper SEQ number for all received packets QO Upon RX of DP with out of order SEQ number Exerciser sends ACK TP with miss ing SEQ number and Retry bit set to 1 O Upon RX of DP with Host Error bit set Exerciser in Device Emulation mode automatically waits for ERDY and then retries packet a Upon RX of Stream Transfer with out of order data packets Exerciser sends ACK TP with correct Stream ID and SEQ number Note For more information on the
12. USB Protocol Suite User Manual USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 2 5 USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 These CATC analyzers are no longer explicitly supported beginning in version 4 70 No further validation testing will be done with this equipment which have been deemed End Of Life EOL by Teledyne LeCroy Nothing will be done to remove support of these older devices from the software but the user should be cautioned that no new bug fixes will be implemented for these analyzers If problems occur on these EOL d analyzers in future releases you will have to uninstall the newer software and install an older release 4 60 or earlier which will be available on the Teledyne LeCroy Web Site Earlier versions of the software include the documentation related to these units in their respective User Manual versions USB Protocol Suite User Manual 53 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 54 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Installation The Analyzer software installs on a Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 host machine Important Please uninstall any versions of USBTracer USB Advisor or USBMobile HS software on your host machine BEFORE installing USB Protocol Suite The older software is not compatible with the new software and device drivers You can load files recorded usin
13. Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties O Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That num ber ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected QO Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note that there is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2 Number of Analyzer Counters and Timers The Analyzer inclu
14. files 191 Manual 191 Script Decoding language 191 Script Edit Window 355 Script Editor buttons 322 355 359 360 370 pop up menu 323 360 toolbar 322 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index tooltips 357 utility 320 window 320 script files 185 script list 250 Script toolbar 359 Scripts directory 185 SCSI commands 364 SCSI Operations 141 SCSI Bulk Protocol dec file 187 SEO Bus conditions 180 search complex 171 Direction 173 direction 174 Exclusion 173 feature 149 Intersection 172 menu 78 149 Origin 173 status 96 Union 172 select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario 370 Select License Key File dialog box 394 Select Range dialog 223 Sequence cells 288 sequences independent 298 restarting 291 sequencing 19 Serdes BusEngine Version 388 serial number 388 Session Request Protocol 155 sessions 140 set marker in trace 121 SET button 366 Set Marker command 233 Set Range Near Packet xxx 239 Set Range to Whole Trace 238 setting generation options 328 settings Resume 328 Settings command 251 252 Settings dialog 252 SETUP field 199 transaction 199 setup 55 56 Setup menu 353 Show Description window command 251 show Downstream port link states 246 Show Grid command 251 Show Line Numbers command 323 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Show Line Numbers option 357 Show Markers option 226 Show Output command 251 Show Plumb Line
15. raw_data 8F FO raw_data_bits 13 the output bitstream would be 1111 0001 0000 1 Each byte is described in MSB to LSB format but is output on the wire in LSB to MSB format Assign the string OFF to disable bit stuffing within the current packet The default value is ON Assign an integer from 1 to 40 to represent the sync field The integer is the number of zeros transmitted before the one For Low and Full Speed files the default value is 7 to give a sync of 00000001 For High Speed files the default value is 31 resulting in a sync of 0000000000000000000000000000000 Host Generation Only These four keys may be applied to individual packets to override the behavior in a given instance Normally they are used in the config_endpoint statement See their descriptions in the Endpoint Configuration section earlier These keys are populated into the utg script file automatically whenever the menu command File gt Export to utg file is run These keys do not need to be edited sd_prod USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Key Code sd_vend Description sd_bm_req_type sd_interface sd_host_id sd_class code sd_subclass sd_protocol sd_end_sd USB Protocol Suite User Manual 347 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files 348 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser The USB 3 0 Exerciser a
16. rs vy de a Types Power Voltage and or Current USB Protocol Suite User Manual Power Tracker Teledyne LeCroy Corporation EE Full Screen th Change Power Tracker graph Pointer Mode UN type Bar Line and or Point 9 13 2 Decoded Fields view See Decoded Fields View on page 204 for information 9 13 3 Running Verification Scripts You can perform custom post process analysis of the open trace by running a verification script over the trace A verification script instructs the application to send trace and analysis information to the script A verification script also contains script code written using Teledyne LeCroy Script Language used to process trace data and output that data in different formats Note You may write your own verification scripts to perform custom verification and analysis For information on how to write a verification script see the Verification Script Engine Reference Manual To run a verification script over a trace 1 Select the main menu item Report gt Run verification scripts or press Ctrl Shift U or click the Run verification scripts button i on the main tool bar The Run verification scripts dialog opens see Figure 9 35 on page 250 from which you choose then run one or several verification scripts USB Protocol Suite User Manual 249 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Power Tracker Verification script est USB Suite VSE event sending capabilities and p
17. 0ns 2ns 4n5 6ns 0ns5 2ns 4n5 6ns Figure 9 24 Link Tracker Window Zoomed Out Collapsing Idle Time Enabling Tool tips and Resetting Column Widths Click the View Options button JE to open a menu with options for formatting the display Three options are presented Collapsible Idle Time Opens a dialog box for setting the Idle time value Setting a value tells the Analyzer when to collapse Idle times and display them as grayed out strips within the Bus View window Time Format Seconds or Clock USB Protocol Suite User Manual Link Tracker 3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Reset Column Widths This option resets column widths to their defaults and enables columns to resize themselves automatically any time the application window is resized Normally columns automatically resize themselves if the application window is made larger or smaller However if you manually resize any columns in the Bus View window column widths become static Thereafter if you resize the application window the Bus View columns do not adjust automatically Reset Column Widths re enables the automatic resizing capability Reset Columns Order Return to default column sequence Docking and Undocking the Window You can undock the Link Tracker window by double clicking the blue title bar along the left side of the window Once undocked the window can be dragged anywhere in the application To redock double click again on the title bar Sett
18. A Max Pkt af Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding Cmd Set a 1 Tran 1 fer Mo Decoding ATAPI MMC4 In Endp ATAPI SPC3 In Endp ATAPI 55C2 In Endp CCID Bulk In Message CDC Data Bulk In w Cmd Wrapper CDC Data Bulk In w Prot amp Cmd Wrappe CDC Data Bulk In w Prot Wrapper Communication Class CDC EEM Bulk In Display DATA HCI data in ICCD Bulk In Message E IP_ET0800 Internet Protocol In Endp Keep Across Recordings IPv6_ET86DD Internet Protocol In Enc IrDA Bridge In Endp E Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp cel Apply Mass Strg UASP Data In Endp Figure 8 5 Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding Drop down Menu The Isochronous Transfer Type and Interrupt Transfer Type options for an OUT endpoint are No Decoding CDC Data Isoch Out w CMD Wrapper CDC Data Isoch Out w Prot amp CMD Wrapper CDC Data Isoch Out w Prot Wrapper Video Isoch Out OOO O O The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options for an OUT endpoint for Bulk Transfer Type are a No Decoding a ATAPI MMC4 Out Endp QO ATAPI SPC3 Out Endp QO ATAPI SSC2 Out Endp USB Protocol Suite User Manual 195 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class Vendor Decoding Options O DOO0ODODODDODDO DD Doo oooO oo oo odo ooo D O CCID Bulk Out Message CDC Data Bulk Out w Cmd Wrapper CDC Data Bulk Out w Prot amp Cmd Wrapper CDC Data Bulk Out w Prot Wrapper Communication Class CDC EEM Bulk Ou Display DATA HCI data out HCI SCO out HID Interrup
19. D Ctrl Alt Shit 0 Ctd Ak Shit 1 Cid Alt Shift 2 Cid Alt Shift 3 Shift C Shift J Shit K Shift 5 Shit H Shift Cid A Shift Ctrl B Shit Q Shit T Shift 6 Shift Z Shift 7 Shift U 397 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Video Tutorials 398 Decode Levels Desired Function Enable Disable Packet aaa Miscellaneous Destred Function Hide SOF Traffic Generate Assign request Set Marker to Selected Packet Set Marker to Field under Mouse Figure 13 9 Shortcut List Window 13 8 Video Tutorials To display the list of Video Tutorials available select Help gt Video Tutorials Ctrl 1 Ctrl 2 Ctrl 3 Ctrl 4 Ctrl 5 Cta 7 Ctrl Shit C Ctrl Shit N Ctrl Shift 5 Cid Shit G Ctrl Shit Y Ctrl L Ctl K Mouse or Keyboard Action USB Protocol Suite User Manual China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table The following tables are supplied in compliance with China s Restriction of Hazardous Substances China RoHS requirements ASA SHANIA uf ioe SEE oa is SET ee PBB O A AS ASS AAA a at ee EE SIT 11363 2006 PERLE PE X AR ea SA SS sie Ed AE EA IT 11363 2006 PEELE PR E BK o EFUP PII RAT EA AAA me ALE E MER 3 AAA ARE fale 51520004 Toxic or Hazardous Substances and Elements Hexavalent Polybrominated Polybrominated Mercury Cadmium Chromium Biphenyls Diphenyl Ethers Part Name He Cr
20. F 992 LE SLC SLO Bulk ADDR Figure 5 9 Pop up Displaying Marker Contents The text attachment is displayed in the icon bar and in the main pop up window Text attachments are always shown at the top The attachment file name is displayed in the field as shown below Marker 2 Figure 5 10 Text Attachment Pop up Window If there is no attachment No Attachments displays in the status bar at the bottom Marker 6 abc No Attachments Figure 5 11 No Attachments Pop up Window If there are attachments the status bar is hidden You can move the cursor to an attachment icon in the list view and a preview of the attachment starts USB Protocol Suite User Manual 111 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Markers Marker 43 Loading Figure 5 12 Preview Attachments Pop up Window Audio Audio snippets that are recorded and attached to certain point of interest in a trace can be played The basic Play Start Stop Pause buttons are displayed to listen to the audio file Marker 25 abcdefghijkimnopgrstuwwxyz lt y ole gt e gt N mi 00 00 03 21 Mi 112 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Markers Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Video Video clips that are recorded and attached to certain point of interest in a trace can be played The video is embedded in the tooltip with simple playback controls Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopgrstuwwxyz LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Analyzer Introduction Recordi
21. Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding 7 Allow any Toggle value after Bus Reset Int Hide Device Traffic and Bulk Endpoints link Address Endp Dir ink2 0 o 0 Lg 2 oF Lnk2 0 002 01 N ink20 004 00 Lnk2 0 004 01 IN 2 stage SOF Hiding First dick of Hide SOF button hides only Empty Frame SOF s Bus Conditions Eseo E Suspend chirp 5 Connect Lnk2 0 004 02 OUT F SEl F Resume F Fs On Hs Popular Items To Hide A Hide Start Of Frame Packets PIDs Hide Packets According to Speed F F E bal i F Hide Low Speed Packets Datal Fl SPLIT HS i Hide Full Speed Packets Data Ext Hide High Speed Packets F setup PRE TE E ACK F MData IN F ERR Fl our STALL E NYET E NAK Restore Factory Setting Save Save As Default Load Load Default assistata Figure 7 4 Display Options USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Dialog 7 4 USB 3 0 Packet Hiding Options By default no data packets transactions Start Of Frame packets PIDS or bus conditions are hidden You can hide O Link Commands Flow Control Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets Link Commands Power Management Electrical Idles LMP Packets LFPS Packets OOOUUDUOUOODBD O Select the USB3 Packet Hiding tab then select the data t
22. O OBEX Model 186 object handles 139 object transfers 139 On the Go searching 155 156 157 168 169 open trace verification script 249 opt files 183 Option button 369 options display 23 28 32 36 recording 23 28 31 35 search 149 options file 177 Options menu 222 357 Options Name field 268 Orient Horizontally option 226 Orient Vertically option 226 OTG shortcuts 101 outlining 357 output windows 250 overview software 73 p Packet Direction field 106 packet fields keys 343 Packet label 123 packet starting keys 339 packet type 159 packet types USB 3 0 105 Packet View 133 packets defining fields 331 definition 330 display level 176 hiding SOF 130 packet starting keys 339 searching for IDs 152 view 70 Packets to CSV option 75 Packets to Device Emulation Traffic Generation Text File option 75 Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File option 75 Packets to Text Generator Text File Format command 319 Packets to Text option 75 Packets to USB3 Exerciser Script usb3g 75 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation packing list 39 49 pane checkbox 241 parameters 356 Partial Upload 95 Partial Upload button 95 percentages post triggering 268 Photographic and Imaging Manufacturers Association 187 Physical dec file 186 physical components 23 27 31 35 Physical Interface dec file 186 physical memory 268 Picture Transfer Protocol 139 Picture Transfer Protocol dec file
23. OOCODODOODODDDODDO ooo oo oo oo oo ooo qoaoooo o No Decoding ATAPI MMC4 In Endp ATAPI SPC3 In Endp ATAPI SSC2 In Endp CCID Bulk In Message CDC Data Bulk In w Cmd Wrapper CDC Data Bulk In w Prot Cmd Wrapper CDC Data Bulk In w Prot Wrapper Communication Class CDC EEM Bulk In Display DATA HCI data in HCI SCO in HTTP In Endp ICCD Bulk In Message IP_ETO800 Internet Protocol In Endp IPv6_ETO86DD Internet Protocol In Endp IrDA Bridge in Endp Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp Mass Strg UASP Data In Endp Mass Strg UASP Status Endp Mass Strg UFI_CBI Bulk In Endp MBIM Bulk In NCM Bulk In PHDC Bulk In Message RNDIS Bulk IN Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Bulk In TCP Transmission Control Protocol In Endp USB3 Vision Events USBTMC Bulk IN Endp Video Bulk In Virtual UART 9 Select the type of decoding OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding 10 The USB Protocol Suite decoding engine uses different rules like Short Packet Packets with length less than Max packet size Transferring required data by endpoint to collect transactions under transfers But in some cases like interrupt transfers transfer collection uses a simple rule of 1 transaction 1 transfer When this option is set as yes any transaction at selected endpoint will make a transfer level packet which could be decoded by transfer level scripts To select this model of transfer use the 1 Tra
24. a To achieve clock frequencies below 350 kHz requires minor customization of the Voyager hardware platform Teledyne LeCroy offers customization option USB ACO6 VO1 X to remove capacitors on the SMA inputs only This allows users to configure input frequencies at rates lower than 800 Hz for both protocol traffic generation and analysis a Very Slow Speed requires MMCX Connectors The USB plug ports are not sup ported The table below outlines Voyager options for slow clock Model Number Clock Frequency EA USB TZP3 V02 X 2 50 GHz 5 00 Voyager M3i Voyager M3i Pro Analyzer Gbps Exerciser System 1 25 GHz 2 50 Gbps 625 MHz 1 25 Gbps USB AC01 V01 X 12 5 MHz to 350 Voyager M3i USB 3 0 Slow Clock kit kHz includes 4 MMCX to SMA adapter cables and software license to support external clock input for Voyager M3 USB 3 0 analyzer and exerciser platform USB AC06 V01 A Below 350 kHz 6 Voyager USB 3 0 Custom MMCX Slow Clock custom MMCX SMA port for ultra slow clock operation USB FE03 V01 X NA Voyager M3 USB 3 0 SMA probe kit includes eight 8 MMCX to SMA cables and license key for SMA differential input tap USB Protocol Suite User Manual 277 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager Analyzer mode but not Exerciser mode requires a clock to both the Clock A In connector and the Clock B In connector on the front panel The Clock A Out connector outputs the identical signal th
25. search Fwd 4 6 5 SuperSpeed Termination Status The lower right middle of the Status Bar shows the SuperSpeed Termination status Note The status is the status of the Analyzer s port not of the device or host under test When in Analyzer only mode it shows the termination status of the Analyzer A and B ports AND the status of the far end Host and Device terminations Denoted H and D Terms AO Off B Off H Off lf the analyzer is in manual termination mode the far end values are unknown so they are not shown 55 ports Anlz USB3 Term 4 OFF B OFF When in Exerciser mode it shows the status of the Exerciser A or B port and the far end Device or Host using the same A B D H convention Polling occurs when the Application CPU is not busy The polling interval is reflected in a small dot at the end of the string in the Status Bar Note Terminations reflect what the Analyzer is presenting to the device or host The Analyzer changes these terminations while attempting to connect the Host DUT and Device DUT together using the SuperSpeed connection protocol For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 86 96 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Status Bar 4 6 6 Link Status Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The circles 2 and 3 on the lower right of the Status Bar represent the equivalent colors of the link states for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Analyzer 3 0 Off Solid
26. ssnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn mnnn nnen nnmnnn 176 7 2 Color Format Hiding Display OptiONS cocnccconnncccconociconcncnononnccnnnnanonnnnnncnnannrennnnnrenaananennans 177 2 1 CGOlOF Display OPUONS iia A end 177 Ti2 2 FO fmalS DISDIAY ODUGINS veis ia 179 23 ding DISPlay AS acia 180 7 3 USB 20 Packet Hiding ODUONS ur aos c 180 7 4 USB 3 0 Packet Hiding OPIO Siria inven tadceewisvin dusveusedenvineriesssinieeciass 181 T9 Level Hiding OPUON nn 182 7 6 Saving Loading Display OptiONS ccocnccccnncciconcncccncnncccnnanonenanancnnnnnnnnnanrncnnnanrrnnanrrenannarenanas 183 Ta Restore Factory Seling sisas aaia serv r Ea aA Anaa ainara iani 184 Chapter 8 Decode Requests ooonccoccccconccoocncconncononcnconnnennnnrnonnrenanrrnanrrnnanrenanarnnanos 185 8 1 Class and Vendor Definition FilesS concooncocnconcconccnnconnconncancnancnnnronnnnnrnnnrn anno nrnanenanenannnnas 185 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Options cooocccconnncccononoccnnoncccenonaconnnnnncnnanarennanernnnanarennanaronannarenanas 191 8 2 1 Mapping Request Recipient to Class Vendor Decoding coooncccccccnnccconcnncocnnnnnconcnnnanononnannnonnnanonennnannnnn 191 8 2 2 Mapping Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding coomoncconnccncccnononoconncancccnnnanononanancnennnnnrrrnnannnrnnnnanerrnnaanennns 193 93 General OPIO NS alicia ac d 199 9 3 1 Decoding USB Device RequesiS a a 199 9 3 2 Decoding Standard REQUCSIS sonia adi 200 9 3 2 DECO
27. 0 15 2 short time Level 0 15 2 short time Decay 0 7 2 short time Decay 0 7 2 FX 20 FX 20 long time Level 0 15 O long time Level 0 15 0 long time Decay 0 7 U long time Decay 0 7 oO DE Gfferental vologs A acia volta differential voltage ECM differential voltage E22 Load default settings Figure 3 8 USB 3 0 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 The dialog allows you to Read from Analyzer The dialog allows you to Apply to Analyzer You can enter Device to Analyzer Signal Settings O Device Name U Device Cable ID QO Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Short medium and long time constant Current Off Minimum Moderate or Maximum Pre Emphasis Settings Short and long time level O to 15 and short and long time decay 0 to 7 Output Power Level Current or 213 mV to 1294 mV You can enter Host to Analyzer Signal Settings Host Name Host Cable ID O OCDOO O USB Protocol Suite User Manual Application Startup Teledyne LeCroy Corporation QO Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Short medium and long time constant Current Off Minimum Moderate or Maximum a Pre Emphasis Settings Short and long time level 0 to 15 and short and long time decay 0 to 7 O Output Power Level Current or 213 mV to 1294 mV You can also Load the default settings or Load the last applied settings Input Equalization Depending on the hardware ve
28. 09 CiUsersiPubliciDocumentsiLeCroylU5B Protocol Suiteldata64070 usb Mo Mm gt USB Protocol Suite User Manual Trace Information Auto Merge Truncate Data USB 2 0 Truncate Data USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Channel 0 Trace Speed Recording Mode USB 2 0 Channel 0 Recording Events USB 2 0 Generator Options Parameters Emulation Mode Chirp Reset Time USB 2 0 Capture Enabled USB 3 0 Capture Enabled M31 only VBus Power Capture USB 3 specific values USB 3 0 Idle SKP Filtering USB 3 0 ITP Filtering USB 3 0 LUP amp LDN Filtering USB 3 0 Filter Out Bus Events USB 3 0 Capture Ports USB 3 0 Bit Rate USB 3 0 Descrambling Mode USB 3 0 Polarity Inversion Mode USB 3 0 Generation Mode Teledyne LeCroy Corporation No No No Auto Detect Hast 50 msec Yes Yes OMT Yes No No No USB 3 0 5 0 Gbps Downstream Auto Upstream Auto Downstream Auto Upstream Auto Of Analyzer Only M31 onlyJUSB 3 0 Analyzer RxDetect and Termination modes Analyzer Port A Analyzer Port B M3i only USB 3 0 Exerciser Port RxDetect Host Port A Device Port B USB 3 Signal Parameters Port A InputEq RxEg Short RxEqMedium RxEgLong TxPreLongLevel TxPreLongDecay TxPreShortLevel TxPreShortDecay TxAmp USB 3 Signal Parameters Port B InputEg RxEg Short RxEqMedium RxEgLong TxPreLongLevel TxPreLongDecay USB Protocol Suite User Manual Auto Auto O
29. 1 6 Add data patterns DataPattern SetAddrReg 00 05 00 00 00 00 00 00 7 Add frame and structure templates struct DeliverylD Sel L 1 Stream Index Val lt 3 optional Add global variables 9 optional Add generation settings 10 Add the Main generation procedure such as the following example Main Place your generations instructions here SetLinkState LinkState UO Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum 0 DEVICE_ DESC 0x00 0x00 0x1200 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Call SetAddress EndpointNum DeviceNumber 256 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Note You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters 11 Add other generation procedures see Figure 12 9 on page 363 For how to set up other generation procedures see Appendix A of the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 362 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Graphical Scenario Editor temp usb3g_ Script Scenario 8 usb3g VAR FFE SFS SSS SSS SSS SSS RR ESSE EASES SSS SSS RAR RSE AAA SF 24 FILE INFORMATION 34 44 FILE 5 DESCRIPTION 6 REVISION HISTORY 8 TARRO ESSE ESSE Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 94 NOTE Pressing Ctrl g inside of USB Suite Script Editor brings up the list of available instructions directives 104 11 124 INCLUDE FILES 13 include Include FrameworkLib ginc 14 154 CONSTANTS 16 const EndpointNum 17 const DeviceNumb
30. 165 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB3 0 6 6 10 LMP Subtype Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors Data Length Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype Set Link Function Transaction Packet Type U2 Inactivity Timeout d d d Vendor Device Test Port Capability Port Configuration Port Config Response Figure 6 24 LMP Subtype Menu Option Select the LMP Subtype to which you want to go 166 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB3 0 6 6 11 Transaction Packet Type Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Specific Errors Data Length Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type F Link Command LMF Subtype Transaction Packet Type d T YY FTF FTF F F ACK NRDY ERDY STATUS STALL DEV_NOTIFICATION PING PING_RESPONSE Figure 6 25 Transaction Packet Type Menu Option Select the Transaction Packet Type to which you want to go USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 167 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB3 0 6 6 12 Transfer Standard Request Type Allows you to search for Transfer Standard Request Type attributes Search View Window Help Go to Trigger Ctrl Shift T e e A Z LE lt gt e ea is amp a q Pera Go to Selected Packet z sd E B _ 7 Punonce 24 USB 3 0 Exen Go to Packet Transaction Transter Ctrl G cee ct
31. 9 8 1 Using the Link Tracker WINGOW x ccscsscecececescevecazce races caccessasatevavensvs ceundadecteciadeccivaveccseandeucasscectenias dana 232 ZO0MINO Nand OUt E a E ioe eee 232 Collapsing Idle Time Enabling Tool tips and Resetting Column Widths ooooonnccccconnncanccnncnnnncnnoconenncannnnnnnnnananas 232 Docking ahd Undocking the WinGOW eis iii a A Eas 233 Setting Markers nirisan a A reeety ex A A es 233 FINO amic a ia 233 90 2 LINK Tracker BUON Sar 234 AIR PP 235 9 9 1 Displaying th Navigator ds 236 9 92 Navigator Toolbar iii a aaie aO EA aa aa aaa aaa leit a a a 237 9 39 39 Navigator Ranges nasra a AAEE 237 To Determine Current POSO add 238 TO Reset Navigator Pang ii caia 238 9 9 4 Navigator Pa iaa 239 To Snow Fide Navigator Panes ni a eee ee 239 NaVIG alton SINGER ui A A AA A letters 240 NA A A a T 240 Using the Legend to Show Hide Navigator Panes cccoonocccnnnoncccconcccconacacanannncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nn rrnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrrrrrnnnnas 241 Using the Legend to Set the Priority of Information DiSplay cooonncccnnnnnicnoocccnoncccccnnncnnonnenonononnnannnnnnncnrnnnnnnrnnnnnnas 241 9 TO Detall vie Wisin tn 242 9 10 1 Detail View and Spreadsheet Vie Wisin aint oia 242 ES A E Ao O 243 9 12 USB 3 0 Link State Timing VieW ooccoonncccconncicononccoconncoconcnconnnancnennnncrnnnnnrrnnannrrnananrrnnannrennans 244 912 1 USB 3 0 Link State Timing View Toolbar cios oi 244 9 12 2 USB 3 0 LTSSM VIEW
32. External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers Save Save as Default Load Load Default Restore Factory Settings Cancel Figure 10 13 For Descrambling Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Termination RxDetect you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports For Analyzer Ports if you select the Manual mode the Term button in the toolbar is enabled For more information about the Recording buttons see Recording on page 86 Note The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3 0 hosts and devices and present 3 0 terminations to them when they are plugged in However some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2 0 mode If either of these timing 280 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties Teledyne LeCroy Corporation cases occurs click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect Reconnect cycle of the VBus If cycling does not work disable and then re enable the xHCl Host controller driver in the Windows 7 Device Manager of your PDK For Polarity Inversion Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Simple Filters you can Filter Out Logical Idles Filter Out SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN Filter Out ITP or Filter Out Bus Events LFPS Eldle Term For Simple Triggers you can select the relevant Downstream and Up
33. Filter Actions The maximum timer value is 65 535 Counter A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum counter value is 65 535 Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event For example you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events you enable Counters Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering For example use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message Events and Actions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties O Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the property Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered a Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation
34. OR 97221 1 5 3 Features General OOOO O OCOO O O Fully complies with USB specification revisions Supports the Link Power Management extension Uses field upgradeable firmware and recording engine Supports all USB speeds 5 Gb s 480 Mb s 12 Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the user friendly CATC Trace inter face Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Uses software upgradable Exerciser function Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components a DOOUOD Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 host machine with USB or Ethernet capability Plug and Play USB installation 4 GB of physical data recording memory USB 3 0 Super Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation Integrated CATC Sync ports to support cascading analyzers or Cross Sync configu rations Recording Options a a a a a Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on High Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of
35. Pb6 100m Peo Pr 0 Pa lt o 01 008034 OA OS False Passed d Old peepi Figure 12 24 Typical CP1 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual 383 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes i S i l i l i i i E f A E f l M 7 I F E i loa Ef E i a i i F I r f i E 3 l i E L l i y i A i y 4 F l i E E oyo Jo an F Ji q Y i opos i i p T E E E i E I i q i i E F E E E 1 I a z z i d i H I p d 3 1 I i i g F i E 1 i 3 E H i 4 i I i i L ti i f l Lo if F i F i i j 4 i E ot i i 1 VINO E y l E Wied sure PiehoHiEyej PiemdhiEye Pl eampleye PibiariF Pharma Piamplics PT gt PE Po P1L Piiz P12 ralue EST 1 mW 144 7 pE Ti BmY 4 8550 Goi 4434 Fm 313 534 rm abba i a wf wf wv Pasa lFall 014 True DE Tru Cot Tris DH Tre CS Trua d OT OB Pi 200 mY PF2 gt 40 P32 300m PS52100 mY P2100 mM PED F7 0 P2 lt 0 Ot 6 OF Bd Oe A 05 Tius Pabst 114 119 Sweeps Figure 12 25 Typical CP2 Pattern i i i i i a 1 a E I z do da i E He a f E Hig 4 i E q F E E E EEES f polis cf i D oath 4 j i ae P F l i I o i Sie oy i f Le E p 2 E i i p A T 1 T i HA A E E Da T i E i ae eee ei a I E a J i Ll al Ea d IIi f i i l ija g an E e i li i 7 ar an Pa FI ns F i ti EJ y J J I E Mien sure Piehgnkeys Peewd
36. USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code Packet Starting Keys pid 8 bits 0 OXFF or pid string expected_pid pid string USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format Description Host Generation Only Use this as the first key of most packets sent by the Host Exception Use frame for SOF packets The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification SETUP IN OUT DATAO DATA1 ACK PRE PING SPLIT DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM Optionally you may assign this key a raw eight bit value to force an error condition Warning If you specify PID OxNN you must use raw_data to specify the rest of the packet data because the packet structure is unknown Host Generation Only Use this as the PID key for packets which are expected to be sent by the device In IntelliFrame mode the generator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet or bus condition The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification DATAO DATA1 ACK NAK STALL NYET DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM The generator engine waits forever until this expected_pid appears so the user may have to hand edit the file to achieve the desired results For example if a NAK comes where the expected_pid was a DATA1 the user should edit the utg file to move the pid IN command to later in th
37. You can set Exit TBurst for U1 U2 and U3 Link Configuration Settings The right pane has Link Configuration Settings You can disable LUP LDN and LUP LDN Timeout You can set LUP LDN Interval and Detect Timeout You can select a Custom Flow Control such as Automatic Link Flow Control No LGOOD Detect No LCRD Detect No LGOOD Generation No LCRD Generation or No Flow Control Note A value of 4294967295 OxFFFFFFFF indicates that a default value will be used Infinite or Auto 368 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Graphical Scenario Editor 12 10 3 Option Button Teledyne LeCroy Corporation After inserting a SCSI Command a Task Management Functions or a Transfer packet at the end of the packet an extra button called Option displays Click this button to set some protocol errors and command settings for that item Protocol Errors amp Command Settings ErrCorruptSHP Disable J Number of times 1 ErrCorruptsDP Error Injection Disable PO Ar ERC Erroi Number of times 1 _ Bypass Priming Option 0x0000000000000000 Infinite Infinite SHP Map no corruption SDP Map no corruption ErrCorruptEND ErrCorruptsLC Task Attribute Disable Disable Simple OT TOE Number of times Number of times Head Of Queue gt Infinite Infinite Ordered END Map no corruption SLC Map no corruption ha Figure 12 12 Protocol Errors and Command Settings ErrCorruptS
38. the generator can wait for Device responses to complete before it continues generating more host packets For example after issuing an IN the generator looks for the DATAx packet issued by the device to finish and then issues an ACK This way the data length can vary and does not need to be pre calculated Also using the idle TO_EOF statement allows the generator to calculate where the end of the frame occurs so that a subsequent frame AUTO statement creates a Start of Frame at the correct time Moreover the Generator can be made to retry transactions that are NAKed auto matically and to use the PING protocol where appropriate Retries can be made to occur within the same frame or in the next frame For further information on the flexible behavior that can be instituted during the generation see the syntax descriptions for the generation files here An additional advantage of the Intelli Frame mode is that it creates an image in the Generator s memory that is MUCH smaller than that of the Bitstream mode so it downloads much faster Note Device emulation only works in Intelliframe mode Note In IntelliFrame mode the hardware generates SOFs and Pings so these cannot be altered force CRC value explicit frame number and so on If you want to explicitly corrupt or manage these PID types you must use Bitstream mode 11 7 Starting Traffic Generation To start traffic generation click on the Tool Bar 11 8 Repeating a
39. 0 Dialog The page has the following areas Q Toolbar Contains buttons that control the Recording Rules page OU Available Events Area Area where you can park Event buttons that you intend to use in the Main Display area QO Main Display Area Area where you configure trigger and filter rules You config ure rules by dragging Event buttons from the Available Events area and then assigning actions to those buttons QO Config Status Indicator A button that indicates if the rule is valid or invalid If a trigger or filter rule is configured correctly the button is green and indicates Con fig is Valid If a rule is not configured correctly the button is red and indicates Config is Invalid USB Protocol Suite User Manual 283 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 284 10 7 1 Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Recording Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area Specify Action s Add Counter Move Event To Copy Event To Delete This Event Properties Figure 10 16 PO Up Menu Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page a Nev event a 1
40. 1 64 bytes 7 800 ys IN ADDR TRAE Time J wss 1 o bls bytes 7 600 ys IN ADDR im Data EE ee l 43 bytes 0x8 9 733 us OUT Time 0x4B 525 027 ms 027 525 027 ms control ADDE dd e st fy Descriptors Time GET 4 O0 5ET_DESCRIPTOR DEVICE type 0x0000 DEVICE descriptor 1 224 sec GET_DESCRIPTOR STRING a Index 1 Language ID 0x0018 362 4 Figure 5 41 Decoded Transfers H cm I When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transfers the components of each transfer are collected from the current recording and are grouped below each decoded transfer Each transfer row shows a transfer with a unique numeration a label and color coded decoding of important data Note If CRC errors are found in a DATAx 2 0 packet or a DP 3 0 packet the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction Transfer and so on levels above since it is assumed that the data will be re sent The data count will show as O Bytes USB Protocol Suite User Manual 137 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation View Decoded Transfers 5 30 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transfers You can expand a specific transfer to view ts parts which are grouped and indented below the transfer To expand a transfer 1 Right click the transfer number you wish to view to display the Expand Transfer menu Expand This Transfer Expand All Transfers Collapse All Transfers Set Start Quick Timing marker Ctrl Click Set End Qu
41. 11 Trace View Display You can start the application from the Desktop or from the installed directory The display software can operate independently of the Analyzer When used without the Analyzer the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view analyze and print USB Protocol Suite User Manual Notes on Windows 7 and Windows 8 Directory Protections Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 3 7 3 7 1 3 8 captured protocol traffic When used with the Analyzer you can set trigger conditions record monitor and analyze the activity of your USB bus Notes on Windows 7 and Windows 8 Directory Protections User Data File Paths Windows 7 and Windows 8 institute a policy which prevents user data from being written into the Program Files directory folder It was common for applications written for Windows XP and earlier to use the Program Files folder to store user data Teledyne LeCroy and CATC products used this folder as a default folder for storing trace files user option files default opt default rec scripts and so on The default folder for USB Protocol Suite was x Program Files Lecroy USB Protocol Suite Windows 7 and Windows 8 make such paths illegal directories for user data For Windows 7 and Windows 8 files that are accessible by different user accounts must be in the path x Users Public To preserve the ability of multiple user accounts to access all the Teledyne LeCroy files that were accessible in Wind
42. 12 Display 3 Only Click the EM button to display only USB 3 0 traffic 5 13 Hiding Items Indicators Items can be hidden individually as well as in groups The Icons change to reflect the state of hiding of the items The Red X indicates that an item or group of items is hidden A Clear X indicates that an item or group of items is shown not hidden See Figure 5 31 on page 129 Figure 5 31 Hidden Shown Items If all the items in a group do not have the same Hidden state then the X will be shown as half Clear and half Red ah E Db Oe 6 Low iy Sos N cn e 13 151 152 Figure 5 32 All Items not in Hidden State 5 14 Hide Devices Click the button to open a menu for select any address endpoint combination to be hidden Click the Control CTRL key to select multiple values This menu can be moved from its default location and floated in the trace window for later use 5 15 Hide All Packets Except Transfers Packets Click the button show hide All Packets Except Transfers Packets 5 16 Hide NAKs You can hide NAKs that may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide NAKs button on the Tool Bar Q Click is to hide all NAK packets USB Protocol Suite User Manual 129 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Hide SOF Packets 2 0 130 9 17 This also hides 3 0 NRDY transactions if they are virtual equivalents of a 2 0 NAK situation Hide SOF Packets 2 0 You can hide Start of Frame SOF packets th
43. 24 1 2 4 1 2 5 QO Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger packet colors QO Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments QO Hides start of frame SOF packets as well as any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint QO Searches for a specific PID QO Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measure ment and analysis functions Allows search and packet hiding Allows device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Has a Data View 2 0 and 3 0 Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specifica tion 3 0 AU Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use O DOCOCOD Hi Speed Slow Clock a Trace and generate High Speed traffic at fractional slow clock rate capability 2 0 Traffic Generation USB 2 0 and 3 0 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low level control of headers payloads timing and link states The Exerciser can play back trace files bit for bit allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported in the field or test specific functionality To build generation script files you can edit exam
44. 397 13 1 Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions coocncccoccconcnncconnccnnncncnanccnnnnnenannnenannnnnnns 387 13 2 SO MWare UDS iii iaa las 388 13 2 1 Manual Check for Software Updates ccocciiciia ii a di 388 13 2 2 Automatic Check for Software UpdateS ooccccconnccconncococenoconcconncnconennnnnornnnnnrrrnnnnnnrnnnnnnrrnnnnnrrrnnananerrnnanes 389 D ring SAM sa A dad 390 NTE Applicaton iaa 391 13 3 BusEngine and Firmware Updates cccccesseeesseeceseeeeseeeenseseseeeeaseeeneesenseesonseesenes 392 13 3 1 Updating the BUSENGINGS sisi le 392 13 3 2 Updating th Firmware iii ia 392 13 33 PULOMALIC UDG ALCS cs 392 13 3 4 Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BUSENGQING csccsesseeeeeeeeseeseeseeneeeeenneees 392 TOA LICENSE MOMania aaaea aaa a aa A 393 13 9 Updating th Software LICENSE sss a chads 394 130 Registering On INC iii 395 137 MOLEC ES ns idol aii oidabt 396 13 90 VIGEO TUTO MO IS iia 398 14 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Appendix A China Restriction of Hazardous Substances Table 399 Appendix B Contacting Teledyne LeCrOyY occcoonnccccononiccocnnncnonannncnonannnnnnannnnnanans 401 o AA A o O II 403 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 15 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Contents 16 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Overview 1 1 Common Features 1 1 1 Graphical Bus Traffic Display Bus traffic displays use color
45. 4 Synchronize with Other Views See rsa Select Range Synchronize with other Views Synchronizes the View windows so that a move in one window repositions the other See Link Tracker Buttons on page 234 View Settings opens a sub menu Sync and Graph areas If two or with options for formatting the more graphs are displayed this display See View Settings Menu button synchronizes the graphs to below one another Once synchronized the positioning slider of one graph moves the other graphs Horizontal zoom in Graph Areas Presents options for displaying additional graphs of data lengths packet lengths and percentage of bus utilized View Settings Menu Clicking the View Settings button FI causes a menu to open with options for formatting the display jE Orient horizontally Tile vertically Show Markers Show Plumb Line Status Grid Lines Grid on Top Fonts amp Colors Figure 9 18 View Settings Menu Q Orient Horizontally changes the orientation of bus usage to horizontal After selecting this option the menu has Orient Vertically a Tile Vertically tiles the two graphs vertically i e side by side After selecting this option the menu has Tile Horizontally a Show Markers Places tick marks along the x axis of each graph Show Plumb Line Status Opens a sub menu with the following options m Bar Displays a status bar at bottom of graph Tooltip Causes a toolt
46. 662 720 424 02 662 720 432 02 662 720 440 02 662 720 448 02 662 720 456 0ns 2ns 4n5 6n5 0ns 2ns 4n5 6n5 yd Figure 9 23 Link Tracker Window You can select the number of columns to view more or less data at one time Each time slot in the vertical axis represents the minimum time that a DWORD requires to traverse the bus Note On Symbol Displays There will occasionally be blank symbols inserted into the Link Tracker display or symbols removed to compensate for timestamp rate matching between the various time bases This has to do with the problem that there are 3 clock domains Rx Tx and our precision timestamp that need to be represented in the trace The nominal 2nSec symbol Transmit and Receive clocks can vary up to 500ppm per the USB Specification whereas the Analyzer is accurate to 3ppm Blank entries and missing entries in the link tracker are there to compensate for this difference and to try to maintain the most accurate relationship amongst these clocks and present the closest time relationship between the downward stream and the upward stream The clock listed in the Time column is our precision 3ppm clock timestamp Toolbar Presents buttons for changing the format of the Link Tracker window Main Display Area Displays traffic chronologically as it occurred in the recording The window divides into columns the first column shows time and traffic is shown ona channel by channel basis in the co
47. 7 Recording Options General Tab in Simple Mode for Recording Options 264 USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Recording Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3x is A A E za Recording Options Voyager M3x x General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product 5 Voyager M3 M3i 5 Advisor T3 C Mercury T2 Voyager M3x 5 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor C Mobile Trigger Mode Recording Channels Options Name Snapshot z P USB 2 0 Default 2 Manual Trigger Trace Filename amp Path C Wsers Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol data usb Recording Scope ah Note For large recordings the application will 512 segment the data into multiple trace files 3 MB segs 64 512 VBus Power Conventional Single Buffer Recording T Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerdser completes Buffer Size Trigger Position 37 000 MB Not used Wath snapshot Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current F Persistent VBus Disconnect Button LI lt Debug Support gt E Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 GB F Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 4GB of disk space for each trace Recording Size Limite i Record for 0 Day s 12 ET 56 CATE Sync Record 120000 Disable CATC Sync E Independent Record Stop Independent Triggers ae Ai cage N Piura 3 9 8 U
48. 71 327 1 WSOFr Data FUG Paths in a ea aa E E 71 3 8 Notes on Windows Sleep and Hibernation Features ooccoocccccncnccononcconnccencnncnnnanonananenannnnns 71 Chapter 4 SoftWare Overview nina id 4 1 Starting ihe Progr iii 73 4 2 TENE Mall DISDIAY WINDOW add 74 EZIEXPORAS TO Vania aia dd 81 Export Packets to SM ce ee sees yee ee eat ceva eee ew 81 Export Transactions tO CSV a ias 81 Export Spreadsheet View to COVER 81 4 2 2 Exporting Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg filesS ccoccconnoccoonocnnooroonanas 81 43 HOON Bar aie aaa e cians eave aceeantsceaeeubenasieeesntatesunevanaenmecovectesaienaness 83 ASA Files Searches and OPIO Si ainaani aaa aa aa aaa a a a aa aaan 83 4 3 2 ZOOM ANG WraD oiriin A dic 84 4 3 3 MISCENANGCOUS isu aaa a iia 84 43 4 ANalySIS REPOS ia ecos 84 AS D FROG ON IO A EE Aa 86 4 3 6 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 3 ici iii 86 4 3 7 Generator Traffic Generation for USB Zisviurnrisiasa dale 87 AO VIOW FOV Cl onia iiiiai 87 A 3 9 TRACE VIEWS En 87 USB2 0USB 30 SNOW riia S a a aa a a E a a aA 88 Hiding Trafic 2 0 Gi 3 O isc 88 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 5 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Contents AT TOO MIS artistas 91 AS VIEW ODIO Susana aia 92 4 5 1 ReESetting Ine TOD i 92 46 Status Babia dia 93 A 6 1 RECONGING Progress ioiai a 93 46 2 RECOIGING lal S it eaa E ae raaa Ea E eaae OaS E pS A 94 4 6 3 Recordin ACUVINY oisein aa iaa 96 A6 A Se
49. 840 000 052 OAL AA REA 0nz 2n3 4n3 Figure 5 4 Anchor Point in the Link Tracker View On time based views Link State Timing View Power Tracker View Bus Utilization View etc it is normally in the center Refer to the anchor point in the Power Tracker View in the figure below Power Tracker 43 920 ae ela 37M 160 5 071 320 00 14 5 054 280 00 120 5 036 24 00 1 00 5 018 200 00 0 80 5 001 160 00 0 60 4983 120 00 O40 4966 80 00 0 20 4945 4 00 0 00 4931 o 00 Power Yoltage Current Wi Y mA 276 10 ms a Figure 5 5 Anchor Point in the Power Tracker View The Anchor point can be independent of the current selected item although you can move the selected item to the anchor point by double clicking on it Double clicking selects it and moves it to the Anchor Point USB 3 0 Packets USB 3 0 has the following packet types Link Commands Flow Control Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols unexpected packets DOOUOUOUOUD 105 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Markers 106 9 2 9 2 1 9 2 2 Link Commands other than Flow Control LMP Packets Electrical Idles LFPS Packets Termination Packets Time stamped when termination is detected by Analyzer DOOCDLD Packet Direction The Packet Direction f
50. AMA CN iaa 289 10 7 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus siii la 290 Gell Om Up Men rivas O o tee 290 Rcon Pop up MON San A A 290 EVENT POD UD NICU a coheed 291 10 7 7 Evenits and Event Properties TO USB 20D ee ceca aa A a aa a a aaa aa 292 Event Properties of the Error Event 0000 A eee a 293 Data Pattern MaSk and Mathias 294 10 7 5 Counters and Timers for USB 2 0 irsini aaa Wadena 296 Events and ACHON Si A ENE ARAS 296 Number of Analyzer Counters and Timet s cusisoiiiaoaidici lia 297 PACKETS AP ono OS 297 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 11 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Contents Using a COMA aia pee 297 seting a CON A A A A 298 Changing a Counter Valle a ee ees ei eae eee ee cee edna 298 10 7 9 USING a SIngle Slate SEQUENCE inci 298 10 7 10 Using a Multi State SEQUENCES iria aid 298 10 7 11 Using Independent SEQUENCES icinccicnidina nani 298 10 8 Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only oooncconncconnncconcnccncnoconcaccnnannonanonnnnns 299 10 8 1 Recording Rules Tools wiadcasescauaccssvcecucseccedscascssctusacsesscsesys 300 10 8 2 Recording Rules Page How It WorkS sccsecceesseeecesseeseeeneeeeeeesseeeeoeasseeseesseeeeoenseseeesneeesooesseessonseees 300 10 8 3 Creating Event BUONS suisia ancbocsusneeeerasanendetil et eeeehit 300 10 8 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display AreQ occcoonccconacicoconcccncncocnnnnnonanaronnnnnrnnannrnnnnnrrnnanrrenanrrrnnannnnnanos 302 1 8 5 AAS SIG IMIG AN ACHON di 3
51. Corporation Customize Ss Commands Toolbars Menu Options Toolbars VETE Reset Reset All Ed show Protocol New Standard W USBTrainer Rename View Level W View Type Fl Show text labels Clase Figure 4 7 Toolbars Dialog 4 Click the Reset All button The toolbar resets to the factory defaults 4 6 Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the main display window E QuickTiming markersnotset t t S Advisor T3 SN 2 Triggered amp Spooling 39 MBytes gaps 0 Activity A EE Hardware Buffer Ready Term A On B On Search Fwd Depending on the current activity the left side of the bar has segments that indicate the hardware status size activity and buffer Advisor T3 SN 2 Triggered 4 Spooling 39 MBytes A gaps O Activity A SB Hardware Butter The right side of the bar has segments that indicate port status link status and search direction Term A On B On EN E Search Fwd Figure 4 8 Status Bar 4 6 1 Recording Progress When you begin recording the Status Bar displays an indicator As recording progresses the indicator changes to reflect the recording progress graphically A black vertical line illustrates the location of the Trigger Position that you selected in Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual 93 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Status Bar 94 4 6 2 a Pre Trigger p
52. Da oS Go to Marker Ctrl M Fi Go to USB 2 0 Goto USE 3 0 d Facket Type Goto Channel LFPS Type Go to SCSI Deferred Packet B Find iS Find Next ANY Error Ctrl 5 h1ft 3 Specific Errors Data Length Search Direction 100 6 005 3 022 0 D07 3 8 000 ns A Time Stam g 000ns 2 6627208 Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype Transaction Packet Type Time Stamp 100 0 004 4 000 1 020 5 2 662 720 848 Transfer Standard Request Type Clear Feature Set Address Transfer Type Time Stamp 121 3 D15 6 011 2 D00 3 2 062 720 804 Get Descriptor pci rm Time Stamp Set Configuration gt 50sed Hse 224 000 ns 2 602 720 880 3 Figure 6 26 Transfer Standard Request Type Option 168 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 6 13 Transfer Type Allows you to search for Transfer Type attributes Search View Window Help Goto Trigger Ctrl 5 hift T EE GE tE B F Run once Go to Selected Packet Go to Packet Transaction Transtfer Ctrl 6 Go to Marker Ctrl M a Go to USB 2 0 Go to USB 3 0 Packet Type z Goto Channel LFPS Type Deferred Packet Go to SCSI MH Find LO Find Next F3 ANY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors Data Length
53. Decode Language or USB 3 0 Exerciser Manual PDFs It can be used as on line help Has links to YouTube videos that describe Voyager features Basic USB 3 0 Recording USB 3 0 Basic Triggering USB 3 0 Advanced Triggering Troubleshooting USB 3 0 Connection Issues USB 3 0 Packet Header Display USB 3 0 Compliance Part 1 USB 3 0 Compliance Part 2 Displays information related to licensing Also used to update a license key See License Information on page 393 Register at the Teledyne LeCroy website See Registering Online on page 395 USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Main Display Window Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 4 2 1 Menus Functions Check for Updates Use the Internet to analyze your system for licensed updates You can set the system to automatically check for updates at application startup in the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Software Update window See Software Updates on page 388 Shortcut List Displays the Shortcuts List of navigation common search decode levels and miscellaneous mouse and keyboard shortcuts See Shortcut List on page 396 About USB Displays version information about the Voyager M3 M3i and the Protocol Suite USB Protocol Suite See Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 387 Exports to CSV CSV files may be created as exports from the contents of 2 0 CATC Trace Packet and Transaction Views 3 0 CATC Trace Packet views and any Sp
54. Defaults When you start the application this is the setting that is invoked automatically a To apply the current Display Options values click Apply The Display Options win dow remains open To apply the current Display Options values and close the Display Options win dow click OK USB Protocol Suite User Manual 183 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Restore Factory Setting 184 1 1 To cancel unsaved changes to display values and exit the Display Options window click Cancel Restore Factory Setting This restores to default values of the application It does not save these settings as default If you want them to be the default settings you must click on the Save as Default button after you restore to the factory settings USB Protocol Suite User Manual Decode Requests 8 1 Class and Vendor Definition Files Teledyne LeCroy Analyzers use script files to decode class and vendor requests The script files are read when the application is initialized After reading the Analyzer decodes class and vendor requests as instructed by the files DEC files represent the new method of decoding DEC stands for decoder and describes both Class and Vendor requests in a C like language Each dec file stores an endpoint or request decode When the application starts these files are loaded dynamically Subdirectories are supported Note The dec files listed in the following table on the next page are in the Scripts
55. Expansion Card You can daisy chain two Analyzers if they both have a CATC SYNC port O Voyager M3 and M3i require a CATC Sync Expansion Card for cascading Voyager M3x and Advisor T3 have built in CATC SYNC ports and only requires a cross connect M3x or an octopus cable AT3 accessory kit After Analyzers are connected recording will start simultaneously and triggers will occur simultaneously with synchronized timestamps This feature can be soft disconnected by modifying the CATC Sync options on the Recording Options General tab You must select both Analyzers in the Device List dialog see Analyzer Devices on page 62 Important If you are using other analyzers NOT USB in your daisy chain this would include PCle DDR SAS SAS FC net and do not wish to use the daisy chaining feature of synchronized recordings you must UNPLUG the cable If you do not unplug the electrical signal prevents recording on all Analyzers Note In this software version daisy chained recording only works if you use two Voyagers OR two Advisor T3s You cannot use one of each Also you must enable 3 0 Auto Detect Termination mode Manual control does not work 3 4 1 Capturing USB 2 0 traffic with CATC Sync or Cross Sync When using Cross Sync or CATC Sync and capturing USB 2 0 traffic attach the USB 2 0 capturing analyzer device at the OUT connector at the beginning of the CATC SYNC chain Otherwise the timestamps will not b
56. High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual 35 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3x Analyzer 36 a a Display Options a a DOOCDLD O O and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d trans actions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 4 GB Idle filtering 3 0 Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace disp
57. Host Chirp Reset Length msec 1 69 50 Options Truncate Data Fields 1 245 Figure 10 10 Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Load default Restore Factory Setting 271 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 272 10 3 1 Analyzer Trace Speed This option sets the speed of the traffic recorded by the Analyzer The default setting is Auto detect This setting tells the Analyzer to discover what speed traffic is running and to label packets accordingly Auto Detect will find a speed and lock on it permanently for the duration of the trace If traffic speed changes it will not be seen by the analyzer If you are having problems with your recordings you might try setting the traffic speed to one of the fixed values Low Full and Hi speed These settings are used when you want to manually set the traffic speed It can take 6 ms for the High Speed detection to occur in Auto Detect mode so it is possible to miss some packets with this method In some rare cases auto detection circuitry causes Full Speed devices to fail to enumerate on plug in Changing the Analyzer speed to Full Speed can sometimes solve this problem Setting the speed to one of the fixed values is sometimes useful for debugging purposes For example if a device that is producing numerous errors at a particular speed you may wish to set the recording to that speed in order to ensure that the Analyzer does no
58. If additional codecs are installed they should also work but it is the user s responsibility to choose formats that will work for whomever they intend to exchange CATC trace files no different than email attachments in this regard Because of this dependency on installed codecs there are situations where bugs in the codecs supplied by Microsoft or third party applications can prevent proper operation of the USB Protocol Suite application See the USB protocol Suite Read Me file for more information if you have problems with application crashes etc 5 2 9 Viewing Attachments of a Marker If you hover over the marked cell yellow triangle at the top right of the marked item refer to Attachment Types and Visualization on page 110 a window pops up displaying the contents of the marked cell see Figure 5 9 on page 111 While hovering over the marked cell it can start playing the start of the audio or video file but it will stop after a short time due to the Anaylzer PC s sytem timeout for Tooltips You must click on it to open the audio or video attachment for further listening or viewing USB Protocol Suite User Manual Markers Text Teledyne LeCroy Corporation To view an attachment you can click on any of the icons in the attachment bar and or you can double click on the icon itself to open the attachment Bulk ADOR 1 isa Table of Contents For CATE Walk docx 0 ob lie C E mp
59. Level 650 Y Enable Tips E Packet Transaction Y Wrap Y Hierarchy Lines L Split Transaction Time Stamp Position At the end Transfer PTP MTP Transaction PTP MTP Object E Expand Packet Data E Expand Script Decodes E PTP MTP Session Std Regs amp Descriptors Scripts E SCSI Operation F PTP Group E OBEX Operation Frotocol Level to View Default when Loading Trace File Process USB3 LTSSM Stacking View Default Bulk Int Xfer type to Bulk on FS HS Show USB Protocol 2 0 13 0 Fonts Fields Data Configuration Name Teledyne LeCroy default Restore Factory Settings Save as Default Load Load Default Figure 7 1 Display Options General Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual Trace View Mode Normal CATC Trace View 9 Compressed CATC View 0 Spreadsheet View Color 0 Spreadsheet View B W 175 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Display Options You can select General Color Format Hiding and Level Hiding display options The following sections describe these display options 7 1 General Display Options You specify the main Trace View information types and settings using General Display Options see figure on previous page a a a Zoom Level Zooms out from 100 default to 10 or zooms in from 100 to 200 Enable Tips Pops up text when you position the cursor over a field Wrap Wraps lines of traffic information instead of trunca
60. PBB PBDE AAA 25 22 5222 PCBAs XX O Xx Xx Xx xXx Mechanical Hardware O Oo x o O O SheetMetl O o x o O0 O Plastic Pats O O o o O XK Powersupply f x f x xy o A A O Trobes Gt aT O Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in all of the homogeneous materials for this part 15 below the limit requirement specified m 5J T1 1363 2006 X Indicates that this toxic or hazardous substance contained in at least one of the homogenous materials used for this part is above the limit requirement specified in J T11363 2006 EFUP Environmental Friendly Use Period Use Conditions Temperature 3C to 400 Humidity 3 to 95 max RH non condensing Altitude Up to 2000 meters USB Protocol Suite User Manual 399 LeCroy Corporation 400 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contacting Teledyne LeCroy Type of Service Call for technical support Fax your questions Write a letter Send e mail Visit Teledyne LeCroy s web site USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contact 1 800 909 7112 1 408 653 1260 1 408 727 6622 US and Canada Worldwide Worldwide Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Solutions Group Customer Support 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 3115 USA psgsupport teledynelecroy com teledynelecroy com 401 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 402 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Symbols csv file 75 dec files 185 lic file 395 usb file
61. Packets E Hide Logical Idle Packets E Hide Up Stream E Hide Down Stream Hide Skip Sequence Hide 150 Time Stamp Packets Hide Inter Packet Symbols Hide Link Commands LUP LDN Hide Packets According to Speed Hide Link Commands Power Management E Hide Electrical Idle Hide LFPS Packets Hide LMP Packets Hide TP Packets E Hide Data Packets Hide BRST Packets Hide BERC Packets Hide BCNT Packets Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators Hide Super Speed Packets New Delete Restore defaults o J _ caei ay Figure 9 22 Graph Area Properties Dialog 230 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Link Tracker 3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 9 8 Link Tracker 3 0 The Link Tracker window displays a detailed chronological view of events Events are shown on a channel by channel basis in columns within the window Link Tracker Packet 67477 Usb3 0HDDEnumeration usb EE RQ EE EX px Ox 10b RD Text Columns 4 M Time Packet 02 662 720232 6 4 7 Rx 02 662 720 240 02 662 720248 6 4 79 Rx 02 662 720 256 02 662 720 264 02 662 720 272 02 662 720 280 02 662 720 288 02 662 720 296 02 662 720 304 02 662 720 312 02 662 720 320 02 662 720 328 02 662 720 336 02 662 720 344 02 662 720 352 02 662 720 360 02 662 720 368 02 662 720 376 02 662 720384 6 480 Rx 02 662 720 392 02 662 720 400 02 662 720408 67481 Tx 02 662 720 416 02
62. Report Search View Window Help aH amp p W a Fa El t J 4 J USB Protocol Suite User Manual A E nnna nannan nnan na n noo oo fnfne oo om om Time Stamp 266 099 466 266 099 766 266 100 100 265 250 850 266 126 100 283 051 550 283 130 616 283 630 732 283 880 800 284 505 982 284 647 216 284 756 050 285 381 200 285 554 866 285 631 300 286 256 450 286 383 932 286 506 500 287 131 682 287 258 882 287 381 750 288 256 966 288 400 200 288 507 050 289 382 266 289 520 266 289 632 366 290 507 582 396 694 082 396 819 116 396 944 150 040 116 116 040 130 532 040 116 700 045 547 200 250 120 032 Fi Auto Mode Record m if gt Ke BS e db E gt EE MES a alias foco Ya gt Em EROS Be SR Rc ME Bae EMP me o SE am aa E BD Run once USB 3 0 Exerciser Fe St HIE item PktDir Addr Endp Dir f Type Y Subtype Data Error Miscellaneous ChannelLink Pkt H 1 0 OUT Pkt Len 3 Pe H DATA1 0 bytes Pkt Len 3 Pt OD ACK Pkt Len 6 7 Pkts 47 H 4 SOF Frame 351 1 Pkt Len 12 136 Pkts H 4 SOF Frame 352 0 Pkt Len 12 Xfr 11 1 0 Control GET GET_DESCRIPTOR wValue DEVICE type 4 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 369 0 Pkt Len 12 2 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 369 4 Pkt Len 14 5 Pkts 49 H 4 SOF Frame 369 6 Pkt Len 14 2 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 370 3 Pkt Len 12 Xtr 13 1 0 Control GET GET_DESCRIPTOR wWalue CONFIGURATION ty
63. Run Verification Scripts Opens a window to allow you to run verification scripts over the open trace Reports are available from the Report menu and buttons on the Tool bar Tools are available from the Tools menu 9 1 View Docking and Floating Windows Similar to the windows in most Windows programs most report views are dockable and tab able To help guide the docking of windows drop targets are provided so that you can drag the cursor to those locations and be confident of the location your window will be docked See Figure 9 2 and Figure 9 3 on page 209 Spec View Fields for packet 117748 3 2 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 E 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 E 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 E 5 CRC 5 Link Command Info 2 CRC 5 Link Comma e082 03 08 Drop Targets Figure 9 2 Drop Target 208 USB Protocol Suite User Manual View Docking and Floating Windows Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Link Command Info 2 0082 Drag and drop the report at one of the four targets Figure 9 3 Drag and Drop Report in Target Note When you open a report view the software attempts to apply the user preferences used when you most recently viewed the report USB Protocol Suite User Manual 209 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Trace Information 210 9 2 Trace Information To display a Trace Information report select File Information under Report in the Menu Bar or click i in the Tool Bar to display the Trace Information screen You can click on the hyperli
64. Spectrum Clocking select Receive The Transmitter and Receive commands are independent of each other USB Protocol Suite User Manual 275 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager 276 For Recording Generating select Analyzer Only Host Emulation or Device Emulation For Simple Filters you can Filter Out Logical Idles Filter Out SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN Filter Out ITP or Filter Out Bus Events LFPS Eldle Term Note For Simple Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers you can select Logical Idle SHP SDP SLC EPF END EDB COM SKP K Code Symbol Error RD Error DP Length Error Term On Term Off and BCNT For CRC Error Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers CRC32 CRC16 CRC5 LCW and or CRC5 LC For Framing Error Triggers for Downstream and Upstream triggers SLC SDP SHP EPF For Low Power States for Downstream and Upstream triggers U1 U2 and or U3 For U2 trigger only works for explicitly directed entry to U2 It does NOT work for the case when U1 times out and implicitly goes to U2 as the bus engine does not track this timeout value If you trigger on a CRC error type the traffic in the trace file at or near the trigger may display as IPS Inter packet symbols because the software might not detect proper framing symbols Consequently searches for CRC errors may not find the CRC trigger location To cause a trigger signal to appear on the External Trig
65. Supported 0 CmdQue Command Queuing Supported 0 VS 8 120 ADATA 0x20 Vendor Identification a g 245 NHO 1 0x20 Product Identification ey G 260 2401 0x31 Product Revision Level Packet 67479 0 dwords View Fields for Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp 17 Figure 8 10 View Fields for Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI IN Endp Dialog 202 USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 8 3 7 Changing the Layout of Decode Requests In the View Fields windows the Decoding Information and the Descriptor information blocks following the Request Summary information have the following columns a Field such as bRequest wValue wIndex bLength bDescriptorType wTotal Length Length in bits Offset in bits Decoded hex value typically equal to Hex Value Hex Value hex value typically equal to Decoded a Description short description of field 0D DODO To change the layout of decode requests display 1 Click Layout to display the View Fields Dialog Layout dialog box View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout Columns to show Specify here which columns in View SOME dialog tables you would like to see Field Check All Y Length bits uncheck an Offset bits Y Decoded Y Hex Value Description Show only fields specified for view in collapsed state Use these settings when View Fields dialog open E Figure 8 11 View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout 2 To
66. T2 USB 2 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports USB 2 0 It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2 0 The Mercury T2 is powered by the USB cable so no additional power cord is needed MerculryYV 72 ele 0000 Pwr Status Trig Rec Figure 1 6 Mercury T2 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables The total length of the cables between the Host Under Test and the Device Under Test should be kept to lt 4 feet Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through its USB port The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has
67. Type Figure 6 18 Any Error Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 161 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB3 0 6 6 5 Specific Errors Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Data Length d Bad CRC16 Addr amp Endp Bad CRG2 Header Packet Type a Disparity Link Command 10 Bit Symbol LMF Subtype b Unknown Packet IPS Transaction Packet Type Framing Symbol LC Data Symbol Transfer Standard Request Type EE a Bad Header Packet Length Bad Data Length Field SEP Symbol Missed DPH Missed DPP setup OPH Seq Number Error TP Non Zero Reserved Field Error Missed ITP Late Early ITP Error Figure 6 19 Specific Errors Menu Option Select the specific error to which you want to go Note Seq Number Error refers to Transaction Sequence Numbers 0 to 31 not to Link Control Word LCW sequences 162 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 6 6 Data Length Packet Type LFPS Type d Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors d EE Addr amp Endp 1 bytes Header Packet Type 2 bytes Link Command 4 bytes LMP Subtype 5 bytes Transaction Packet Type 6 bytes 9 bytes 10 bytes 13 bytes 18 bytes 22 bytes 26 bytes 31 bytes 36 bytes 44 bytes 512 bytes 10 24 bytes 2048 bytes 3072 bytes More Figure 6 20 Data Length Menu Option Select the data length to which you want to go USB Prot
68. Value 10 7 9 10 7 10 10 7 11 To change the counter value 1 Click the small blue dot in the upper left corner of the counter button A menu appears Select Change Counter Value Enter a new value in the pop up dialog box This causes the new value to appear in the counter button Using a Single State Sequence As described previously a sequence can be single state or multi state A single state sequence is a simple combination of events and actions You cannot create looping or branching conditions with this type of sequence A multi state sequence allows you to branch successively to advance to lower states in the sequence or to loop to the front of the sequence restart the sequence Using a Multi State Sequences Multi state sequences allow you to create conditions that branch down to successive states or loop back to the beginning of the sequence They are more complex than single state sequences but very powerful Using Independent Sequences You can use up to two independent sequences By default they are labeled Sequence O and Sequence 1 The two sequences operate in parallel and have no effect on each other with the following exception Either of the two sequences can contain the action Restart All This action restarts both sequences in the Main Display area USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 8 Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voy
69. Vendor Decoding groups currently assigned to recipients If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient 3 Select a recipient 4 Display the Class Vendor Decoding Groups drop down menu AE Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Vendor Decoding Audio 2 0 Class Requests CCID Requests Communication Class Requests Content Security Requests Device Wire Adapter Class Requests HCI command Host Wire Adapter Class Requests Hub Class Requests ICCD Ver A Requests ICCD Ver B Requests IrDA Bridge Class Requests Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests MBIM Class Requests NOM Class Requests Personal Healthcare Requests Keep Acro TE Printer Class Requests m RNDIS Requests RNDIS Requests Microsoft Standard Requests Stil Image PTP MTP PictBridge Class Requests USB Test and Measurement USES Vision Requests Video 1 0 Class Requests Video 1 1 Class Requests Video 1 5 Class Requests WA Radio Control Request WMC Class Requests WUSBE CBAF Requests m tuickTiming markers not set d Figure 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Groups Drop down Menu The drop down menu lists the defined Class Vendor request decoding groups The Class Vendor Decoding Groups are a No Decoding QO Audio 1 0 Class Requests A Audio 2 0 Class Requests O CCID Requests QO Communication Class Requests a Content Security Requests a HCI Command a HID Class Requests O Hub Class Requests O ICCD Ve
70. Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 1 2 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 development and testing It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events It can also generate USB traffic The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port see Figure 1 2 on page 20 Note The Voyager M3 and Voyager M3i Analyzer and Exerciser are identical in most respects The major difference is that Voyager M3i can capture VBus Power information Otherwise all mentions of Voyager M3 in this manual also apply to Voyager M3i FP TELEDYNE LECROY ae A B Clock Trigger voyager M3i gt a Tx Rx Tx Ax A i in Out In Cu o 20 5000 9000 0000 al aO Figure 1 2 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Exerciser System Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems 1 2 1 USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables see Figure 1 3 on page 21 20 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Clock uh ras mi k ogot
71. Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Blinking Green 2 0 Solid Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Flashing Green Exerciser 3 0 Off Solid Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Blinking Green 2 0 USB 3 0 No traffic or LFPS Only Polling LFPS Low Power States Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Link Traffic UO LUP LDN TP s and DP s actual traffic USB 2 0 FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic LS Traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 FS Traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 HS SOF s or control endpoint traffic HS traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 USB 3 0 No traffic or LFPS Only Polling LFPS Low Power States Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Link Traffic UO LUP LDN TP s and DP s actual traffic USB 2 0 unused Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab USB Protocol Suite User Manual 97 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Navigation Tools 98 4 7 4 7 1 4 7 2 4 7 3 4 8 4 8 1 Navigation Tools You can zoom in and out and wrap packets transactions transfers to fit within the screen using the
72. Zoom Out Wrap Show USB 2 0 Traffic Only Show USB 3 0 Traffic Only Hiding USB 2 0 Traffic To add a column right click a column header select Add Column and then select the column name You can also add a column by dragging the attribute field in the left column from the Detail View into the Spreadsheet View To delete a column right click a column header and then select Remove Column To reposition a column drag the column header to the new position To resize columns select the column divider and drag the divider to the right or left To manipulate rows right click the left most column gray area to display the following commands Opens the Display Options menu see Display Options on page 175 See and manage playlists see CATC Walk Playlist on page 117 Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur See Real Time Monitoring on page 253 Displays the USB3 Electrical Test dialog see USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes on page 373 Displays CATC Trace Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet Color or Spreadsheet B W Unhide previously hidden Traffic VBus Power or ALL Increases the size of the displayed elements Decreases the size of the displayed elements Wraps displayed packets within the window Displays only USB 2 0 traffic Displays only USB 3 0 traffic Hides SOF s Start of Frames NAK s NAK ed Transactions Devices Packets belonging to specified devices
73. a workspace for creating recording rules rules that determine how the analyzer records traces Recording rules are combinations of events and actions For how the Recording Rules page works see Recording Rules Page How It Works on page 286 Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states 10 8 3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop them into the Main Display area To create event buttons see Creating Event Buttons on page 287 The following events are available for USB 3 0 recording rules see Figure 10 27 on page 301 300 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only ad New event w e Q e B e Packet Type Data Packet DPH DPP All Link Commands Link Command Flow Control Link Command Link State LFPS Training Sequences Header Pattern Timer External SMA BNC Trig In Global Standard Request Simple Trigger SCSI Primary Command set SCSI Block Command set 5051 Media Changer Command set SCSI Stream Command set SCSI Multi Media Commands SCSI Controller Commands SCSI Enclosure Services SESIATA Transaclation Command set Figure 10 27 Events for USB 3 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Config is valid 301 Teledyne LeCr
74. activity Action Properties of the Error Event Header Pattern Actions Internal Triggering sequencing Trigger Analyzer 0 Advance Sequence E stop Recording Restart Sequence Restart All External Triggering Out None Channels All Pulse High Filtering Pulse Low 5 Filter In Pulse Toggle Filter Out None None E Count 2 NOT Match on the opposite of this event Desc Figure 10 14 Event Properties Dialog You can set Internal Triggering External Triggering Sequencing and Filtering Note Due to analyzer limitations in USB 3 0 capturing some items cannot be filtered when they occur back to back in the capture stream These items include small packets such as LMP packets When these items occur back to back it can cause filtering not to work In some cases it can cause unexpected symbols to be captured as Inter Packet Symbols IPS which cannot be decoded to real USB 3 0 packets by the analyzer software 282 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 7 Recording Rules USB 2 0 Use the Recording Rules to set triggers and filters for USB 2 0 Recording Options Voyager General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 3 0 Rec Rules Newevent m gt c al a 5 ES Toolbar l Config Status Indicator Main Display Available Area Events Area Figure 10 15 Recording Rules USB 2
75. advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data USB Protocol Suite User Manual Mercury T2 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB
76. and other communication parameters do not change A session begins with an OpenSession operation which establishes the communications connection and parameters and ends with a CloseSession operation A session contains all object transfers and their transactions plus all transactions that do not belong to object transfers between an OpenSession operation and a CloseSession operation For PTP all PTP Object Transfers and all PTP Transactions that occur from the OpenSession operation to the CloseSession operation is a single PTP Session The PTP Session trace viewing level is the highest PTP level To view PTP sessions switch to the PTP Session trace viewing level a Click FET on the toolbar PTP Transaction PTP Object OR QO Select View gt PTP Group gt PTP Session Level OR QO Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Session and then click OK 140 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Switch to SCSI Operations Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 5 35 Switch to SCSI Operations To view SCSI operations switch to SCSI Operations viewing level a OR a OR a Click on the toolbar Select View gt SCSI Operation Level Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check SCSI Operation and then click OK 5 35 1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are a a a a a a Address Number Of Transfers Total number of transfers that comp
77. arch IAS e a a aa is 96 4 6 5 SUPeropecd TERMINO Stats aii aa a a a aS EOE Ea a O aa 96 466 ENK Satus ais 97 A7 Navigation TOO Sui A ia 98 AT A EA A O A E II A A aa 98 4 1 2 ZOOM DU LLAMA 98 ETSAV ii A rial 98 4 6 Crossoyne Control Pane li ccoionniancn ici iaa 98 4 8 1 Launching the CrossSync Control Panel ccccccsssseessceeseeeeeesneeeeeeseeeeeenseeesoessseseonenseesoesseeseeooeneessenaes 98 4 9 Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts cccccseceenseeenseeceseesenseesensesceaseneeseceaseecenseseasseseaseesonsees 100 Chapter 5 Reading a Trace di 103 5 1 Trace VIEW Features vinil 103 9 1 1 Anchor POIntS SYNCHFOMIZEG VICWS caia is ita ici 104 9 2 USB 30 PACK el Sii iio 105 Belo Packet Direc do y PP CO E O e aai 106 S2 MAKETS srana ene racs tacos ness dene a a E Daa aa aa Kena aoa ia E a Aa E Tai 106 5 2 1 Markers OvervieW si A 106 52 2 FUNCIONAN Of MAKES ai 106 5 253 ATTACHING MAS ai 108 5 2 4 Adding an Attac OA Medio A site cloacae 108 9 2 9 RECOKINd an AUGIO AO iii tas 109 5 20 VICO FIGS SUPPOMOG nr 109 5 2 7 Attachment Types and VISUAlZa O ccciseciadecccsscsicwenss codeiescavtodaedeesanndstaed ec deeinctwevediscannweiaswentietecetaiawicatseaces 110 5 2 8 Embedded Attachments to a Marker a 110 5 2 9 Viewing Attachments Of a Markel as 110 A o O codecs E E E E E 111 A 112 O A E E E A E E ice sus E A E muds Sod cuaweksa haus 113 FIle Attachment AAPP tureeuasaadacesecceveuecsesdeecaweisadecsaeienst eaeacnctocadsatectorete
78. by address and endpoint Chirps Chirp K and Chirp J Bus conditions these are recorded only USB Protocol Suite User Manual Spreadsheet View Hiding USB 3 0 Traffic Hide Devices Addr Endp Hide NAK s NRDY s View Layers Mode Stacking View Apply Decoding Scripts Packet Level Transaction Level Split Transaction Level Transfer Level PTP Group SCSI Operation Level Refresh Decoding USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Hides Link Commands Flow Control Link Training Sequences TS1 TS2 TSEQ Logical Idle Packets Upstream Packets Downstream Packets Skip Sequences ISO Time Stamp Packets Inter Packet Symbols Link Commands Other than Flow Control LMP Packets Electrical Idles LFPS Packets LTSSM Transition Indicators Opens the Hiding Devices dialog displaying packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint see Hiding Traffic 2 0 amp 3 0 on page 88 Shows hides the Nak d and Nrdy d see Hiding Traffic 2 0 amp 3 0 on page 88 Display All Layers Application Layers or Lower USB Layers Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display see Stacking on page 127 Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and
79. conditioning values are similar to the ones used for M3i and AT3 Limits on values accepted are shown in the dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 67 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Your First USB Recording 68 3 5 6 3 6 USB 3 0 Cabling and Signal Integrity The Analyzer requires two connector discontinuities In addition bus powered devices are susceptible to voltage drops on VBus To maintain the best possible signal integrity for all devices under test use high quality cabling and use the shortest possible cable lengths Do not stress the system by using long or low quality cabling that might result in signal degradation If you suspect signal integrity problems in capture situations you should first try using shorter and higher quality cables to see if this rectifies the problem Your First USB Recording After installing and launching the software you can test the system by performing the following steps 1 Connect a USB cable to each of the two connectors on the Analyzer module then connect the other ends to the USB device under test and USB host machine Note Whenever you do connect disconnect testing always plug unplug the B connector on the Analyzer to insure that the host machine detects the event properly In some cases using the A port for this purpose can cause the host machine to misinterpret the terminations 2 Select Setup gt Recording Options on the Menu Bar 3 Select the Gen
80. data usb Caution Can use up to 456 of disk space for each trace CATC Sync E Disable CATC Sync a Independent Triggers Switch to Advanced Mode Figure 10 3 Recording Options General Tab in Simple Mode for Recording Options 260 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for the Advisor T3 is 4 AA in dd a top F Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 5 Mercury T2 Trigger Mode Snapshot Recording Channels USB 2 0 55 Manual Trigger p F usb 3 0 O Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 2 segment the data into multiple trace files MB segs 64 517 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position 16 000 MB Mot used with snapshot 5 Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage E GB 4 Recording Size Limits 8 Record for O Day s 12 34 3 Record NE 20000 ME 3 Until Triggered plus DO Dar a 12 34 5 Until Triggered plus 120000 pap Save ae ond ef o Voyager M3x Restore Factory Settings 5 USB TracerTrainer Advisor Mobile Options Name Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C WUsers Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol data usb
81. data you want to upload again see the following figure Upload again with new buffer settings Select new upload range within the recorded buffer D 28 8 From 6 3 to 78 8 Total 22 5 MB Full buffer Upload Selection Cancel Figure 4 13 Partial Upload Options Dialog When the data is saved the Recorded Data file appears in the main display window and the Recording Status window clears a Ifthe recording resulted from a Trigger Event the first packet following the trig ger or the packet that caused the trigger is initially positioned second from the top of the display Q Ifthe recording did not result from a Trigger Event the display begins with the first packet in the traffic file USB Protocol Suite User Manual 95 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Status Bar 4 6 3 Recording Activity During recording a segment of the Status Bar displays recording activity as a series of vertical bars The more vertical bars that display the greater the amount of activity recording If there are no vertical bars there is no recording activity During uploading the percent of the completed upload displays Note If packets are filtered from the recording or data are truncated recording activity reduces 4 6 4 Search Status The lower right most segment displays the current search direction Fwd forward or Bwd backward Change the search direction from the Search Menu or double click the Search Status segment
82. differ only in defined direction Syntax example direction IN 335 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code retry 336 Format Description TRUE FALSE Host Generation Only Defines whether an automatic retry should be performed on packets to from this endpoint in the case that they are NAKed or in some cases NYETed or if a timeout on device response occurs RETRY only works for the Pids Setup In and Out If TRUE the Exerciser automatically retries the specified sequence if a Pid is received on the bus which does not match the expected_pid or if a timeout occurs The generator re issues the host packet s after waiting either 1 10th of a frame or until after the next start of frame depending on the value set for retry_next_frame The retries continue until the expected _pid is received When a retry attempt finds its expected _pid the Exerciser automatically generates a new start of frame before continuing with the rest of the Gen File The start of frame is either an SOF packet or a keep alive signal If FALSE the Exerciser waits for a Pid before proceeding There is no timeout If a Pid is received which does not match the expected _pid the Exerciser continues to wait for the correct Pid to appear If the user stops the generation a message states that the generator was waiting patiently for the expected_pid and it never showed up The user must
83. display the available columns of data use the checkboxes for Length Offset Decoded Hex Value and Description You can Check All or Uncheck All 3 To show only the fields of Collapsed mode check Show only fields specified for view in collapsed mode 4 To retain settings for future viewing of Decode Request fields check Use these settings when View Fields dialog opens USB Protocol Suite User Manual 203 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Options 8 3 8 Decoded Fields View This works much the same as the decoder dialog above except that it is invoked from the toolbar icon and does not block the use of other windows It can be docked to the side or allowed to float View Fields for Standard Requests 0 B lt gt a gt REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 0005010000000000 Direction Host to device Type Standard Recipient Device bRequest SET ADDRESS wValue New Address 1 windex 0x0000 wLength 0x0000 DECODING INFORMATION Length Offset Hex o Field bits bits Decoded Value Description bRequest a 8 SET ADDRESS 0x05 bRequest HexVal 0x05 wValue 16 16 Mew address 1 0x0001 New address 0x0001 windex 16 32 0x0000 0x0000 Correct Value of 0 wLength 16 46 0 0x0000 Correct Value of 0 4 pr Figure 8 12 Decoded Fields View Save decoded Fields in html format A Show previous decoded fields a Show next decoded fields gt Find text in the View Fields page gt Displays V
84. endpoint response the first command listed in that endpoint memory segment is then executed With each subsequent call to the same endpoint commands are executed sequentially down the list as they occur in the memory segments For example if three calls were made to Endpoint 0 IN then the first three commands in that endpoint s memory segment would then execute Note Each of the endpoint memory segments execute independently there are no behavioral interactions between the individual endpoints 11 11 Voyager M3x USB 2 0 Script Limitations Due to architectural changes in the Voyager M3x design some features previously available on USBTracer and Voyager M3 M3i have been limited USB 2 0 scripts are now more limited in size Host scripts are limited to 64KBytes approximately 16K lines Device Emulation Scripts are limited to 4KBytes per endpoint approximately 1K lines per endpoint with the exception that Endpoint O the control endpoint can handle more it is limited to 64KBytes approximately 16K lines In addition on the Voyager M3x the ability to create arbitrary bit streams using raw_data raw_data_bits and bit_stuff key codes is not supported for Hi Speed traffic Finally slow speed divide by 40 divide by 80 etc generation for Hi Speed traffic is also not supported USB Protocol Suite User Manual 329 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files 11 12 Format of Traffic Generation F
85. endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu You can keep the settings across recordings See Decode Requests on page 185 Displays Packets Displays Transactions Displays Split Transactions Displays Transfers PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP Session Level displays PTP Sessions Displays SCSI Operation Level Forces the software to re decode transactions and transfers Useful if you have applied a decoding mapping which helps fully decode a sequence of transfers as is the case with Mass Storage decoding 145 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Edit Comment 5 37 3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View In the Spreadsheet View double click a packet transaction or transfer or select a field and then select Report gt Detail View or click or display the Detail View see Figure 5 47 on page 146 on the toolbar to 2 LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 3 0 Traces Usb3 0HDDEnum B File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help SEE BT nuovo Record m t gt igh Onea Cee ovo UA o me E FB A R R R R R R SR R ER E SR S R E a e EBD Ron once USB 3 0 Eeraser GE E E TimeStamp item PktDir Addr Endp Dir f Type T Subtype Data Error Miscellaneous a Detail View of Packet 79611 1 E TP Bus Interval C
86. filter transactions for example NAK d transac tions Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external USB Protocol Suite User Manual 31 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Mercury T2 test equipment Optional purchase item a Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames QO Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes a Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 256 MB Display Options m Uses the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information m Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction trans lator with a special hierarchical view m Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display m Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are converted upon loading m Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors m Set
87. following buttons Zoom In Zoom In increases the size of the displayed elements allowing fewer but larger packet fields per screen a Click Ek on the Tool Bar Zoom Out Zoom Out decreases the size of the displayed elements allowing more but smaller packet fields per screen a Click a on the Tool Bar Wrap Select Wrap to adjust the Trace View so that packets fit onto one line If a packet is longer than the size of the window the horizontal scroll bar can be used to see the hidden part of the packet a Click la on the Tool Bar or select Wrap under View on the Menu Bar CrossSync Control Panel The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Launching the CrossSync Control Panel To launch CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite software application select the Setup gt Launch CrossSync Control Panel see the screen capture below Or you can launch CrossSync from the Start menu setup Record Generate Report Search View JE Display Options Ctrl4Shitt D Recording Options Update Device Launch CrossSync Control Panel la Analyzer Network All Connected Devices USB 3 0 Device Host Signal parameters Figure 4 14 Launching CrossSync from the USB Protocol Suite Application USB Protocol Suite User Manual CrossSync Control Panel Teledyne LeCroy Corporation For more information refer to the CrossSync Control Pa
88. gi E USB Analyzer o E a eE The buttons have the following functions e New Graphic Scenario New Text Scenario Open file Save Saves your edits and Lar immediately updates the setting bars and Frames shown in the trace window Cut Copy d a Paste Print Run Scenario w Stop Scenario Trace Preview Checks script for errors and displays trace USB Analyzer Go to USB Analyzer Start Recording window Stop Recording o m 12 8 Script Editor After you open an existing generation script file or create a new text scenario in the Script Editor use the following steps to edit or build a script The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of writing and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields USB Protocol Suite User Manual 355 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Script Editor 12 8 1 12 8 2 12 8 3 12 8 4 12 8 5 12 8 6 Highlighting a All known commands and parameters are highlighted in blue Q All predefined values and command modifiers are highlighted in brown a Comments are in green A Errors are in red Text Editing Commands The Script Editor supports standard editor commands using toolbar buttons and Edit menu commands Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Also available by right clicking a command to display a menu Bookmarks Toggle Previous Next and Clear All Find Replace Find Next Go to 0 DODO Help Right click a command to d
89. hierarchy of levels to the script a Show Line Numbers Displays the line numbers at the left of the window a Show Tooltips When you place the cursor over an item information about the item appears U Enable IntelliSense Starts the Intellisense program QO Toggle Outlining If Enable Outlining is checked allows you to expand or collapse the outlining levels Outlining If you enable outlining at the Options button you can collapse or expand code blocks You can toggle outlining at the Options button or by right clicking a command to display a menu from which you can choose Toggle Outlining Line Numbers If you enable line numbers at the Options button each line has a line number Tooltips If you show tooltips at the Options button tooltips appear when you place the cursor over a button or command Text Snippets Text snippets appear in the Text Snippets window see Figure 12 5 on page 359 You can drag and drop a text snippet into the script The available text snippets are QO Send Enter a packet template name with options to delay or override O SendPipeCommand Enter a command name pipe type total length setup data pattern asn store data and send erdy a SetSequenceNumber Enter a pipe type device address endpoint number data directory sequence number and enable QO SendFile Enter a file path device address endpoint delay start sequence number payload_size stream ID and route string O Prepar
90. jonta opot DEVICE Figure 1 3 Direct Connection using USB 3 0 Cables or through direct connection via MMCX to SMA coaxial cables see Figure 1 4 Taui oO e isa ch Met o A O om ED Figure 1 4 Direct Connection using SMA Differential Tap 1 2 2 General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time USB Protocol Suite User Manual 21 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 22 1 2 3 General The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any personal host machine having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as To
91. later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification for details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 Features Fully complies with USB specification revisions Has field upgradeable firmware Supports all USB speeds 5 GB s 480 MB s 12 MB s and 1 5 MB s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network DOOOCOUOUUD O Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components QO Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 host machine with USB capability Plug and Play USB installation 2 GB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine DC power supply Expansion port for optional External Trigger In Out cable as well as multi box synchronized recording USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation DOOCOD O USB Protocol Suite User Manual 27 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Advisor T3
92. long time Off Pre Emphasis long time Level 0 Pre Emphasis long time Decay 0 Pre Emphasis short time Level 2 Pre Emphasis short time Decay 2 Output power level 890 mV Pre Emphasis long time Level 0 Pre Emphasis long time Decay 0 Pre Emphasis short time Level 2 Pre Emphasis short time Decay 2 Output power level 890 mV Selected profile Device Device 1 meter Host Host 1 meter Figure 3 7 USB 3 0 Device Analyzer Host Signal Profiles Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 65 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Application Startup 66 Voyager M3 M3i and Advisor T3 The dialog lists the Device Name Device Cable Host Name Host Cable and to what the Profile Signal Settings apply It also shows Device to Analyzer and Host to Analyzer custom signal settings To add a device click Add to display the USB 3 0 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Parameter Profiles dialog _USB3 Device gt Analy rer gt Host Signal Parameters Profil Read from Analyzer Device lt gt Analyzer Exerciser A Port Signal Settings Host lt gt Analyzer Exerciser B Port Signal Settings Device Name Device Host Name eE Device Cable ID 1meter Host Cable ID 1 meter Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Input Signal Equalization ISE Settings Off Off Off Off Off Off InputEg Slow Hi InputEq Low Hi Enable Both Eq modifications Pre Emphasis Settings Pre Emphasis Settings short time Level
93. lt Debug Support gt E Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 455 of disk space for each trace nee CATC Sync E Disable CATC Sync A Independent Record Stop Independent Triggers Figure 10 4 Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 261 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Modes In Simple Mode for recording options the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2 has the General and Misc USB 2 0 tabs 262 5 Voyager M3M3 AdvisorT3 Mercury T2 Trigger Mode Recording Channels Snapshot E Manual Trigger 5 Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 a segment the data into multiple trace files En E MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position 2 000 ME Not used with snapshot 5 Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 GB 7 Recording Size Limits 3 Record for D Dayis 12 34 56 120000 vg Record 3 Until Triggered plus 0 Day s 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 ME Sve fa ane 5 Voyager M3x USB TracerTrainer Advisor Mobiles Options Name Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Users PubliclDocumentsWLeCroyWS8 Protocol data usb lt Debug Support gt F Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 468 of disk space for each trace Switch
94. multiple error conditions such as PID bad bit stuffing bad header or data CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation and data toggle violation The Analyzer program highlights all hardware detected errors and further examines the trace file for additional protocol errors including wrong packet length data payload violation and packet termination not ona byte boundary USB Protocol Suite User Manual Common Features 1 1 5 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Real Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering The Analyzer can accurately identify and selectively record transactions of interest from the crowded stream of bus traffic The system uses more than a dozen configurable hardware building blocks that you can optimize to perform particular activities Such recording resources can independently await an initialization signal monitor its external environment external signals or other resources in search of a particular event and take a subsequent action such as triggering inclusive or exclusive filtering and counting In the user interface you can select configure and combine these resources to search for complex trigger conditions and selectively capture associated transactions The system can trigger on basic events such as specific bus conditions and packet identifiers PID It can also trigger on complex events such as trigger on the fifth occurrence
95. not be construed as mistakes in the traffic but as a modification necessary for us to provide the most accurate time stamps over the range of a trace You can also create a new marker by selecting Set marker 5 5 View Raw Bits 2 0 You can expand a specific packet to view the raw bits in detail To view raw bits 1 Right click Packet for the packet to view to display the Packet menu SETUP ADDR ll asa m Show in LTSSM Timing View E Show Raw Bits Time From Trigger Time From Marker Set Start Quick Timing marker Set End Quick Timing marker Set marker Format Color Hide 2 Select Show Raw Bits to display the Raw Bits View for that packet 122 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 5 6 5 6 1 5 6 2 Raw Bits d isplay for Packet 2322 Ez x Packet Stuff Bit Stuff Bit Error Zoom lt Prev Next gt E Show Stuff Bits Prev Mext Pre Next Done Along the top of the Raw Bits View is a linear strip of the logical bit values with corresponding field demarcations Bit stuffing is in color Below the logical bit values is a representation of the D D signaling complete with NRZ encoding A scroll bar assists in navigation of larger packets Use the two buttons under the label Packet to view previous or next packets Two buttons under the label Zoom allow you to zoom in or out on packets Expanding and Collapsing Data Fiel
96. on O Very Slow External off Cor 700 Kbps 25 Mbps Figure 12 20 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 Tab USB Protocol Suite User Manual 379 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes To test a USB Device in the Recording Generating section select Host Emulation mode To test a USB Host or the downstream port of a USB 3 hub select Device Emulation mode In the M3i USB Connector Termination RxDetect section in the Analyzer Ports subsection select Manual termination Click the OK button to apply the options 3 After you set up the system make sure that the USB cable is NOT plugged into Voyager and then select USB 3 0 Electrical Test from the View menu LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser C Users Public Documents LeCr D File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help H E 7 ma TT E Auto Mode Reco Toolbars a fu x Analyzer Network Chat Bar Zar Ber RATE RRA R E es QuickTiming Bar CATC Walk USB 3 0 Electrical Test Figure 12 21 View Menu 4 Inthe USB 3 0 Electrical Test dialog check the Compliance Mode box see Figure 12 22 on page 381 380 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Loopback Command Loopback Interval 1 ms Slave Symbol Error Count 0 LF rr cu ar Exerciser Ports Termination for testing Termination Detection Testing Analyzer Ports Porta 7 Teledyne L
97. on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can filter transactions for example NAK d transac tions 2 0 Advanced triggering with event counting and sequencing Dedicated trigger for recording input and output used to interface to external test equipment Triggering on multiple error conditions PID bad bit stuffing bad CRC bad end of packet bad babble activity loss frame length violation time out or turn around violation data toggle violation Token Bus Conditions Data Length and excessive empty frames 2 0 Real time traffic capture filtering and data packet truncation variable up to 256 bytes 2 0 Adjustable buffer size from 0 4 MB to 1 GB or 4 GB Idle filtering 3 0 Utilizes the CATC Trace graphical display of bus packets transactions split transactions and transfers Groups numerous packets and transactions under a single transfer while quickly decoding all essential information Decodes split transactions upstream and downstream of a transaction translator with a special hierarchical view Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display Uses a Trace Viewer that is backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are con verted upon loading USB Protocol Suite User Manual 23 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer
98. one device from the Device List as the active device Required information for the project is defined by the active device The active protocol in the project is defined by the active device Note If you have already inserted some items in the project and then you change the active device if the new active device is in another protocol UAS or BOT the software will try to convert all information to the selected protocol based on the active device and sometimes information may be lost SCSI Command Settings Auto Tag Assignment You can choose Auto Tag Assignment for SCSI Commands Then the tag will be assigned automatically for SCSI Commands starts with 1 and continually increments If you deselect this feature you must check the tag value of all SCSI Commands in the project and make them unique in each run General Settings The middle pane has General Settings Tx Scramble Rx Descramble Port Configuration Ack Tx Invert Polarity and Rx Invert Polarity checkboxes You can set Logical Block Size Packet Delay Random Seed Skip Timer and Maximum Loop Iteration Count Link Delay Settings The middle pane has Link Delay Settings Delay for LGOOD LGOOD Count LBAD LBAD Count LCRD and LCRD Count Link Power Management Settings The right pane has Link Power Management Settings You can disable LPMA and PMLC Timeout You can set Power State Accept and PMLC Timeout LFPS Settings The right pane has LFPS Settings
99. or click Update All to update all three 4 The most current files were copied to your LeCroy USB Protocol Suite directory when you installed the program 5 Power cycle the Analyzer Re initialization takes a couple of minutes 13 4 License Information You can view license information by selecting Display License Information from the Help menu The License Information window provides a list of the named features supported by the current software version see following figure USB Protocol Suite User Manual 393 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Updating the Software License 394 13 5 License Information a voyager 5N 63329 Licer lumber 63329 m Available Features Feature Title Purchased Feature Description eS Hi Speed Traffic Generated and Traced at Slow Hi Speed Slow Clock Yes y TN Exerciser USB 2 0 Device Emun Yes Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Yes Hi Speed Tracing Enabled Capturing USB 2 0 Yes Capture USB 2 0 traffic Capturing USB 3 0 Yes Capture USB 3 0 traffic Memory Size 512MB No Recording buffer size up to 512MB Memory Size 1GB No Recording buffer size up to 1GB Memory Size 2GB No Recording buffer size up to 2GB Memory Size 4GB Yes Recording buffer size up to 4GB Trig Filt Limited Yes Trigaering Filtering 2 Global events as e j Triggering Filtering 1 Sequencer with 2 states 6 i 7 Trig Filt Limited Il Yes ined eveni Trig Filt Limited II Vas Triggering Filtering 2 Seq
100. packets creates a utg file which does not work with a real device attached To use the Export command 1 Start the application 2 Open a trace that has the pattern of traffic that you would like to generate 3 Select File gt Export from the menu bar to display the File Export menu Packets to Text Packet View Format Packets Transaction Spreadsheet to CSV Comma Separated Values for Excel etc Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg Packets to USB 2 0 Device Emulation Traffic Generator Text File utg aL Packets to USB 3 0 Excerciser Script usb3q Data Figure 11 6 File Export Menu 4 Select Packets to Host Traffic Generator Text File from the Export drop down menu You see the Export to Generator Text dialog Figure 11 7 on page 320 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 319 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Editing a Generation File Export to Generator Text From Packet 3690 7 To Packet 98717 Frame Numbering Generate Automatically Keep Original Values Channel Number Channel 0 Channel 1 Include NAK ed Transactions Include Device Side Packets Include Exact EOP values takes longer Figure 11 7 Export to Generator Text Window 5 Enter the numbers of the first and last packets in the series Note The device packets are removed from the exported generator text This is essential in creating a generator text file that can be used to hands
101. recording rules 10 8 7 Actions and Action Properties For the available Actions and Action Properties see Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties on page 281 Action Properties For the Action Properties you can set Internal Triggering and External Triggering Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states The Advance Sequence option is not currently available for USB 3 0 recording rules USB Protocol Suite User Manual 303 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only 304 10 8 8 Events and Event Properties for USB 3 0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs The supported events for USB 3 0 are a Packet Type m Link Management Packets m Transaction Packets m Data Packet Header m lIsoch Timestamp Packets Data Packet DP for software version 3 71 and higher Data Packet DPH DPP for software version 3 70 and lower see Data Pattern note below All Link Commands Link Command Flow Control m LGOOD_0O through LGOOD_7 and LGOOD_n m LBAD m LCRD_A through LCRD_D and LCRD_x m LRTY Link Command Link State LGO U1 LGO U2 LGO U3 LAU LXU LMPA LUP LDN LFPS m Polling m Ping m Warm Reset see Warm Reset Note below m U1 Exit m U2 Loopback Exit m U3 Wakeup a All Training Sequences m TS1 m 1TS2 m TSEQ Header Pattern m Link Management
102. selected it When you want to switch back to Packet View mode right click anywhere in the trace window and then left click Transaction Level Note This view also shows Extension Transactions such as the Link Power Management LPM transaction defined by the USB 2 0 LPM specification as shown below once ver 7 SSN A SN CA A A SES Z B W ee EL es ajf n Frame CRC5 Pkt Len Time Stamp Transaction X LPM ADDR HIRD Link State Rem Wake Time Stamp CRC5 Pkt Len Time Stamp LPM HIRD Link State Rem Wake Rsvd CRCS Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp D S 7 Figure 5 36 Link Power Management View USB Protocol Suite User Manual 133 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation View Decoded Transactions You can also switch to Transaction View from the Menu Bar 1 Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window Display Options General Zoom Level 60 x V Enable Tips Wrap Hierarchy Lines Time Stamp Position At the end w Default when Loading Trace File Expand Packet Data Expand Script Decodes Std Regs amp Descriptors Scripts Process USB3 LTSSM Stacking View Default Bulk Int Xfer type to Bulk on FS HS 2 0 13 0 Show USB Protocol Fonts Fields Aria ss Ballets Data Courier New Brn Configuration Name Teledyne LeCroy default Restore Factory Settings Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level
103. set Detail View Navigator View Fields for USB 3 0 Header Packet 83177 a LMP E Link Management Packet Header Field Length bits Offset bits Decoded Hex Value Description Tama E n I AAN ANN Tinan l inle Ahanannaman Nanlent nN KA Packet 83176 0 dwords 83176 0 dwords View Fields for USB 3 0 Header Packet 83177 Ready Search Fwd Figure 1 1 Trace Viewer USB Protocol Suite User Manual 17 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Common Features 18 1 1 2 Accurate Time Measurement Voyager Advisor T3 The internal counter timer circuitry enables reliable accurate 2 ns resolution time stamping of recorded bus traffic Traces and measurement and analysis functions display this timing information Time fields are time stamps idle times bit times or time deltas in either decimal or hexadecimal format You can add any number of markers to denote specific packets you can make further timing measurements from one marker to another or from marker to trigger An essential feature of time management is that idle traffic does not consume Analyzer memory Because of this unique technology the system can make accurate timing calculations while still preserving valuable recording memory for important bus traffic The oscillator has 2 5 ppm accuracy CrossSync Control Panel Voyager Advisor T3 The CrossSync Control Panel allows you to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process It supports a wide co
104. the Host proceeds with its own Resume signalling This statement MUST be followed by the resume lt gt statement Used to create a chirp sequence for a High Speed generation Usage chirp HERE Device Emulation Only Wait for VBus to go Hi USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code termination wait_termination Keys for Packet Fields speed addr endp hub_addr port data cre SC USB Protocol Suite User Manual HERE HERE LOW 7 bits 0 127 4 bits 0 15 7 bits 0 127 7 bits 0 127 AB CD 5 bits 0x0 Ox1F or 16 bits Ox0 OXFFFF O or1 Oorl Oorl Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Description Device Emulation Only Set terminations now Host Emulation Only Only for Voyager Wait until Device Speed terminations are seen before proceeding Used to cause a low speed packet on a full speed branch The only legal value is speed LOW Assign a value for the address field Assign a value for the endpoint number field Host Generation Only Assign a value for the hub_address field of a SPLIT packet Host Generation Only Assign a value for port field of a SPLIT packet Assign data bytes for the data field Use the following syntax data 12 34 56 78 90 AB CD EF DC 13 40 78 11 CA 70 65 You can wrap bytes of the data field to the next line The bytes are in the order they come across the bus and the bits within the by
105. the Teledyne LeCroy Privacy Policy Agreement Click the Open Privacy Policy button to view the agreement 390 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Software Updates Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In the Application In the application you can set the software to automatically check for software updates 1 Select Help gt Check for Updates to display the Software Update window If no update is available the window is E There are no new updates available For USB Protocol Suite E Check For updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be found at http e lecroy comiti Librari Software PSG Figure 13 4 No Update Available Window If an update is available the window is HSE An update is available For USB Protocol Suite USB Protocol Suite v3 02 Check For updates at application stark up The latest software downloads can always be found at http fu lecrow coro era Library t Software PSG 60 to Download Page Now gt gt Figure 13 5 Update is Available Window 2 To enable automatic checking for software updates select the Check for updates at application start up checkbox The next time you open the application if you have an open internet connection the application will notify you if an update is available USB Protocol Suite User Manual 391 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation BusEngine and Firmware Updates 13 3 BusEngine and Firmware Updates BusEngine Serdes BusEngine
106. the left of the word Count is checked 5 Click the X in the top right corner of the dialog box to close the dialog A counter button should appear just below your selected event Changing a Counter Value To change the counter value 1 Click the small blue dot in the upper left corner of the counter button to display a menu Select Change Counter Value Enter a new value in the pop up dialog box The new value appears in the counter button USB Protocol Suite User Manual 309 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Saving Recording Options 310 10 8 10 Configuration Validity 10 9 10 10 The USB Protocol Suite Software monitors the current trigger and filter configuration to ascertain whether or not it is valid The configuration may not be valid because of any of the following reasons U More resources are configured than exist in the hardware a Conflicts occur between shared hardware resources a Configurations may be incomplete such as choosing an event like SCSI Com mand but not selecting a specific command If Config is not valid red you must fix the problem so that the green Config is Valid shows in the status area If this is not done the configuration will not be applied to the current Recording Rules and the trigger or filter will not function General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules anwe a c a aE e Saving Recording Options To complete your Re
107. theory of operation of the Transaction Engine and the use of the Scripting language consult the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 4 Transaction Engine The Transaction Engine allows Voyager hardware to automatically handle low level protocol elements for quicker response and higher data throughput Some Transaction Engine features are QO Retry Upon RX NRDY TP Exerciser automatically waits for ERDY and then retries USB Protocol Suite User Manual 351 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Exerciser Files 352 Header TP or ACK TP O Upon RX of Data burst packets Exerciser automatically sends ACK TP with proper SEQ number for all received packets a Upon RX of DP with out of order SEQ number Exerciser sends ACK TP with missing SEQ number and Retry bit set to 1 QO Upon RX of DP with Host Error bit set Exerciser in Device Emulation mode automatically waits for ERDY and then retries packet a Upon RX of Stream Transfer with out of order data packets Exerciser sends ACK TP with correct Stream ID and SEQ number Note For more information on the theory of operation of the Transaction Engine and the use of the Scripting language consult the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 5 12 6 12 7 Exerciser Files The system generates USB 3 0 traffic from traffic generation files usb3g which are text based script files that instruct the Exe
108. to Advanced Mode Restore Factory Settings Figure 10 5 Recording Options General Tab in Simple Mode for Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for Mercury T2 has the General Misc USB 2 0 and USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch O tabs General Misc USB 2 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 Product C Voyager M3 M3i 5 Advisor T3 Mercury T2 C Voyager M3x 5 USB Tracer Trainer 5 Advisor Mobile Trigger Mode Recording Channels Options Name Snapshot Default C Manual Trigger Trace Filename amp Path Event Trigger Change Default Location Cr Users PubliclDocumentslLeCroyWSB Protocol data usb Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 E segment the data into multiple trace files A MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Debug Support gt Buffer Size Trigger Position F Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 468 of disk space for each trace 2 000 MB Not used with snapshot E Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage Recording Size Limits 3 Record for ODayis 12 34 5 Record 120000 ME m Pa ne i Until Triggered plus O Days 12 34 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg Suites to Simple Mode Figure 10 6 Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 263 Teledyne
109. 0 Global 3 0 A Host RX Global 3 0 A Host TX Global USB 2 0 High Speed Full Speed Low Speed Transactions High Sp Transactions Classic S Transactions High Sp Transactions Classic Calculate Timing Calculations The Timing Calculator is used to measure timing between any two packets or Markers or Markers Time Usage a Select Timing Calculations under Report in the Menu Bar OR a Click Di in the Tool Bar to display the Timing Calculator screen Total Time 0 000 nanoseconds v Bandwidth Link Addr Lnk 000 Lnk 001 Lnk 001 Lnk 001 Calculate Traffic Summary Report Timing Calculator Figure 9 7 Timing Calculations Report 218 1 2 Show Formulas Endp Dir No_idle_ TU No_idle BW With_idle_TU With_idle_BW Data_only TU Data_only_BW 0 Bo 0 Bo 1 IN 2 O Acknowledged In the From beginning field enter the first packet number or Markers In the To beginning of field enter the last packet number or Markers In the Total Time field select nanoseconds microseconds milliseconds or seconds Click the Show Formulas button to display the Formulas window see Figure 9 8 on page 219 with the formulas used If you want to include only acknowledged packets click the Acknowledged checkbox This will exclude non Acknowledged data transfers from the calculations leaving only the effective data transf
110. 00 ns 2 493 862 832 Time Stamp re Post Trigger f Errors j 2 493 862 944 ypes of traffic E A cet 2A E QuickTiming markers not set View Fields for USB 3 0 Header Packet 83177 H 4b a La Link Management Packet Header Field Length Offset Decoded Hex Value Description A LARA Pa Time l imle Adana et Man lent cl Vi P Packet E3176 si di vie View Fields for USB 3 a Header Pa cket 63177 Ready Search Fwd Figure 4 1 Main Window 4 2 The Main Display Window The Menus and their functions are described in the table below Menus Functions File New utg file Creates a new empty traffic generation file Available only if a trace file usb is open To edit a utg file click Edit as Text in the toolbar Open Opens a file Close Closes the current file Save As Saves all or a range of packets from the current file Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Print Preview Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Edit as Text Opens the Script Editor Available only when a traffic generation file utg is open See Editing a Generation File on page 320 Edit Comment Creates or edits the Trace file comment field See Edit Comment on page 147 Check Syntax of Reads open utg file and checks syntax for errors Available only Utg file when a traffic
111. 03 10 8 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus cdas ninos acia eiii 303 Cel Pop UM a E a al a ae he a ia ld a ne ae 303 Ev nt Pop up MEU A O 303 Acon POD UD IM 303 10 8 7 ACHIONS ANG ACUON Propertie S sossa a tee a peda uus races etl Ot eieoetiecg wedascanaeatsatveasassuns 303 Action Propertie Sivroni a dai 303 10 8 8 Events and Event Properties for USB B D oooooonccccononnccccccononoononnnccnnnanenennnannrennnnnnrrnnnannrrnnnannrrnnaaaanrrenaanrs 304 10 8 9 Counters and Timers for USB 3 Diusicin aaa ii 308 10 38 10 Conngu raton V ANGINY E EE EERE 310 10 9 Saving Recording ODUN Sson a 310 10 10 Recording BUS Dia a a aa a a aa Saa 310 10 11 Merging Trace FIOS sisian aa aat 311 10 12 Recording Option Summary TaD oooocccononnncccnoconcoconncanonononancnnennnnnrornnnnnnrrnnnannnrrnnnannrrennaaans 314 Chapter 11 Traffic Generation 2 Dicc tu 315 11 1 Connecting to Voyager M3 M3i occoononncicononcccccnnccncononncanoncnnnancononnnancrrnnnnnnrrnnnannrrrnnnanrrrennanans 315 FIFUIEowW Specd Host EmUlal ON a 315 HiVFull Low Speed Device a as 316 11 2 CONNECING to VOVAGO SX wisccesicnetscsecets acc Inician 317 Ai Full Low Speed Host Emulation cuac a a a a aa aeaa it 317 Ai Full bow Speed Device Emula On isc a il iii 317 11 3 Traffic Generation Files nia da 318 11 4 Creating Traffic Generation Files oooocccconnnncccccncnnonoonncanoncnnanncncnnnnnnrrrnnannnrrnnnnnnrrnnnannrrrnnanans 318 11 4 1 Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export CoMMaN
112. 1 SCSI Timing Report 5 RD READ Operations Lun READ Performar a WR WRITE Operations Lun WRITE Performa ext Link States oh USB 3 0 Errors Address Xfers Min Xfers Avrg Xfers Max Resp time Min Resp time Avrg Resp time Max Total 0 en mf p 4 1 Figure 9 15 SCSI Metrics Report USB Protocol Suite User Manual 223 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Bus Utilization QO Address O Number Of Transfers Min Avrg Max Total number of transfers that com pose the SCSI operation O Response Time Min Avrg Max Time to transmit on the USB link from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation Latency Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans mitted for the SCSI lO operation QO Data To Status Time Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer QO Payload Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI operation 9 7 Bus Utilization The Bus Utilization window displays information on bandwidth use for the three recording channels To open the Bus Utilization window select Report gt Bus Utilization or click the button marked dll A window opens with graph areas For USB 2 0 the display is similar to the following Bus Utilization Ho BHM 2 288 ale _USB2 Packet Length Length bytes hs N Uy
113. 10 2 7 Options Name 268 The Options Name is a descriptive label of the current Recording Options settings Options Names are associated with files that have a rec suffix USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Recording Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 2 8 The default option name is default Default preserves the current Recording Options settings The purpose of the Options Name box is to give you a place to preserve different Recording Options that you use on a recurrent basis For example if you use two or three different Recording Options configurations you can save these configurations and load them the next time they are needed Because Options Names are descriptive labels and not file names you can enter in any text you like into the box Your labels can be very descriptive such as Trigger on High Speed traffic when CRC errors occur To create a new Recording Options name 1 Enter a comment for the new file in the Options Name field 2 Click Save to display the Save As window 3 Specify a filename rec 4 Click Save To load a Recording Options name 1 Click Load to display the Open window 2 From the list of rec files select the one that represents your Options Name The options settings for that name then display Trace File Name Path Trace File Name amp Path is the location for saving your trace file The default recording file name is data usb for Low Full and High Speed recordi
114. 136 transfers decode protocols 139 decoded 137 expanded collapsed 138 tree 323 Trigger 41 50 option 290 options 291 Trigger Position slider 268 triggering 19 triggers Event 267 Manual 266 setting 283 Truncate Data Fields option 273 Type field 191 U UFI floppy CBI Protocol dec file 187 Undo Zoom option 255 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Union search 172 Universal Serial Bus Specification 22 35 201 update automatic 392 BusEngine 392 firmware 392 manual 392 Update Device dialog 392 Update License command 394 Update Selected button 393 updates license 393 updating 387 BusEngine manual 392 software 388 391 upload partial 95 Upload Again command 76 Upstream Packets 130 Upstream port link status 245 USB 2 0 Features 20 33 USB 2 0 hiding options 180 USB 2 0 traffic only 128 USB 3 0 Exerciser button 352 USB 3 0 Features 20 33 USB 3 0 hiding options 181 182 USB 3 0 packet types 105 USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window 352 USB 3 0 traffic only 129 USB connection 55 USB connector 41 USB Device Request menu 199 USB Device Requests 199 USB Implementers Forum 22 35 201 USB IP Setup 63 USB On The Go option 273 USB Protocol Suite program 60 USB Traffic Generation 315 349 USB2 Hiding tab 180 USB3 Hiding tab 181 182 USB3 Link State Timing View 244 USB3 LTSSM View 246 USB IF 22 35 201 Use Address in utg file option 328 User Defined Find Events scre
115. 187 PID shortcuts 100 PIMA 187 Playback Window 119 Playlist Functionality 118 Playlist Playback Control 120 121 124 Point of Sale Devices dec file 186 Polarity Inversion 274 280 pop up menu Script Editor 323 360 pop up menus data field 124 Recording Rules 284 pop up tool tips 127 position of trigger 268 post process analysis 249 post triggering percentages 268 Power dec file 186 power connector 41 power requirements 42 51 Power Switch 40 50 51 Power Tracker 247 Pre Post Trigger pane 239 predefined values 356 Printer dec file 187 probing 42 52 Process USB3 LTSSM 176 products 266 program startup 73 Properties option 290 Properties dialog box 256 Properties options actions 291 events 291 protocol violations 18 protocol for mixed file 174 Protocols of Traffic 239 409 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index protocol specific fields decode 139 PTP 139 PTP dec file 187 PTP Object 139 PTP Session 140 PTP Transaction 139 pull down menus 74 353 Pulse High format 291 Purchased column 394 R range delimiters 240 raw bits 122 viewing 122 Raw Bits View 122 Readme txt file 387 Real Time Statistics buttons 254 Real time Statistics pop up menu 255 window 253 Recently Used Ranges 239 Recipient field 191 Reconnect command 65 recording activity 96 bus data 310 first 68 options 23 28 31 35 progress 93 rules 19 snapshot 266 status 94 type 266 Recording Options comma
116. 2 ANY ENO aao dadas 152 A ol AA A A ca deceeiuececs 152 6 924 Data plo 1 siini e aa a aE S 153 6 935 Addr SEND E Aaa 154 6 5 0 BUS CONGINONS 32 secs oscicoce a si a a a a aaa ra cedensen a A E N aa 154 6 527 gt PILFUDACIRS Poli la 155 5 00 ONIE idas a da net da a e e nee 155 6 5 9 Transfer Standard Request Ty Pe siii dida 156 6 5 TO TRANSITION WY DO ii A tia 157 6 GO FO USB3 Doncel 158 0 0 1 PackKer VD simi iii ine ceenssecueneasienasiencess 159 0 60 22 LFEPS TYDE OPI O 160 6 6 3 Deferred Packt aaa a aa a R a aaia aaa a a 161 6 6 4 ANY Error161 6 6 9 SPECING EOTS sraa a a a a a a a Neudesadvcentuesbaetsanianas 162 6 6 6 Data Length aeri il 163 6 67 AGGIESS and ENODO IN issena A ti 164 0 6 8 Header Pack e adas 164 Ade lr AAA occoseseuecetecavossussaveessestueus 165 6 6 10 EMP SUDIVDO ia 166 6 6 11 Transaction Packet TY De a paaa a aa Aa aa an a nie aeceetines 167 6 6 12 Transfer Standard REQUCSE TYPE siias adas 168 06 13 Transier TYDE rin a a E 169 6 614 G0 TO Channel ri cda 170 SL GO TO SCS bursatil dio 170 O7 T ENO dos 170 8 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 9 FINO AAA a a Ea NEN 171 6 6 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match ios 173 09 FINA NONI oreraa adn 174 6 10 Sareh DIFSCUON eaccciaceecatscedcasscntievensetconsstnicetwcusuvencosietswentanssuendesivatveesidsaencsdenvenshasaausvensetens 174 OTI PrOlOCO taria iii 174 Chapter 7 Display ODUONS uma as 175 7 1 General Display Options
117. 280 ns Pulse Voltage 3 3 Volts into 1 MegOhms Pulse Voltage 2 7 Volts into 50 Ohms Pulse is positive going USB Type B connector for connection to host machine ETHERNET Gigabit Ethernet connector for connection to host machine Note The rear has only a power connector WARNING Do not open the Voyager M3 M3i enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care USB Protocol Suite User Manual 41 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 2 14 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications Power Requirements 90 to 254 VAC 47 to 63 Hz universal input 100 W maximum Environmental Conditions Operating O to 55 C 32 to 131 F Temperature Storage Range 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F Operating Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors The Voyager SuperSpeed 3 0 analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms USB 3 0 cables MMCX connectors for USB 3 0 High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note The USB 2 0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground 10 or between 40 5 and 49 5 ohms The effective differential USB 2 0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms 90 ohms 10 Switches Power On off Recording M
118. 2h 00h 189 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class and Vendor Definition Files USB Decode Miscellaneous Device Class Interface Association Descriptor Cable Based Association Framework CBAF Requests Standard StandardRequests dec IEEE IEEECompanies dec Virtual VirtualDATAIn dec Virtual VirtualDATAOut dec Virtual VirtualUARTIn dec Virtual VirtualUARTOut dec IrDA Bridge ATAPI IP HTTP Personal Healthcare Devices PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareRequest dec PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDescriptors INC PersonalHealthcarelPersonalHealthcareDataBulkin dec O PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulk ut dec PersonalHealthcare PersonalHealthcareDataBulk INC Content Security Devices 190 ContentSecurity ContentSecurityRequest dec ContentSecurity ContentSecurityDescriptors inc ContentSecurity ContentSecuritylnterrupt dec USB USB IF Codes Proto Decoder a Name Standard Oih SO no decoder method needed Association 01h Frameworks 00h 50h IrDA Bridge ATAPI IP HTTP Personal Healthcare Content Security USB Protocol Suite User Manual Class Vendor Decoding Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation You can create your own dec file for a Class or Vendor Request For more information on the format of these Script Decoder files and the Script Decoding language read the Script Decoder Manual 8 2 Class Vendor Decoding Options The software will automati
119. 394 trace 70 103 fields expanding 123 Fields option 177 file generation format 330 File Control Keys 331 406 File Export menu 319 File Information report 210 File menu 353 File Tabs 356 files dec 185 utg 318 352 editing comment for trace 147 File Control Keys 331 file information 210 generation loading 324 371 information 210 loading generation 324 371 script 185 tabs 324 trace filename 269 Files of Type field 325 371 Filter In action 290 option 290 Filter Out action 290 option 290 Filter Out ITP 276 281 Filter Out Logical Idles and SKPs 276 281 Filter Out LUP LDN 276 281 filtering 19 filters 283 Find command 171 utility 171 Find Next command 174 firewall 56 firmware automatic updates 392 update 392 first recording 68 Fit to Graph Area option 255 fonts changing 177 Fonts and Colors options 227 Fonts option 177 format display 70 display options 179 fractional clock rate 24 From Frame field 372 Functionality of Markers 106 G General Settings 368 General tab Display Options 176 Recording Options 265 Generate menu 354 generation file loading 324 371 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index formats 330 mode 326 327 options 328 repeating 327 running 329 session 327 starting 327 371 generation file creating 328 editing 320 loading 324 371 repeat 327 Generation Files option 325 generation script file 328 Generator Text File 327 Generator Analyz
120. Analyzer Ethernet Connection 2 Connect the USB port to a USB port on the host machine using the LONG 6 foot 2 meter USB 2 0 cable 3 Insert the Installation CD 4 Turn on the power switch Note At power on the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an exhaustive self diagnostic that lasts about five seconds If the diagnostics fail call Teledyne LeCroy Customer Support for assistance 5 Click Next after you see the Add New Hardware Wizard window 6 Follow the Microsoft Windows on screen Plug and Play instructions for the automatic installation of the Analyzer as a USB device on your analyzing host machine the required USB files are included on the Installation CD 7 Click Finish when you see the message that says Windows has finished installing the software that your new hardware requires and the driver files have been installed in your host machine 8 Check Analyzer setup in the Application Startup section See Application Startup on page 60 WARNING Do not change from USB to Ethernet or back without power cycling the Analyzer Note Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported and may cause the software to malfunction or crash 3 3 Setting Up the Analyzer Ethernet Connection To set up an Analyzer using an Ethernet connection 1 Connect the provided AC power cord to the rear of the Voyager M3 M3i and to
121. B upstream Connects to Host under test Analyzer LEDs Rec Recording red if recording enabled Trig Trigger green if triggering USB Protocol Suite User Manual Mercury T2 2 3 3 Rear Panel Teledyne LeCroy Corporation teledynelecroy com USB2 0 Protocol Analyzer Mercury T2 Figure 2 6 Mercury T2 Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors USB Aux Trigger In Trigger Out Type B connector for connection to host machine 9 pin Mini DIN connector used for External Trigger In and Out BNC connections Cable sold separately SMA external trigger input Note Edge detected Rising edge only Voltage required Signal needs to be gt 800mV to see a logic 1 Signal needs to be lt 400mV to see a logic 0 Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is O V SMA external trigger output Pulse Width 280 ns Pulse Voltage 3 3 Volts into 1 MegOhms Pulse Voltage 2 7 Volts into 50 Ohms Pulse is positive going WARNING Do not open the enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care USB Protocol Suite User Manual 47 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Mercury T2 2 3 4 Mercury T2 System Setup Mercury T2 is configured and controlled through a host machine USB port USB Under Analysis PC Connection Mercury T2 Figure 2 7 Mercury T2 Setup 48 USB Protocol Su
122. C16 PktLen Ll 44 F View Data Block Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Set marker Format Color F Hide Figure 5 24 Data Field menu 2 Select the Expand Data or Collapse Data menu item The Trace View repositions with the selected packet s in the format that you specified 124 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format Color Hide Fields Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Expand or Collapse All Data Fields 5 7 5 7 1 To expand or collapse all data fields select Expand All Data Fields or Collapse All Data Fields from the data field pop up menus Format Color Hide Fields From the field context menu you can often find Format Color and Hide menu selections Data CRC16 Pkt Len vaniel 44 View Data Block Expand Data Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields Set marker Format Color Hide E FA Tim You can change the Format of the cell s value to Hex Decimal Binary or ASCII You can change the Color of the field header You can Hide ALL instances of the field in the trace which you can also do in the Display Options dialog see Color Format Hiding Display Options on page 177 To unhide ALL instances of a field select View gt Unhide cells and select the field from the list of hidden fields or right click in the trace background select Unhide cells and select the field to unhide from the list You can also use the Display Options dialog see
123. Code end_config config endpoint endp mem_ seg direction USB Protocol Suite User Manual HERE CONTROL INTERRUPT ISOCHRONO US BULK CON DM BPWN RE O 5 2 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Description Terminates the region in the file used for configuring the endpoints See begin_config Syntax example end_config HERE Begins a statement that defines a particular endpoint s type default retry behavior Host Generation only and memory segment Device Emulation only Usage example config_endpoint BULK addr 1 endp 3 direction 0UT retry TRUE retry_next_frame FALSE Device Emulation Only Separates each endpoint function into a different queue also referred to as a Memory Segment of commands and responses There are a maximum of eight of these queues and each has a unique address direction combination For control endpoints one queue is shared by both directions of the endpoint Traffic on the Default Endpoint Address O Endpoint 0 shares the same queue as the endpoint O of the selected device address the address it gets from the Host through the SetAddress request These always use endp_mem_seg 1 These are all set automatically when exporting a trace file to a Device Emulation utg file Defines the transfer direction of data for the specified endpoint For all transfer types but CONTROL there can be two distinct logical connections using the same address and endpoint They would
124. D ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 2 Goto Channel Specific Errors Goto SCSI MH Find i Find Next F3 Data Length b Addr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port Search Direction Forward On The Go Transfer Transfer Standard Request Type gt Transfer Standard Request Type gt Type Transfer Type 2 mi n I EA wL Ll EHTE NADDRESS New address 110x0000 0 wVelue winder Desoiptors Clear Feature Set Address DEVICE type 0x0000 DEVICE Descriptor Get Descriptor Time Time Stamp di 1 872 ms 9 163 987 150 Set Configuration Figure 6 12 Transfer Standard Request Type Option 156 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 5 10 Transfer Type Allows you to search for Transfer Type attributes Search View Window Help Go to Trigger Ctrl Shitt T Ctrl G Go to Selected Packet Goto Packet Transaction Transtfer Go to Marker Ctrl M F Goto USB 2 0 I Go to USB 3 0 PID ANY Error Ctrl Shift 2 Goto Channel Specific Errors Go to SCSI MH Find i Find Next F3 Data Length b Addr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port Search Direct Forward Pare rection Orval On The Go Lp Li evo MER ELS Lil ADDRESS New address 1 0x0000 0 Transfer Standard Request Type d wwWalue wind
125. DOOOUOUOUUUOUE O Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split For Mobile the supported events for USB 2 0 are 292 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split OUDODODDO O O Notes on External Trigger In Input threshold value for Voyager and Advisor T3 is 0 8 V Input threshold values for USB Tracer Trainer are between 0 8 V and 2 V TTL Levels The minimum value of the external input signal which can be input to Voyager Advisor T3 and USB Tracer Trainer is O V The maximum value is 5 V Event Properties of the Error Event Event Properties a Errors Property Value Value Set Standard USB Errors Bit Stuff Disable Label Frame Len Enable Ta ere Enable Pid Enable EOP Enable short Byte Enable Timeout or Tum around Violation FF Count 2 Excessive Empty Frame Detection Babble Violation Bad Data Toggle Desc Any occurrence on channel 0 of the specified Errors Figure 10 24 Event Properties Dialog The dialog lists the Properties and their Values Note The default values of Babble clocks and Time out or Turnaround violation are based on the recording speed selected in the 2 0 Misc tab If the selected speed is Auto Dete
126. Default Load Load Default Restore Factory Settings 120000 3_wnone 120000 Voyager M3x a 5 USB TracerTrainer Advisor Mobile Options Name Default Trace Filename 4 Path Change Default Location C Users Public Documents LeCroy WSE Protocol data usb VBus Power T Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current Wo W E Persistent VBus Disconnect Button lt Debug Support gt F Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 466 of disk space for each trace CATE Syne Fl Disable CATE Sync A Independent Record Stop Independent Triggers Switch to Advanced Mode ok cancel Figure 10 1 Recording Options General Tab The Recording Options window always opens with the General tab showing Note Tabs available differ depending on attached analyzer type If no analyzer is attached you can select any product See Recording Option Summary Tab on page 314 10 1 Recording Options Modes The General tab shows either the Basic or Advanced Recording Options Mode Simple Mode for recording options is for simple Recording Options Advanced mode provides more sophisticated Recording Rules that enable complex filters triggers and sequencing You can switch modes by clicking the Switch to Basic Mode or Switch to Advanced Mode button 258 USB Protocol Suite User Manual R
127. Duration 64 ns gt Level 0 Channel USB3 TX Event _USB3_T5EQ Speed _55 Dir OUT Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel _USB3_RX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed _55 Dir IN Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel USB3 TX Event _USB3_T5EQ Speed _55 Dir OUT Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel _USB3_RX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed _55 Dir IN Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel _USB3_TX Event _USB3_T5EQ Speed _55 Dir OUT Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel USB3 RX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed _55 Dir IN Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel USB3 TX Event _USB3_T5EQ Speed _55 Dir OUT Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel USB3 RX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed _55 Dir IN Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel USB3 TX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed _55 Dir OUT Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns Level 0 Channel USB3 RX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed _55 Dir IN Time 2 661 sec Duration 64 ns ATA Done 3 Settings Figure 9 36 Verification Script Results 3 Right clicking in the script list displays some additional operations over selected scripts Run verification script s Edit script New script Show Grid y Show Description windiow F v Show Output F3 Settings Figure 9 37 Right click Options Run verification script s Start r
128. E MMCX Descrambling Downstream Auto Don Off Polarity Inversion Downstream 9 Auto 5 On DS USB 3 0 US USB 3 0 Upstream 9 Auto 5 On off Spread Spectrum Clock Receive Transmit Exerciser Tx Clock Compliance Only Off Normal Mode 5 300ppm 4 9735 Gbps O 300ppm 5 0015 Gbps Recording Generating Analyzer Only Host Emulation Custom recording ports not applicable Device Emulation in emulation modes M3i USB Connector Termination RxDetect Analyzer Ports Exerciser Ports Auto Enable E RxDetect i Manual Clock Speed Selection Gigabit 5 0 Gbps es 700 Kbps 25 Mbps Simple Filters Filter Out Logical Idles Filter Out SKPs Filter Out LUP LDN Filter Out ITP El Filter Out Bus Events LFPS Eldle Term Options C Truncate Data Fields Bytes Restore Factory Settings 28 O 274 Figure 10 11 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager M3 and M3i USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Voyager M3 General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules LFPS Capture Method Recording Generating Hardware Sampling 3 Analyzer Only J Lagacy Method Host Emulation O Device Emulation Descrambling USB Connector Termination RxDetect Downstrearr
129. Electrical Layer Compliance Specification Specialized equipment such as Teledyne LeCroy s PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system should be used to introduce jitter as defined by the Electrical Layer Compliance Specification 12 13 2 Compliance Mode The Voyager USB 3 0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling Compliance substate This initiates the transmission of the pseudo random data pattern generated by the scrambled D10 0 compliance sequence The Voyager system USB 3 0 Electrical Test 376 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation window can initiate the required test modes while an attached oscilloscope is used to measure the transmitted compliance patterns After the DUT is in the Compliance state and is sending a compliance pattern CPO the pattern will be transmitted continuously until a ping LFPS is detected at the DUT receiver The Voyager system does not send a compliance pattern but remains in electrical idle while the Compliance mode is operational The Voyager can transmit subsequent ping fps signals interactively to advance the DUT to the next compliance pattern Note The Voyager and Advisor T3 have the ability to capture particular Compliance Patterns which have framing formats similar to packets This includes CP1 CP2 and CP3 The other patterns are bitstreams which the analyzer is unable to lock on so they would appear as IPS Inter Packet Symbols which a
130. Filtering 2 Global events Triggering Filtering 1 Sequencer with 2 states 6 Global events Triggering Filtering 2 Sequencers with 4 States 6 Global events Triggering Filtering 2 Sequencers with 7 States 6 Global events External Trigger In Out Import USB 3 0 data from an Excel spreadsheet to Teledyne LeCroy Trace File Link Tracker display for debugging link level behaviors Traffic Summary Reports 3 0 Real Time Statistics graphs USB 2 0 Host Emulation m USB 3 0 Host Emulation USB 3 0 Device Emulation Recording buffer size up to 64 MB Automation AFI USB 3 0 trafic generated and captured at Slow Clock rate less than 100 Mbps USB Protocol Suite User Manual Trace Information USB 3 0 Slow Clock Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured at Slow Divider ves Clock Divider rate 1 25 Gbps and 2 5 Gbps UASP Decodes Yes USB Attached SCSI Protocol Decodes Compliance Yes USB 3 0 Compliance Suite USB 3 0 SMA No USB 3 0 traffic generated and captured via SMA Input Output connectors Multi Protocol No Multi Protocol Host Interface Gigabit Gigabit Ethernet link for host interface Ethernet communications snapshot Only Yes Minimum Trigger Filter snapshot Only Application Layer View Yes Decodes Transfer layer and above Low Layer View Yes Decodes Packet Transaction and Transfer layers and Standard Descriptors LTSSM View Yes Link Training and Status State Machine Views Spec View
131. GING Class ROGUCSIS i 201 9 34 Decoding Vendor Requesis ana id 201 8 3 5 Decoding Undefined USB WUSB Device RequestS oooooccccoooncccccocnnconononnnccnnnnnncnonnnnnnnnnnnrrrnnnanernnnaanrrennas 202 8 3 6 Decoding using Endpoint InformatiON ccoonnccccnoccconoccnenonncononcccnnnnonennncrnnnan crema rrnnnanrrnnanrrnnnanrrnnanermnannenass 202 8 3 7 Changing the Layout of Decode ReEqQuests cccccessseeeecenseeeeennseeeeensneeeeenseeeesoesseesenenseeeeenneessoooaneeseoaas 203 93 90 Decoded Fields VIEW cias 204 Chapter 9 Repo ui ni 207 9 1 View Docking and Floating WINdOWS cooccooccconocconocconoccnnaconancnnannnnanrnnnrrnnnrnnanrnnanrenarrnnannnnas 208 9 2 Trace MIOMA OI atinada 210 9 3 Error SUMMA aaa aaa a a aaa ana aa aE a aE aaea 214 9 3 T USB 2 0 ENO Sii 214 93 Z USB JO EOTS ita dao as 216 9 4 TIMING Calcula Sinai aeea Aaaa Eia aea a E EaR EE 218 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 9 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Contents O O 221 9 6 Traffic SUMMArY Repo iuscacicininnenll Sed adceseawecet aeaa aai 222 9 61 SCSIi MOU ICS nenn dd 223 9 7 BUS WU ZA ON ci 224 9 71 BUS tii Zetia BUTTON S exces soso ds a cee Pee eens si 225 9 7 2 VIEW SEUINGS MENU zanen a a e 226 9 7 3 rap Areas Men isnin iaa aaa a E aaa 228 Change the Properties in the Bus Utilization Graph sssussnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm 229 Creating a New Bus Utilization Grapher 230 O LINK Tackern Saa O 231
132. Generation Session If you wish to repeat a generation session press the Traffic Generation Start Stop FE button again There is no need to reload the utg file You can make an additional entry in a Generator Text File that allows you to specify a portion of the file for repetition QO Enter wrap here in the Generator Text File The traffic above the entry is run only once The traffic below the entry is repeated continuously Note For a usage example see the sample file FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg USB Protocol Suite User Manual 327 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Stop Traffic Generation 328 11 9 11 10 11 10 1 Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation a Click E m the Tool Bar Device Emulation Device Emulation is a licensed option that allows the system to generate device side traffic Like host traffic generation device emulation uses text based generation files utg to generate traffic Device emulation has three steps create a generation file configure generation settings and then generate traffic Creating a Generation File Generation files can be created one of two ways a Write a generation script file using either Teledyne LeCroy s context sensitive script editor or any text editor that you choose OR O Use a pre recorded trace file that has the type of traffic that you want to gener ate This file is a blueprint for the traffic generation
133. HP section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SHP Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptSDP section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SDP Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptEND section has Disable Number of items Infinite and END Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 or 3 ErrCorruptSLC section has Disable Number of items Infinite and SLC Map no corruption or Corrupt Symbol 1 2 3 or 4 Error Injection section has CRC Error or Bypass Priming Task Attribute section has Sample Head of Queue Ordered and ACA Script Scenarios For some special purposes in which graphical scenario features are limited you can convert a graphical scenario to a script scenario which you can then modify Note The software does not support converting a text scenario to a graphic scenario USB Protocol Suite User Manual 369 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Graphical Scenario Editor Save You can save a created project by selecting File gt Save You can run a saved project by selecting Generation gt Run Scenario or using the Run Toolbar 12 10 4 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario To select a SCSI command from a trace file to use in an Exerciser scenario 1 Right click any SCSI packet and select Copy to exerciser from the menu SCS CHB PERS Expand All SCSI Operations Collapse All SCSI Operations Set
134. Hide E Hide Setup Transaction JEJPTP Session E Hide IN Transaction E Hide Out Transaction E Hide OTG Protocol Transaction E Hide Ext Transaction T Hide Status Transaction A Hide NAK ed NRDY Transactions T Hide Rejected LGO_Ux Transactions 7 Hide Accepted LGO Ux Transactions Transfer Items To Hide Hide Control Get Transfers Hide Control Set Transfers Hide Iso IN Transfers 7 Hide Iso OUT Transfers Hide Bulk IN Transfers E Hide Bulk OUT Transfers A Hide Interupt IN Transfers A Hide Interupt OUT Transfers Restore Factory Setting Save Save As Default Load Load Default Cancel Apply 7 6 Figure 7 6 Level Hiding Dialog Saving Loading Display Options You can save a set of Display Options values make a set the default settings or use a saved set of values with the commands at the bottom of the Display Options window Q To save the current Display Options values in an options file for use in future ses sions click Save Enter a file name without a file name extension The program adds the opt extension The file must have an opt file name extension QO To load a previously saved opt file click Load and select a file name QO To save the current Display Options values in the default opt options file for use as the default display options click Save as Default Do not delete the default opt file a To load the Default values click Load
135. Hiding Protocol Level to View Trace View Mode Packet E Transaction L Split Transaction E Transfer E PTP MTP Transaction PTP MTP Object PTP MTP Session SCSI Operation E PTF Group E OBEX Operation 5 Normal CATC Trace View 9 Compressed CATC View Spreadsheet View Color E Spreadsheet View B W Figure 5 37 Display Options General Dialog 2 Check Transaction 3 Click OK 5 2 View Decoded Transactions After you set Display Options the Trace View screen is re drawn to display decoded transactions in the colors and format you selected see Figure 5 38 on page 135 134 USB Protocol Suite User Manual View Decoded Transactions Teledyne LeCroy Corporation SETUP ADDR TEDES Tp R bRequest wWalue windex wLength oa o o j o D gt H S D 0x06 0x0100 0x0000 64 Time Stamp Transaction M Time 8 966 us 0 S 0 546 803 300 Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp 1196 0 20 366 us 0 546 812 266 Time Time Stamp 10 500 us 0 546 832 632 ADDR Time Time Stamp 0x87 0 0 94 150 us 0 546 843 132 HY H Frame ORGS Pk Len Time Stamp Sl 0x5 11961 0x03 12 l 3 139ms 0 546 937 282 Chirp K Time Time Stamp 16 985 ms 0 550 075 832 y H Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp Sl oxas 12162 0dA 12 19 790 ms 0 567 060 816 Figure 5 38 Decoded Transactions When you instruct the Analyzer to display USB transac
136. I Op No Command Enable level to view errors 0 SCSI Op No Data Enable level to view errors 0 SCSI Op Status Enable level to view errors 0 SCSI Op Invalid OpCode Enable level to view errors 0 4 Hl p 0 0 Link Tracker Packet 73393 USB3 0_2 0_HubTraffic usb Transfer 99 3 dwords Traffic Summary Report Power Tracker Figure 9 5 Traffic Summary Report USB 2 0 The following table lists each USB 2 0 error type and its description Error Type Error Description The Packet ID is malformed Either it is not a USB 2 0 Bad PID Specification defined value or the upper nibble is not equal to the inverted bit value of the lower nibble The CRC5 field has an incorrect value The packet is corrupt Baath either the data or the CRC itself 214 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Error Summary Error Type Bad CRC16 Bad Packet Length Bad Stuff Bits Bad EOP Babble Start Babble End LOA Bad Frame Length Bad Turnaround Timeout Bad Data Toggle Bad Frame uFrame Number Analyzer Internal Error Last Byte Incomplete Bad OTG Signal Value TP Non Zero Reserved Field PTP Tra No Command PTP Tra No Response PTP Tra Id Misordered PTP Tra No Operation code SCSI Op No Command SCSI Op No Data SCSI Op status SCSI Op Invalid OpCode USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Error Description The CRC16 field has an incorrect value The packet is corrupt either the data or the CRC i
137. IO Koi dado 126 5 9 POD UID TOO UPS curada 127 o nn nn A Serececatacuosumnsess it 127 9 11 DISPlayiz Oli ani 128 5 12 DISDIAY ON is 129 5 13 MaM MOMS INGICALONS irana 129 Di VA NGO DEVICES isis iclas 129 5 15 Hide All Packets Except Transfers Packets cccsssceseseeeseeeeseeenseeeeseeesneneaeeoeseseeneeoens 129 5 160 MAE NAKS unitat adds lic 129 5 17 Hide SOF Packets 2 Mii id 130 5 19 Hide ChNrDS 2 0 riisin iia 130 5 19 Hide Upstream Packets 3 0 weccscncsiecce aces ese hives ce tdeeszveavncdees cedar dosacedeiwetcinedetuosavea tenes tenebecs 130 5 20 Hide Downstream Packets 3 0 ccesccesecensensecenecnseeenecensecnsecenecenssesseeaseonseoesesenssonsess 130 5 21 Hide Link Training SEQUENCES 3 0 eonocccconccconncccccncoconnccnnnnnenancnnnanrnnnanrnnnnnrenanernnanrrnnannnnannns 130 5 22 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 3 0 cccsscceseecenseceseeceneecnseeensesensesenseoensecenseoens 130 9293 Mde BUS EVENTS 5 0 cecicaceiect sccdsguncaccsscadeusaacescesansteedscexpaeaaesedeusncdanucsteeasecuarseadeseneneaacsagesstecs 131 5 24 Hide Miscellaneous Packets 3 0 ccssecessecnecensecenecenecensecnsecenscnsesenssonseonseonsesenesensess 131 5 25 Hide All Transactions Except Stream Id Numbers oooonccconococccnnncccnnancncnnanonnnanorenanarnnnanas 131 5 26 SWITCH 10 TRANSACTIONS Vie Wii 133 5 27 View Decoded Transactions coocconcccoconcconncnnccononancnnrconccanrnancnn rca n rca rnnnnnnrnan rana r
138. Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 1 4 2 Features General OOOUOUOUDL O Fully complies with USB specification revisions Has field upgradeable firmware Supports all USB speeds 480 Mb s 12 Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Displays bus traffic using color and graphics in the CATC Trace interface Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network Physical Components a ODO O O Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 host machine with USB capability Plug and Play USB installation 256 MB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine Expansion port for optional External Trigger In Out cable Recording Options a a O Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering on a token qualified by a data pattern and or specific handshake or can
139. Keyboard Action Single Click Left Mouse Button Up Down Arrow Key Drag or chick Vertical Scroll Bar Controls Scroll Wheel Up Down Shit Up Down Arrow Shit Left Right Arrow Scroll Wheel Up Down PageUp PageDown Shit Page Up Page Down Left Right Arrows Drag or click Horizontal Scroll Bar Controls Mouse or Keyboard Action Ctrl Shit D Ctrl C Ci Insert Ctrl X Shift Delete Ctrl Y Shift Insert Ctrl Z Alt Back Cti O Cii P Ctd G Ctrl M ES Ctrl Shift N Cti Shift Y CH R Chi T Ctrl Shift R Cti F F3 Cti B USB Protocol Suite User Manual Shortcut List search Desired Function Search any USB2 error Search any USB3 error Search MDATA Search DATA2 Search DATA1 Search DATAO search SETUP Search SOF Search IN Search OUT Search STALL Search NAK Search ACK Search PRE ERR Search PING search SPLIT Search DATAx Search Channel 0 Search Channel 1 Search Channel 2 Search Channel 3 Search FS J Search FS K Search KeepAlive Search OTG HNP Search OTG HOST A Search OTG HOST B search OTG SRP Search RESUME Search SEO Search SE Search SUSPEND USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Mouse or Kevboard Action Ctrl Shift T Ctrl Shift 2 Ctrl Shift 3 Shift M Shift 2 Shift 1 Shift 0 Shift 5 Shift F Shift 1 Shift O Shift L Shift Y Shift N Shift A Shift P Shit G Shift X Shift R Shift
140. LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Modes In Simple Mode for recording options the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3x is Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 E Mercury T2 Trigger Mode Recording Channels Snapshot j 3 4 USB 2 0 2 Manual Trigger USB 3 0 E Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 En segment the data into multiple trace files na MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size 32 000 MB Trigger Position Not used with snapshot Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage J Recording Size Limits 2 Record for U Day s 12 Read 120000 yg 3 Until Triggered plus U Day s 12 34 5 Until Triggered plus 120000 mB Save as Default Load Default 9 Voyager M3x Restore Factory Settings USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Options Name Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol data usb VBus Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exercser completes Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current Persistent VBus Disconnect Button lt Debug Support gt A Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 456 of disk space for each trace CATE Sync Pl Disable CATC Sync Pl Independent Record Stop Independent Triggers Switch to Advanced Mode Figure 10
141. Loopback BCNT BRST BERC Compliance Pattern ODOOOUOUOUD 5 25 Hide All Transactions Except Stream Id Numbers This selection found when clicking on the Stream Id field of a USB 3 0 Data Packet will allow you to select a small range of Stream Id s to display without showing other transactions that don t use this Stream Id see Figure 5 33 on page 132 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 131 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Hide All Transactions Except Stream Id Numbers 1 5 2 048 us 12 012 161 184 SegN Eob StreemiM Pik Pending Gatun Decervadi Dorowed Pacoradi Rese 13 y oxt o Time View Data Packet Fields E Time Hide Stream ID when Data Packet is collapsed E7 Move left within header Time Move right within header 13 680 us Show 5pec View Fields Time 10 Hide all Trans except Streamld Numbers Segh EcB Ste Seat marker 1 Rese Figure 5 33 Right clicking on the Stream Id field of a USB 3 0 Data Packet Right click on the Stream Id field of a USB 3 0 Data Packet and select Hide all Trans except StreamID Numbers to display the Hide Packets dialog see Figure 5 34 on page 132 Hide Packets Show packets which have the below Stream IDs and hide the others Ox0000 lt gt D Figure 5 34 Hide Packets Dialog This allows you to select the stream Id s you want to display Add the items to the list that you want to show and remove Stream Id s that you want to hide Selecting the ones you want to
142. M3 MBl ooooonncccononcccccnnccncccnnonanoncnnnnnnonennnnncrrnnnnnrrennnnnnrrnnnannnrnnnanans 349 12 11 OSE EMU AU OM ia id 349 121 2 DEVICES Emula lO arsin ees eet r aE Aaaa a hace a a araa 350 12 2 CONNCCUNG to Voyager MIX sirsa aea aN 350 12 21 HOST Ei AU OM ii aara aa 350 122 2 DEVICE MU MO A dni 351 12 3 TRANSACTION ENGINE aiii a 351 124 TrANSACHION ENGINE usais la 351 12 9 EXerciSer PIGS ica cil iris 352 12 6 Creating EXerciser FIl S cicicscssaceccenwessescvcsvencsieenncavessencusaausaaektegesinatadeasestencaxteendsennaeeaessunasece 352 121 EXCrCcISer VWINGOW siii dus suaavnbscacedeucdeteeiwtaicccsaccaecuaseboeabacacaes 352 12 71 EXerciSer Menus 2 ida 353 127 2 Mal EXercISer TOOID AN iris da A A ida 355 120 SGML Edad aatin 355 12 81 Highlight Gusta ii eg E 356 12 8 2 TeX Eding COMMAS iii ias 356 12 8 Ree ee ee rer Ere ee eee Me EP ee E ee ee ee oe E ET ree ee mer ee etme enone eee eee 356 12 94 Properties VV IMGOW di in 356 A A 356 12 00 ENOS it dida 356 A nr eo oN eo ee aD 357 2 8 6 O DUOMS Mena 357 12 9 9 QUIININ O eo italia 357 12 910 Line NUMDETS cir aid 357 128 11 TOO aio 357 12 98 12 TEXT SIMID DOES ini A A A ti 357 12 80 13 VIEWS TODA ic 359 128 14 SCHIDU TOO Dai ia 359 1268 19 POPUD ME a 360 pS A teas auaet accu dean vastes eave anes O AEE pucwuautesxvweecuseewdpacau ue ebaneasessseunee 360 W220 17 HOOWIDS stscaesceseccceeieccsazecvcccsnataxe a Ea 360 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 13 Teledyne LeCroy Cor
143. MAD TELEDYNE LECROY Everywhereyoulook USB Protocol Suite User Manual ELEDYNE Be rE ROY ARA Mor T FLEDYNE LECROY mii voyager use Exerciser Analyzer 5 LL a o E i 2A 2 PS Software Version 4 75 Document Version 4 75 September 2013 Trademarks and Servicemarks CATC Teledyne LeCroy Voyager Voyager ReadyLink USB Protocol Suite USB Advisor Advisor T3 Mercury T2 USB Chief USB Inspector USB Detective USB Tracer Trainer and BusEngine are trademarks of Teledyne LeCroy Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE ALL INFORMATION EXAMPLES AND RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE REPRESENTED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED USERS ARE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS THE SOFTWARE LICENSE AND LIMITED WARRANTY FOR THE ACCOMPANYING PRODUCT ARE SET FORTH IN INFORMATION THAT SHIPPED WITH THE PRODUCT AND ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE IF YOU ARE UNABLE TO LOCATE THE SOFTWARE LICENSE OR LIMITED WARRANTY CONTACT Teledyne LeCroy FOR A COPY 2008 Teledyne LeCroy Inc All rights reserved This document may be printed and reprod
144. MB GS The buttons have the following functions Save Saves your edits and Add Remove bookmark immediately updates the Allows markers to be set or setting bars and Frames removed to aid in navigation shown in the trace window View Options Opens a menu Go to next bookmark with three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Line Numbers See View Options Menu below Go to previous bookmark Clear all bookmarks Find Find and Replace Print USB Protocol Suite User Manual Editing a Generation File Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 11 5 2 View Options Menu The View Options button has a menu with three options ki F Ca mal Es e Enable Outlining Show Line Numbers Show Tooltips Toggle Outlining Figure 11 9 View Options Menu QO Enable Outlining Adds an expandable collapsible tree structure to the left side of the Script Editor showing the hierarchical relationships of the script lines a Show Line Numbers Adds line numbers to the left side of the Script Editor win dow QO Show Tooltips Enables tooltips to appear when the mouse pointer is suspended over a script item QO Enable Intellisense 11 5 3 Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options dh Cut Ctrl X Copy Ctrl C fe Paste Ctrl V bg Position Trace View on Packet 193 List Values Ctrl Alt T Toggle Outlining Figure 11 10 Pop up Menu Cut Copy Paste Posi
145. Mode Loopback Interval 1 ms Slave Symbol Error Count 0 Do NOT attempt to use the analyzer to record while in Compliance Mode or it will interfere with the Compliance Mode states Loopback Status Start See the Manual for Exerciser Ports Termination for testing Termination Detection Testing Analyzer Ports Porta 779 Porte On 0x00008806 PLEASE POWER CYCLE VOYAGER WHEN YOU ARE DONE Close Figure 12 15 USB 3 0 Electrical Test Use the termination buttons to verify that a device sees or does not see termination from the exerciser ports After you finish be sure to put them back in the mode that you expect them to be in when done 6 Set the Loopback Interval This is the time interval in milliseconds in which each of the BERT ordered sets BRST BDAT and BERC will be transmitted The minimum value is 1 ms The maximum value is 2428 268 435 456 ms 7 Press the Start button Loopback entry and pattern generation occurs immediately after the link partners complete training SSC is enabled within the transmitted loopback pattern If the analyzer is used to record the exchange the loopback traffic should appear in both upstream and downstream directions with individual BERT ordered sets In the image below the Voyager initiates loopback testing on a host upstream port Uncheck the Hide Logical Idle Packets option on the toolbar or View menu Then use the Link Tracker to verify that the pattern is t
146. NGTEMP Comment ABruno64 nb Vista64 W500 Accounting Temp Computer Acct Workl NETMAN Computer Maerunos ACCOUNTI Maccr wor BE ACHEN NB Ml AFIGUEROAT AFIGUEROA7 Ml FREDERIC AFREDERIC WIN7 Mi AGOGINENL MB ALELO64 NB Andy Lelo s Win 7 W500 Notebook Figure 3 6 Add Analyzer Network Node Dialog You can also Remove a selected host machine or Reconnect a selected host machine 3 5 5 USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 and M3x For USB to add remove edit load from a comma delimited csv file or save as a comma delimited csv file USB 3 0 devices and to calibrate USB 3 0 connections select Setup gt USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters to display the USB 3 0 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Profiles dialog USB3 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Profiles ex Remove Double click on profile entry or press Ins key to edit Device Name Device Cable HostName HostCable Profile Signal settings apply to J Device imeter C Host 1 meter _ Device gt Analyzer Host gt Analyzer Device lt gt Analyzer Exerciser A Port custom signal settings Host lt gt Analyzer Exerciser B Port custom signal settings Device Device Cable 1 meter Input EQ Low Equalization short time Off Equalization medium time Off Equalization long time Off Host Host Cable 1 meter Input EQ Low Equalization short time Off Equalization medium time Off Equalization
147. O C O Figure 11 2 Connections to the Voyager M3 M3I 316 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Connecting to Voyager M3x Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 11 2 Connecting to Voyager M3x The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Speed Low Speed and Hi Speed connections are the same Hi Full Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram see Figure 11 1 on page 316 Voyager N7T3x aa TELEDYNE USB 2 0 3 0 LECROY o D Power Status Device Under Test Figure 11 3 Connections to the Voyager M3x Hi Full Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram Voyager N7sx a TELEDYNE USB 2 0 3 0 LECROY o O la Power Status Rec Trig 2 0 3 0 Exercise A B Figure 11 4 Connections to the Voyager M3x USB Protocol Suite User Manual 317 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Traffic Generation Files 318 11 3 11 4 Traffic Generation Files The system generates USB 2 0 traffic from traffic generation files utg which are text based script files that instruct the Generator how to generate USB 2 0 traffic These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application The Script Editor utility has several aids to simplify the process of w
148. Packet Set Link Function U2 Inact Tmt Vndr Dev Test Port Capability Port Config Port Cfg Rsp m Transaction Packet e ACK USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only Teledyne LeCroy Corporation NRDY ERDY STATUS STALL DEV_NOTIFICATION PING PING_RESPONSE HOST_NOTIFICATION m Data Packet Header m Isoch Timestamp Packet Timer External Trigger In Voyager External SMA BNC Trig In Global SCSI m Primary Command Set m Block Command Set m Media Changer Command Set m Stream Command Set E E E Multi Media Commands Controller Commands Enclosure Services O Standard Request GET STATUS CLEAR_FEATURE SET_FEATURE SET ADDRESS GET DESCRIPTOR SET DESCRIPTOR GET_CONFIGURATION SET CONFIGURATION GET_INTERFACE SET_INTERFACE SYNCH_FRAME SET _ SEL m SET ISOCH_DELAY QO Simple Triggers m Basic Triggers e Logical Idle SHP SDP SLC EPF END EDB COM SKP K Code Symbol Error USB Protocol Suite User Manual 305 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only e RD Error e DP Length Error e Term On e Term Off e BCNT e CRC32 e CRC16 e CRCSLCW e CRCSLC m Framing Error Triggers e SLC e SDP eo SHP e END m Low Power States e Ul e U2 e U3 Note Data Pattern Matching For USB 3 0 only the first 32 Byte positions can be matched for triggering It is not a floating window as it is for USB 2 0 Data Pattern Match Note Warm R
149. Protocol Suite E Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB Protocol Analyzer 2 2 aera Seer Software Version 4 60 Build 1388 network 1 device connected 2008 Teledyne Lecroy Voyager M3 M31 serial Number 62256 0x00F330 Firmware Version 1 59 Build Number 130 BusEngine Version 2 11 2R Build Number 176 serdes BusEngine Version 1 11 Build Number 112 CPU Board ID 0x41 Rev 0x3 FPGA Board 1D 0x 12 Rev 0x6 PRY Board ID 0x18 Rev 0x8 OK Figure 13 31 About Window USB Protocol Suite User Manual 387 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Software Updates 388 About details revisions of the following software and hardware QO Software Version Unit Serial Number Firmware Version BusEngine Version Serdes BusEngine Version CPU Board ID FPGA Board ID PHY Board ID DOOOUCOUOUD Note When contacting Teledyne LeCroy for technical support please have available the revisions reported in the About window 13 2 Software Updates You can check for software updates manually or the application can automatically check for updates at startup Note To check for software updates and to download available updates you need an open internet connection 13 2 1 Manual Check for Software Updates In the application you can check for software updates 1 Select Help gt Check for Updates to display the Software Update window If no update is available the window is ASE There are no
150. S Packets Hide LMP Packets Hide TP Packets Hide Data Packets Hide BRST Packets Hide BERC Packets Fl Hide BCNT Packets Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators Restore Factory Presets Hide SOFs USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding Hide Device Traffic Address End Dir 000 00 00 one gi IN 02 OUT Link Hide Packets According to Speed FF Hide Super Speed Packets Save Save As Default Load Figure 4 4 Display Option Dialog Showing Hide Device Traffic USB 2 0 Display Hide Hide Chirps Select from the following options to hide USB 2 0 traffic Refer to Hiding Traffic 2 0 amp 3 0 on page 88 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Tooltips Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Display Hide Select from the following options to hide USB 3 0 traffic Refer to Hiding Traffic 2 0 amp 3 0 on page 88 Tseq 151 T52 Flow Control Power Management oe LFPS E Electrical Idle Logical Idle Loopback BENT BRST BERC Compliance Pattern 4 4 Tooltips Hide Upstream Packets Hide Downstream Packets Hide Link Training Sequences TSEQ TS1 S2 Hide Link Commands LUP LDN Flow Control Power Management Hide Bus Events LFPS Packets Electrical Idles Termination Hide Miscellaneous Packets LMP ISO Time Stamp Inter Packet Symbols Skip Sequences Logical Idle Loopback BCNT BRST BERC Complian
151. SB Protocol Suite User Manual 363 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Graphical Scenario Editor 364 High Level Task Management Functions Bus Enumeration Control Requests Settings Mass Storage Transfer Packets Instructions Start Loop End Loop Delay Stop Exerciser DOOCD After you create a new graphical scenario use the following steps to edit or build the scenario Graphic Scenario 2 4 bx Insert 1 instan Insert Instructions Ready CAP NUM SCRL Figure 12 10 Graphical Scenario Editor 12 10 1 Graphical Scenario Window The Graphical Scenario window contains SCSI TASK REQ SET Insert Instructions and Delete Selected Item buttons You can Insert 1 to 20 instances Insert 1 instance s SCSI SCSI command a SPC 4 SBC 3 SMC 3 SSC 4 MMC 6 SCC 2 SES 2 OOOUOCDLD USB Protocol Suite User Manual Graphical Scenario Editor TASK Task button Abort Task Abort Task Set Clear Task Set LUN Reset Clear ACA Query Task Query Task Set T Nexus Reset Query Asynchronous Event O OOCOCOO OO REQ REQ button O Bus Enumeration O Device Requests USB Protocol Suite User Manual Clear Feature Get Configuration Get Descriptor Get Interface Get Status Set Address Set Configuration Set Descriptor Set Feature Set Interface Set Status Synch Frame Set Sel Set Isoch Delay Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 365 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Graphical Scenar
152. SOF s or control endpoint traffic HS traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 A downstream and B upstream Generating Green if generating enabled Recording Red if 3 0 recording enabled when in Exerciser mode USB 3 0 No traffic or LFPS Only Polling LFPS USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Slow Flashing Yellow Low Power States Fast Flashing Yellow Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Solid Green Link Traffic UO LUP LDN Blinking Green TP s and DP s actual traffic 2 0 USB 2 0 unused Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab A downstream MMCX plug connectors for interfacing B upstream with USB 3 0 signals Tx Transmit pair Rx Receive pair Clock A downstream MMCX plug connectors for interfacing with Clock B upstream external clock source or sink In Connects to an external reference clock Out Provides reference clock output Trigger In SMA external trigger input Note Edge detected Rising edge only Voltage required Signal needs to be gt 800mV to see a logic 1 Signal needs to be lt 400mV to see a logic 0 Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is O V Out SMA external trigger output Pulse Width
153. ST the amount selected and may be up to 8 bytes more depending on traffic to increase efficiency of the Analyzer hardware Note Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers transfers SCSI etc USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 4 1 Very Slow Clock Usage Voyager M3 M3i ONLY The Voyager M3 M3i USB 3 0 Verification platform supports slower than standard clock rates for prototype and simulation testing All Voyager 3 0 Pro systems include the option to select and clock rates This Gigabit clock can operate at 2 5 GHz 5 Gbps 1 25 GHz 2 5 Gbps and 625 MHz 1 25 Gbps over standard USB cables This fractional clock mode is also supported over the SMA coaxial inputs on the front of Voyager platforms that include the SMA option Two extra cost slow clock options can enable use of external clock sources to synchronize the frequency of the Voyager system at slower clock rates a The upper end of this external clocking supports rates from 12 5 MHz 25 Mbps to as low at 350 kHz 700 Kbps The Voyager slow clock kit USB ACO1 V01 X see the table below provides this capability and includes SMA to MMCX cables for attaching the external clock source The external clock source is generated by the system ref clock on the DUT or by a dedicated clock generator
154. Scenario Stops traffic generation Preview Trace Checks script for errors and displays trace Build scripts only Compile Starts traffic generation scripts only View Main Toolbars Switches display of the Main toolbar on or off Graphical Toolbar Switches display of the Graphical toolbar on or off graphics only Views Toolbar Switches display of the Views toolbar on or off scripts only Script Toolbar Switches display of the Script toolbar on or off scripts only Status Bar Switches display of the Status Bar on or off Zoom In Increases the size of the displayed elements graphics only Zoom Out Decreases the size of the displayed elements graphics only Wrap Wraps displayed packets within the window graphics only Convert Converts graphic scenario to text scenario graphics only Window Cascade Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Tile Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Arrange Icons Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Close All Closes all open windows Help About Displays version information about the Voyager M3 M3i and the USB Protocol Suite See Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 387 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 7 2 Main Exerciser Toolbar The Main Exerciser toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating searching and other functions La E t Es E e Y Run
155. Setup Advisor T3 is configured and controlled through a host machine USB port USB Under Analysis PC Connection Figure 2 4 Advisor T3 Setup Note The Advisor T3 SuperSpeed 3 0 analyzer port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms USB Protocol Suite User Manual 45 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Mercury T2 46 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 Mercury T2 The LeCroy USB Mercury T2 USB 2 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports USB 2 0 It is designed to record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2 0 The Mercury T2 is powered by the USB cable so no additional power cord is needed Components The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury T2 Analyzer package includes the following O One Teledyne LeCroy USB Mercury T2 Analyzer QO USB cables three a Installation CD ROM including documentation A Quick Start Guide Front Panel Y Mercury 72 _ USB 2 0 0000 A Pwr Status Trig Rec B Figure 2 5 Mercury T2 Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors Power LED Green if powered on by rear USB Host connection Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red while booting If red for more than a minute hardware failure Green while initializing Analyzer Port A downstream Connects to Device under test Analyzer Port
156. Shift Z Several frequently used operations have keyboard shortcuts they are listed below Operation Key Combination USB Protocol Suite User Manual Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Go to SE1 Go to Keep Alive Go to Suspend Go to Chirp Go to Full Speed J Go to Full Speed K OTG Go to SRP Go to HNP Go to VBus Voltage Change Go to OTG Host A Go to OTG Host B Misc Marker Menu Open File Print Record Stop Recording Open Display Options dialog Open Recording Options dialog Hide SOFs Hide NAKs Hide Chirps Apply Decoding Scripts Set Quick Timing Marker Start Set Quick Timing Marker End USB Protocol Suite User Manual Shift 7 Shift 5 Shift U Shift C Shift J Shift K Ctrl Q Shift H Shift V Ctrl Shift A Ctrl Shift B Ctrl M Ctrl O Ctrl P Ctrl R Ctrl T Ctrl Shift D Ctrl Shift R Ctrl Shift S Ctrl Shift N Ctrl Shift C Ctrl Shift Y Ctrl Left click mouse Ctrl Shift Left click mouse Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 101 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts 102 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Reading a Trace 5 1 Trace View Features The Trace View has these features QO Packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic QO Selected packets transactions and so on are highlighted with a blue background and black border The selected packet is synchronized amongst views Views which show data from a single packet transaction etc Da
157. TES HR Analyzer Network Chat Bar MA H B 7 eee Bus Status Bar QuickTiming Bar CATC Walk d Figure 5 19 View Dialog Stamp gt Playlist O Play The attachment item starts to play in the playback window see Figure 5 20 on page 120 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 119 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation CATC Walk Playlist http Ann youtube com vae_cNokKbxxXg vautoplay 1 x LeCroy Voyager USB0 Analyzer Introduction Chapt by LeCroyCorp Settings 720p HD 480p e 360p i e 0 26 8 01 pm 360p Playlist MENE Show List i i E 00 04 00 10 i al Figure 5 20 Playback Window The playback window is resizable The close button at the top right corner and the size grip for resizing at the bottom right corner will hide automatically when moving the cursor out of the window Users can provide commentary to a captured trace converting it into a script or a story and can transfer this meta information to others Playlist Playback Controls Playlist Playback Controls The playlist playback control buttons are QO Play Pause Stop Jump to Next attachment Jump to Previous attachment Seek slider for seeking to positions in media streams Volume slider QO Playback speed slider for text attachments DOOUOD As a playlist is played back the playback window is displayed in close proximity to the marked area just like a regular tooltip window see Figure 5 21 on page 121 As the pl
158. TP MTP Transact t PTP MTP Object T Ete PTP MTP Session 4 5 SCSI Operation Er pr USB 3 0 Traffic bey Packets H ra Transactions FR Transfers sc SCSI Operation pkr Link States f Power Measurements ch USB 2 0 Errors AH USB 3 0 Errors Ep USB 3 0 Errors The figure below and the table following it list and describe the USB 2 0 errors Type Bad CRC5 Bad CRC16 Bad CRC32 Running Disparity RD Error Invalid 10 Bit Symbol Error Unknown Packet Framing Symbol Error Link Command Data Symbol Error Bad Header Packet Length Bad Data Length Field TP Non Zero Reserved Field SKP Symbol Error Ctrl Endp Dir Error Missed DPH Error Missed DPP Error Setup DP Error Sequence Number Error PTP Tra No Command PTP Tra No Response PTP Tra Id Misordered PTP Tra No Operation code SCSI Op No Command SCSI Op No Data SCSI Op Status SCSI Op Invalid OpCode 2 x Tota Ovele ere 0 YY lt Gree reo Gh lt MIU M0 MUY Si SS OO O OO OOO O SS SO Oo OS Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to view errors Enable level to v
159. TRA PTP Transaction OR QO Select View gt PTP Group gt PTP Transaction Level OR QO Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Transaction and then click OK Switch to PTP Object Transfers A logical object on a device has a unique 32 bit identifier object handle The object handle is also unique for the session defined below An object transfer contains all the transactions for an object handle In PTP all of an object handle s PTP Transactions are a single PTP Object Transfer A PTP Object Transfer can include both PTP Transactions that involve an Initiator initiated action for example GetObject DeleteObject and GetObjectinfo transactions and USB Protocol Suite User Manual 139 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Switch to PTP Sessions PTP Transactions that involve a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe The PTP Object Transfer trace viewing level is the middle PTP level To view PTP object transfers switch to the PTP Object Transfer trace viewing level a Click A on the toolbar PTP Transaction aed PTP Object OR QO Select View gt PTP Group gt PTP Object Level OR QO Select Setup gt Display Options to display the Display Options window check PTP Object and then click OK 5 34 Switch to PTP Sessions A session is a state of persisting communication between a device and a host during which the connection is continuous and the login
160. Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 2 Select the desired packet from the displayed list The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Note The Go to Marker feature functions in conjunction with the Set Marker feature The comments within the parentheses following each marked packet are added or edited with the Set Marker feature Please refer to Markers on page 106 You can use Ctrl M to go immediately to the All Markers dialog Packet Selection works with Go to Marker 6 5 Go To USB 2 0 The Go To USB 2 0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace 1 Select Go To USB 2 0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB 2 0 drop down menu For USB 2 0 data the menu is Search View Window Help Go to Trigger Go to Selected Packet Go to PacketTransaction Transter Ctrl G Go to Marker Ctrl Mb PD Go to USB 3 0 d ANY Error Ctr Shift 2 Go to Channel d Specific Errors Go to SCSI d Data Length MA Find Addr amp Endp d BG Find Next F3 ainan j Split HubAddr amp Port d Search Direction Forward On The Go gt Figure 6 4 Go To USB 2 0 Menu Option 2 Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view USB Protocol Suite User Manual 151 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB 2 0 152 6 5 1 6 5 2 6 5 3 Pac
161. USB 3 0 receiver terminations of Analyzer 3 0 i Status On M3i If both Analyzer ports are set to Auto in Recording al Options this button is dimmed If either port is set to Manual this button can apply or remove USB 3 0 termination M3 This button is always enabled and Auto mode is not supported Start Manual Trigger Recording tt Stop Zz Repeat Upload Recording i Momentary VBus Disconnect On systems that support it Causes the VBus power between the Host and the Device connected through the Analyzer A and B USB ports to be broken for 1 second simulating a unplug plugin cycle This is the recommended method of creating plug in scenarios Note This button can be changed to make it work as a toggle between VBus On and VBus off This can be modified on the Recording Options General tab Note When Disconnect is done during recording it may cause capturing of IPS undecodable symbols and false triggering of CRC triggers because packets will be abruptly stopped in the middle of a symbol stream Note Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported and may cause the software to malfunction or crash 4 3 6 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 3 Please see Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser on page 349 E USB 3 0 Exerc Ee to USB 3 0 Exerciser que window Manual Trigger 86 Display Export to Script dialog Repeat Upload USB Protocol Suite User Man
162. Upstream Analyzer Ports Exerciser Ports Auto Auto Auto Enable 5 on 5 on E RxDetect i Manual off off Polarity Inversion Clock Speed Selection Downstream Upstream 9 Gigabit 5 0 Gbps 9 Auto Auto 5 on 5 On Of Off Simple Filters a Filter Out SKPs Transmit Exerciser _ Filter Out LUP LON IF Filter Out ITP a ae a __ Filter Out Bus Events LFPS Eldle Term 9 Off Normal Mode Options 300ppm 300ppm 16 F 4 9735 Gbps 5 0015 Gbps E Truncate Data Fields Bytes Figure 10 12 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager M3x LFPS Capture Method The Voyager M3x has a special circuit designed to capture LFPS with very accurate timing If for some reason a device or host is found which is not electrically compatible with this new design the user can switch to the Legacy method which is used on previous USB 3 0 analyzers Voyager M3x only For Recording Ports select USB 3 0 Connectors MMCX or Custom DS USB 3 0 US USB 3 0 The custom option allows you to change the recording channels to use a mix of MMCX and USB 3 0 connectors Voyager M3 M3i only For Descrambling Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto For Polarity Inversion Downstream and or Upstream select On Off or Auto Note For Spread Spectrum Clock select Transmit Exerciser to apply Spread Spectrum Clocking to the transmitter To adjust the receivers to be more tolerant to Spread
163. XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface or Ethernet port The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3x Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification tor details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland
164. Yes Specification View USB 2 0 RTS Yes USB 2 0 Real time Statistics Verification Script Engine Yes Verification Script Engine trace parser Capture VBus Power Yes Capture USB WBus Power Information Capture Self Power No Capture External Self Power Information Analyzer Exerciser Only No Analyzer Exerciser Only Class Decodes Yes Allow Class Decodes Vendor Decodes Yes Allow User Defined Vendor Decodes B Bus Utilization View Yes Bus Utilization View Timing Calc Yes Timing Calculator CSV Export Yes Export ta CSV Excel file App Layer Trig Filt No Always Filter NAKs and Pings SIMPASS USB 2 0 No SIMPASS Import USB 2 0 with Hardware License SImMPASS USB 3 0 No SIMPASS Import USB 3 0 with Hardware License Advisor T3 Simultaneous No Advisor T3 Simultaneous Capture of USB2 and USB2 USB4 USB3 Miian a al Ho Advisor T3 Allow only Simple USB 3 0 Triggers riggers USB 3 0 Hub Compliance No USB 3 0 Hub Compliance Control multiple analyzer exercisers via Automation Figure 9 4 Trace Information Report The Trace Information report provides information about how the recording was made what the buffer settings were what the trigger options were and what version of all the Analyzer hardware was used to make the recording The Trace Information dialog provides a link Open Recording Options in a dialog so you can load a copy of the recording options that existed when the file was recorded USB Protocol Suite User Manual 213 Teledyne L
165. a 100 volt to 240 volt 50 Hz to 60 Hz 100 W power outlet Note The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts 50 Hz or 60 Hz thus supporting all supply voltages around the world 2 Insert the Installation CD 3 To use a DHCP network make sure that the host machine connects to a DHCP network then connect the Ethernet port on the Analyzer to the DHCP network Note If the DHCP network uses a Firewall you must set the Firewall to allow the Analyzer device on the network Note Direct connection from the Ethernet port on the host machine to the Ethernet port on the Analyzer is supported in this release See IP Settings Voyager only on page 63 4 Turn on the power switch 56 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Note At power on the Analyzer initializes itself in approximately ten seconds and performs an exhaustive self diagnostic that lasts about five seconds If the diagnostics fail call Teledyne LeCroy 5 Complete Analyzer setup in the Application Startup section See Application Startup on page 60 WARNI NG Do not change from USB to Ethernet or back without power cycling the Analyzer Note Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported and may cause the software to malfunction or crash 3 4 Cascading with CATC SYNC
166. acker window causes the trace window to pause until the beginning of a packet is displayed At that point the trace window repositions itself While scrolling long Idle periods or through the contents of a packet the trace window does not move View Options Opens a menu with three options Collapsible Idle Time Collapse Idle Bigger Than n nanoseconds Note Does not affect Collapse Idle Plus Time Format Seconds Clock Reset Columns Widths return to default widths Reset Columns Order return to default column sequence See Using the Link Tracker Window on page 232 for further details Zoom In Zoom Out Continuous Time Scale No collapsing Collapse Idle Do not show some periods of Link being idle Collapse Idle Data Do not show periods of Link being idle Show Descrambled Bytes USB Protocol Suite User Manual Using the Navigator Teledyne LeCroy Corporation arg Show Scrambled Bytes Ox _ Show 10b Codes 10b Show Symbols RD n Show packet Fields Text Columns to view Columns 4 M ooo 9 9 Using the Navigator The trace Navigator is a tool for navigating within the trace It allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace and to narrow the range of traffic on display It also allows you to quickly jump to any point in the trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 235 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Using the Navigator 9 9 1 Displaying the Navigator Click E in the toolbar sele
167. ager Advisor T3 only Use the Recording Rules to set triggers for USB 3 0 Recording Options Voyager n a General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USE 3 0 Rec Rules Config is valid ad Newevent ja olele ale Figure 10 26 Recording Rules USB 3 0 The page has the same areas as the USB 2 0 Recording Rules see Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 on page 280 Pop Up Menus When you right click a button or area in the Recording Rules page a context sensitive pop up menu appears that lets you do operations that relate to that button or area in the same way as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules Properties Dialogs When you click the Show Hide Properties Dialog button for an event action or state a dialog allows you to perform the same operations as in the pop up menus in the same way as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules USB Protocol Suite User Manual 299 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only 10 8 1 Recording Rules Toolbar The Recording Rules toolbar buttons control the Recording Rules page and are the same as for the USB 2 0 Recording Rules see Recording Rules Toolbar on page 284 Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel 10 8 2 Recording Rules Page How lt Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as
168. al USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 To display subsequent Compliance patterns click the Send 1 Ping button once for each advance to the next pattern The following photos show the appearance of the signals for each CP pattern as captured by a Teledyne LeCroy oscilloscope Use these photos as guides to verify that you are seeing expected patterns Letrey AA i A E E i l Hl i E 4 Fa i E l k i E 3 1 pi i E i oH tii ji ECHE i i lia 1 71 i it 1 43 g f i LA j i E RETER Ea Sat a kE fey pE LAEE Llar Ee F Eo PEE E A A Ada ELA oed oe de Ie Ea Ai e ele ETa eh Pos Vat poe HI ae Se rela pops ate i Eo Ef E eb Se epee I ppt t efi AE roped dps i JE e AE Eo o A e E SE E OR E a E EEs A ES Edd z E z a i 3 E z n P E A i tz E F 1 E TE o z i i ERA 7 Eom cela at HTa ar Heb Rata e E a E Pe briat d A i I E a 4 ele EP ABET Tt wa Le pad a He EECH EEI a i a E a E i la EF AJE es 1 EE da de da eee 3 A i a e EIIE EO ta 1 Ce ale Ali E TEA E SE Fi F E l T E E E t FH i i i lay E l 1 I F i J F E 1 y i Li Li f ii j i i i E PASEA FA ya i Wien Sure PiiehpohkEyel Peewsdieye PieamplEvel Fbs i Pampita PampliC3 PT gt PE PI Ft FTI PI ralue BESA mY 125 8 pe Ta9 4 m 4 3508 Gh 542 553 rm 347 Senn babor me Ca f y7 y Pasas Fail Oi True OF Fala Cot Tram Oe Tra 05 True 06 ar OB PF12300 mY F2 gt 140 ce P3 300rY PS100mY
169. ali na aa 22 Flexible3 0 CGallbDratlON iascita do aa 23 Physical Component S ti A A A AA A 23 Recording ODHONS e e el dt ea e e e ek 23 Display ODIONS css As 23 1 2 4 Hi Speed SIOW ClOGCK sssssci dis 24 T25 MATING Genera toi a aa aa 24 Read yEmk Emulator A 25 126 NOLES OM LEPS SIGNS A A aA EE euwects 25 13 AOUISOF Suar aaa a aa 26 1 3 1 General DESCKIDUOM sree d 26 q Mes 2 FEIE S PPP RP oo Ann o o O a 27 Genetalii ns ch cnwucdeatshandeceasansbucwaseainassuneaueossasacaneneaseesheanarsanevasesaevaaaasaaninencacueacceiaustcanadskianesendsitans 27 Flexible 3 0 Gallbratl nNisaisa dardos 27 Physical COM A do 27 Recordio OPUS as 28 Display ODIOS ssl E 28 McQ Mercury TL a ea EEEa eaa da Oea 30 141 General Descrip darii dict 30 LARIAM dls 31 Conca a ia 31 Physical COMPONENIS csi Es 31 Recording OPINAS 21100 ies te ees 31 Display OPUONS seas aoa cc des sass a 32 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 3 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Contents LS VOVAGEr M X ANALY ZO usina 33 151 USB 2 0 and USB 30 Fa Ue e oan de 33 125 2 General DESCHPUO oia a Ea aaa A 34 193 Feature S ias 35 General sissa A 35 Flexible 3 0 Calibration raana a o 35 Physical COMPONEN S air llas 35 Recordino ODIOS eos 35 Display ODUONS aia oi A See asededteeeeties 36 154 Trane Generator vaca iedonituenduanate 37 Ready Link ERMUA Osassa a A 37 1 5 9 Notes ON LEP S SIM Si a A aN e Aa Aaa aaa 38 1 6 USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile TZ n
170. alyze and print captured protocol traffic The software also allows you to view trace files created by the Teledyne LeCroy USB Chief USB Advisor USB Detective USB Inspector and USB Tracer Trainer Opening a file created with any of those Analyzers displays a screen asking if you want to convert the old file to the new format under the name lt filename gt _convert usb When used with the Analyzer attached to the host machine you can monitor and analyze the activity of your USB branch from USB ports on the Analyzer front 4 1 Starting the Program To start the USB Protocol Suite application 1 Select Start gt All Programs gt LeCroy gt USB Protocol Suite gt USB Protocol Suite The main window displays see Figure 4 1 on page 74 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 73 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Main Display Window KE Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser BETA C Users Public Doc U B3 0_2 0 Hub _Enumneration_withPowerMgmt_Enabled E la 5 a File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help AE H E El TT Ei Status n a Record Mah E Kit ho o dih ak DEl pig ge cz Ea ite Es Eg TR TRA WR Pig col RQ 2S aw 2 Be Bi Bi Bs E E E Ngape i Bluse so erse Navigator Idle Time Stamp El ga E 32 000 ns 2 493 862 872 aa ae El LEW Time Time Stamp 112 000 ns 2 493 862 720 ldle Time Stamp 72 0
171. and Firmware updates often need to be performed when you update the USB Protocol Suite software These updates can be performed automatically or manually Both processes are described Note During Firmware and or Bus Engine updates you must maintain power and communication connectivity USB or Ethernet to the device for the entire update process and you must allow it to complete the operation Failure to do so may result in an inoperable unit which would need to be shipped back to Teledyne LeCroy for repair 13 3 1 Updating the BusEngines The BusEngine core is the heart of the Analyzer Using state of the art Electronically Programmable Logic Device EPLD technology it incorporates both the high speed recording engine and the configurable building blocks that implement data state error detections triggering capture filtering external signal monitoring and event counting and sequencing The BusEngine program and the Serdes BusEngine program and the Firmware that manages the internal microcontroller are fully field upgradeable Within a new software release it may be necessary to update the Analyzer s BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine hardware for proper operation The Readme file lets you know if this is necessary 13 3 2 Updating the Firmware Within a new software release it may also be necessary to update the Analyzer s firmware for proper operation The Readme file informs you if this is necessary 13 3 3 Automatic Updat
172. and graphics to show captured transactions Packets are on separate rows Packets receive time stamps and sequential numbers as the system records them Fields have labels and color codes The system automatically detects protocol errors and highlights them in red You can customize the display color scheme and field formats You can use the hide feature to suppress SOF packets and uninteresting user defined packets or fields in different contexts You can name and save display formats for later use Pop up tooltips annotate packet fields The display software operates independently of the hardware allowing it to function as a stand alone trace viewer that you can freely distribute Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser BETA C Users Public Doc USB3 0_2 0 Hub_Enumneration_withPowerMgmt_Enabled Soa e File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help Vell AA ESA ch oie a E EL oa AAEE Er E a EE e Be NADA AAA EA BED ee uso T Ej E Navigator ES LCRD_D Idle Time Stamp al g le 4 S SLC SLC SLC EPF D07 2 D20 1 D21 1 D21 1 32 000ns 2 493 862 672 KI r47 ba ow S Time Time Stamp LES Por capacity 4 ue oo 112 000 ns 2 493 862720 S ldle Time Stamp H Port Capability 4 Down Ox J mseao 720000 2 92 02 822 Errors i 5 P LGOOD_0 Time Stamp IT TBF E TET E aa of traffic il MN Ss E QuickTiming markers not
173. annot use Filter Out it is disabled Note The Filter In function is meant to be used to capture traffic for a specific device address or specific device endpoint by specifying the ones that should be captured It does not Filter Out certain packets which are not associated with specific devices such as Strat Of Frames SOF s a Filter Out Sets or clears Filter Out action If Filter Out is set you cannot use Fil ter In it is disabled Note Examples that show use of filters are provided later in this chapter Advance the Sequence Creates an event sequence consisting of the event you clicked on and an event in a successive state of the sequence A thick arrow appears from the selected event and points downward a Newevent a o Q Q lle e Sequence 0 State 1 TRIGGER EXT HIGH Sequence 0 State 2 Data Packet NO ACTION Px Tx Figure 10 23 Advancing the Sequence 290 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In other words the Advance the Sequence button is the link between two states in a multi state sequence The Advance the Sequence arrow tells the analyzer to go to the next state if it detects the event at the tail origin of the arrow The Action pop up menu has the following restart and trigger options O Restart the Sequence not shown Restarts the sequence Note that this option a is context sensitive and only appe
174. any type of data You can hide transactions SOFs NAKs High Full or Low Speed packets traffic from one or both recording channels and Addresses and Endpoints To hide one or more fields select the Group and Data type in the Group and Color column then click the Hidden checkbox in the display or the Hidden checkbox in the Hidden section of the Format section H id ng v Hidden USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Options By default no data packets transactions or bus conditions are hidden You can hide QO Start of Frame packets NAK ed transactions Chirp Bus conditions SEO Bus conditions High Full or Low Speed packets a Channel 0 or Channel 1 packets 0 DODO You can allow any toggle value after bus reset Int and Bulk Endpoints Depending on the device after Bus Reset the endpoint toggle state might or might not be reset Selecting this option prevents display of a toggle violation error You can have 2 stage SOF hiding You can display all SOFs hide all SOFs or hide empty SOFs show only SOFs with endpoint traffic and hide empty frames Selecting this option allows you to hide empty SOFs with one click of the Hide SOF button or hide all SOFs with two clicks of the Hide SOF button Select the USB 2 0 Packet Hiding tab then select the data types to hide see Figure 7 4 on page 181 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Packet Hiding Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Display Options E General Color Format
175. are set to 1 and the Action counter is set to 5 then the Action happens after five occurrences of EITHER Event_1 or Event_2 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Number of Analyzer Counters and Timers The Analyzer includes one event counter and one time counter timer If you try to assign more you get a warning Packets You must assign a packet event or logical expression to a counter and or timer Using a Counter To use a counter 1 Click an event to display an arrow 2 Click a counter This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button Note For Timers do NOT use a timer as the first event in a sequence since this first event will be the start of recording and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing Use timers only AFTER the first event Setting a Counter To set a counter 1 Open the Recording Rules page select an event and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell 2 Counts can only be set on a per channel basis so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed 3 Right click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog 4 Inthe text box to the right of the label Count enter a value Make sure the checkbox to
176. ars if you have created a multi state sequence A thick arrow appears from the selected event and point upward towards the first event in the sequence Restart All Restarts all rules in all sequences and in the global state and displays an arrow and a Restart All button This action precludes selecting Advance the Sequence and Restart the Sequence External Trigger Pulse HIGH Sends an output signal with a Pulse High format through the output ports on the back of the UPAS Pulse High is the default for mat Pulse High causes the analyzer to transmit a 5 volt 40 nanosecond signal Teledyne LeCroy Protocol Analyzers use a TTL compatible output driver This driver is not intended to drive a 50 ohm DC load When doing so the output level is reduced from 3 3 volts to 2 2 volts This does not harm the output driver To see the full level it is required to change the input impedance on the device receiving the trigger from 50 ohms DC to high impedance Properties Displays the Action Properties dialog for the selected action Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears The Event pop up menu has the following options a Specify Action s Opens the Actions submenu allowing you to assign an action to the event Options on this submenu are the same as those on the Action pop up described previously Add Counter Adds a counter to count a specified number of times the event occurs befor
177. at may be uninteresting in a given context from a Trace View by clicking the Hide SOF Packets button on the Tool Bar Q Click the button to show hide all SOF packets Note This also hides low speed EOPs 5 18 5 19 5 20 9 21 9 22 Hide Chirps 2 0 eet vag j Fi O Click the Speed trace button to hide any Chirped J or Chirped K packets recorded in a USB 2 0 Hi Hide Upstream Packets 3 0 Click the button to Hide Upstream Packets Hide Downstream Packets 3 0 button to Hide Downstream Packets Click the Hide Link Training Sequences 3 0 Ey a Tseq Click the 151 52 button to Hide Link Training Sequences and select from the options to show hide TSEQ TS1 TS2 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 3 0 TAa LUP LDN dae Flow Control Click the Power Management button and select from the options to show hide Link Commands LUP LDN Flow Control or Power Management USB Protocol Suite User Manual Hide Bus Events 3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 5 23 Hide Bus Events 3 0 gt e 2u Electrical Idle Click the Termination button and select from the options to show hide Bus Events LFPS Electrical Idle or Termination 5 24 Hide Miscellaneous Packets 3 0 Click the button and select from the options to show hide Logical Idle y Loopback BCNT BRST BERC Compliance Pattern ISO Time Stamp Inter Packet Symbols Skip Sequences Logical Idle
178. at was supplied to the Clock A In connector The Clock B Out connector outputs the identical signal that was supplied to the Clock B In connector You can use Clock A Out and Clock B Out to pass through the actual DUT onboard clock If the Host DUT connects to port A its Tx clock out port should connect to Clock A In Then the Clock A Out can connect to the Device DUT Rx clock in port On the opposite side the Device DUT Tx clock out port should connect to Clock B In Then Clock B Out can connect to the Host DUT Rx clock in port Note The Clock Out feature is only supported on Voyager M3i If Voyager is in Host Emulation mode connect the clock to the Clock A In connector The Exerciser uses this clock as its transmit clock and provides the identical output to the Clock A Out connector If Voyager is in Device Emulation mode connect the clock to the Clock B In connector Example setups using Voyager USB 3 0 in Exerciser Device Emulation mode over SMA inputs with External Slow Clock option agi TELEDYNE LES ayager Mai v 7 Ue n E E A A ne r A a ee it a A ay ig pa i wre A yl pl ir WE 1 z a 5 i A a i i ad per Y far ie A d meee oe ee a E A Figure 2 External reference clock The Exerciser uses this clock as its transmit clock and provides the identical output to the Clock B Out connector The analyzer scales down the timestamps in trace files to the clocks in use so a symbol remains a 2
179. ation CD for the current host machine and operating system requirements 2 1 3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figure Fa 2 TELEDYNE LECROY Analyzer Exerciser A Clock Trigger B B Voyager M3i Tx Rx Tx Rx A B USB Pin Out In Out In Out o000l0o00o0l0000 Figure 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Front USB Protocol Suite User Manual 39 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 40 The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table Features Power Switch Status LED Analyzer Ports Analyzer LEDs Rec 3 0 Off Solid Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Blinking Green 2 0 Solid Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Flashing Green Exerciser Ports Exerciser LEDs Gen Rec 3 0 Off Solid Yellow Function 0 1 Off On Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing A downstream and B upstream Recording Red if 2 0 recording enabled or 3 0 recording enabled in Analyzer mode USB 3 0 No traffic or LFPS Only Polling LFPS Low Power States Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Link Traffic UO LUP LDN TP s and DP s actual traffic USB 2 0 FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic LS Traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 FS Traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 HS
180. ayback progresses the view jumps to the element corresponding to the current attachment being played and the marked element is highlighted During playback the user is prevented from interacting with the trace To reinforce this restriction the trace view is grayed out visually and only the packet with the item corresponding to the current attachment is colorized 120 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Time Stamp 9 4 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Time Stamp Packet ADDR B Idle 17 2 1 inf 3 0 09 ACK ADDR ENDP http www youtube com v xe_cN9KbXXg amp autoplay 1 1 2 1 ep Packet H y TP 18 Packet Data Len ADDR ENDP D DPH Tx USB 3 0 Test Setup N 19 5 13 2 1 Packet ho S e Data Time amp 20 S 13 bytes 60 000 ns Packet S ACK ADDR ENDP H LHI TP ka 21 S 1 2 1 Packet sI Data Len ADDR ENDP y H LA DPH ks 22 S 1 2 2 MD e 0 14 8 01 Oe 360p EY Packet J DPP Data Time Playlist EE AS Me Show List Y E 23 S 31 byte 96 000 ns p Md i mi Mm 00 02 08 08 1 a Packet lA SI p ACK ADDR ENDP Mi imp Figure 5 21 Playlist Playback View Time Stamp The Time Stamp field displays the time in Seconds Nanoseconds decimal The Time Stamp is at the beginning of the packet or bus condition However the Time Stamp is at th
181. c When generation is in Repeat mode all the traffic before the wrap point is going to be sent once All the traffic after the wrap point is going to be repeated in a loop The usage of the keyword is wrap HERE or loop HERE For Device Emulation the value would be a memory segment number so that the looping is associated with only that one endpoint such as wrap 4 Causes a region in the utg file to be ignored as if commented out Can be used multiple times in the file Must be used in conjunction with skip_end HERE Example skip HERE frame auto makes this statement be ignored skip_ end HERE Causes a region in the utg file to be ignored as if commented out See above in skip HERE USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Key Code stop string If you want to run only some first portion of the beginning of a utg file insert this statement where you want generation to halt This saves having to edit a file into smaller files when testing a portion of traffic The usage of the keyword is stop HERE break HERE Host Generation Only Enables you to generate up to a point in the utg file then wait for input before continuing in the file During the breakpoint time the traffic signal icon in the toolbar flashes yellow indicating that a breakpoint was hit When you click the traffic light icon generation resumes If you want to stop rather than continu
182. cally assign decoders based on the enumeration sequence in a recorded file If the enumeration sequence is not captured or if software assigns an incorrect decoder you may manually select a decoder You can permanently assign a class or vendor decoding for an address and or endpoint or interface in a trace file Once assigned the decoding occurs automatically when you display transactions 8 2 1 Mapping Request Recipient to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a decoding group to a request recipient 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts button EE on the Toolbar or press Ctrl Shift Y OR Right click the Control Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu 2 Select Map Request Recipients to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Vendor Decoding Request Recipients Endp joints Class Vendor Decoding Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests Keep Across Recordings cancel apply Help Figure 8 1 Request Recipients and Endpoints Class Vendor Decoding Request Recipients Tab The Recipient field shows all Class and Vendor Request Recipients found in the trace file The display shows the Host Address and Type Class or Vendor for the recipient On the USB Protocol Suite User Manual 191 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class Vendor Decoding Options right are the names of Class
183. ccocconcccccooooo 38 Chapter 2 General Description messi id 39 2 1 VOYager Nis IMIS MALY ZO 39 2 1 1 System Components and Packing Listos cian aid 39 2 1 2 Host Machine Requirements iii iio 39 213 ANA Zi decia 39 2 14 SPECICATION Si A A A a ERA 42 POWER ls ld 42 Environmental Condon arica aiii cias 42 PrODING Characteristics A a a vane ceisler ba alu een bbanawsiccnae 42 CC ko eS Ee aA Sete OR SS ES BINS ias 42 Recording nn aa EEDA aa Eaei EERE ORA r EE a daia aaa paai 42 2 2 AAVISOF Sia ti 43 A a E a a 43 222 From PAN aa E r a eG he Scenes 43 2273 necedad rancios 44 2 24 AGVISOF TO SYSIEM SAUNA 45 2 9 Mercurial 46 23 UC OM OMENS e sido 46 23 2 TONIC Fe ANON A 46 203 Rear Paola 47 2 34 Mercury T2 SY Stem SetU ai ia 48 24 VOYager MIX Anal ZO dd 49 2 4 1 System Components and Packing List cinc dd 49 2 4 2 Host Machine Requirements iii 49 ZA ANI Zi doc 49 ZA Spec A ON Si al 51 POWER HOQUITCINGINS 3iniscesccecscccnoadectsceextecendastnccteadewcseesendentisieweetedidesecssdeboodethantuaadeen dea veacert A E aaia 51 Environmental COMCIIONS acta 52 PrODING Characteristics in A ada atada 52 WR NS as aa lt aida 52 Recording MEMORY SIZE srp aaa a Ea scataeces Eia EEEE aSa aa Eai 52 2 5 USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 coccooocoocoo0 00 53 4 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Chapter 35 Install atl Om iccssssccdesnccsscsecscancesveasaninciincossscsencneca
184. ce Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation To manually stop recording 1 Select Stop under Record on the Menu Bar OR Click E on the Tool Bar Click E again during the uploading to upload only a portion of the recorded memory Note The manual Stop Recording feature is primarily of use when recording low speed traffic which can take a long time to fill the recording buffer Note Disconnection of USB or Ethernet during capture or uploading of trace data is not supported and may cause the software to malfunction or crash When the recording session is finished the bus traffic is saved to the hard drive as a file named data usb or whatever name you assign as the default filename To save a current recording for future reference 1 Select Save As under File on the Menu Bar OR Click ll on the Tool Bar You see the standard Save As screen 2 Give the recording a unique name and save it to the appropriate directory 10 11 Merging Trace Files It is possible to merge a Classic Speed trace file with a Hi Speed trace file using the Merge Trace File command under the File menu This option only works with files that were created simultaneously through a single recording session If the files were recorded during separate recording sessions the system generates an error message and prevents the merge from completing Note The system can merging High Speed and Classic Speeds traffic into a single merged file if the Aut
185. ce Pattern Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators Click on this option to invoke it Tooltips provide information about trace cells and application buttons To display a tooltip position the mouse pointer over the item USB Protocol Suite User Manual 91 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation View Options 4 5 View Options You can hide display or reset toolbars by selecting View gt Tool bars from the menu bar Standard R Frequently Used s Analysis Generator USB Hiding View Level eS ES ES ES RS Customize Figure 4 5 View Options Dialog 4 5 1 Resetting the Toolbar From time to time such as following a software upgrade it is possible for the buttons on the toolbar not to match their intended function To reset the toolbar 1 Select View gt Tool bars from the menu bar 2 Select Customize from the submenu to display the Customize dialog box Customize Ex Commands Toolbars Menu Options Categories Commands al oN a utg file Setup ew utg file Record gt Open Generate E Report Close Search View E Save As Window Help g Print Edit Build Print Preview Generation Print Setup a New Menu M S IM Description Close Figure 4 6 Customize Dialog 3 Select the Toolbars tab to display the Toolbars page of the Customize dialog box see the following figure 92 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Status Bar Teledyne LeCroy
186. ce Speed Select Auto Detect Low Full or High a USB On the Go Check On the Go SRP Optionally select Dual Role Devices as 2 DRD s and enter device names Optionally assume that B is the first host a Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Select Slow Clock and enter number of megahertz Note Auto Detect mode does not allow Slow Clock a Generator related Parameters Choose parameters and device address location a Options Truncate data fields 270 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Analyzer Trace Speed USB On The Go Channel 0 On The Go SRP Auto Detect ER Dual Role Devices W Low Ful 20RD High A 4 Dey Mame Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Slow Clock B Divide by 265534 z E Dev Name Use multiples of 80 For Hi Speed Assume E is ist Host Slow Clock not possible in Auto Detect mode L Generator related Parameters Disable Generator Memory Use all of Capture Buffer for Trace Default to Intelliframe Mode levice Emulation Mode Tracing limi Channel 0 only E Device Emulation Mode Tracing limited to Channel O only _ Device Resumes Delay Time Before Resume in msec 1 65535 1 Resume Time in psec 1 65535 20000 Device Address 3 Use Address in utg file Emulated Device s Hex Address 01 3F Match 01 Mask iF
187. cket 674 80 Pa cket Description b Packet 67858 Time gt Packet 68103 Time gt Packet 68130 Time gt Packet 68158 Time gt Packet 68188 Time 4 Packet 68213 Time Level Cell Marker Time Size Marker 5 aa O TEPER 00 00 Packet 68216 Time 4InfusionTest Scenari 4 Packet 68216 Time pug HP ain cen nies cen A A menen Marker 7 A a nl austinmall wav 00 00 Cal Packet 68216 Time austinmail wav 00 00 mO061 zip Ml A A leed i 4Infusion Test Scenarios_not_in_this_ E 1 Packet 68216 Time m061 zip i Wi Infusion API Test Manual_sent By Am boners irate atin en Tera Me ac Geese EN ES filter edit Figure 5 18 Edit CATC Walk Playlists Dialog You can drag and drop and item or attachment from the Marker panel into the Playlist panel and build a story Give a description of the playlist in the Description field and you can give a name to the playlist in the Name field You can add a new playlist by clicking on the green plus sign on the right top corner of the Playlist panel or delete a playlist by clicking the red X button If you have more than one playlist saved click on the Name drop down arrow to select it The drop down menu lists all the available playlists Playback Window To playback a playlist click on the View menu in the top toolbar of application select CATC Walk and then select Play gt Playlist 1 as shown below View Window Help Toolbars ae ES a Gs i a ex Tea
188. ckets total each bar would represent ten packets In the Types of Traffic portion of the navigation bar the color of the bar would be that of the most important item in those ten packets Drag the yellow caret at the top or bottom to set the packet range When you move the caret a message shows the packet range The blue caret indicates the current packet position in the trace view Navigator Toolbar The Navigator toolbar lets you quickly set Navigator features The toolbar has two buttons En ES Cir EJ Coir Navigator Ranges This button brings up a pop up menu that lets you reset the Navigator range The range determines what packets are viewable in the trace display il Navigator Panes This button has two purposes To select which Navigator panes appear and to bring up the Navigator legend The legend determines how information is shown in the panes Navigator Ranges You set the viewing range by dragging the yellow range delimiters along the slider To set the lowest packet viewable drag the top delimiter up As you do so a tool tip appears to indicate the current range Stop dragging when you reach the desired lowest packet USB Protocol Suite User Manual 237 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Using the Navigator To set the highest packet viewable drag the bottom delimiter down Stop when the tool tip indicates you are at the desired highest packet Navigator me i o u e Top Delimit
189. cking Overrides allows changes to be made to the Analyzer generator clocking Select Slow Clock then enter a value in the box on the right The value that is entered tells the Analyzer how much to divide the base clock by For example entering a 4 causes Full Speed traffic to be generated at a 3 megabit rate as opposed to the standard 12 megabit rate You can use the slow clock selection to slow down the base clock during generation This also changes the Analyzer s clock base to match 1 In the Misc USB 2 0 tab make sure you are out of Auto Detect mode 2 Select the Slow Clock checkbox 3 In the Divide By field enter a value 4 Click OK Note Due to ASIC changes in the Voyager M3x design slow speed generation and capture at Hi Speed 10 3 3 10 3 4 10 3 5 is NOT supported USB On The Go USB On The Go option sets the Analyzer to record the USB On The Go traffic This protocol lets you run two devices specify one of them as the host one of them as the device and to assign each device a name Generator related Parameters You can set traffic generation parameters QO Disable Generator Memory Use the whole Capture Buffer for the trace Not applicable to Voyager M3x QO Default to IntelliFrame Mode Rather than Bitstream Mode a Device Emulation Mode Limit tracing to Channel 0 You can check Device Resumes then set the Delay Time Before Resume in milliseconds from 1 to 65535 and Resume Time in millisec
190. cognize whether transactions should or should not be joined into a given transfer If you are seeing transfers that do not appear correct for example at the SCSI level USB Protocol Suite User Manual 281 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties and you have filtered SOF s it is recommended that you repeat the capture with filtering of SOF s turned off Similarly if ITP packets are filtered from a USB 3 0 capture it is impossible to distinguish between false and real sequence errors so it is not recommended to filter these If they are filtered sequence errors should be ignored Trigger Trigger position in the resulting trace cannot always be determined precisely due to hardware limitations In gt 95 of the cases the trigger packet shown in the trace file is the one which caused the trigger In the other exception cases it should still always be within 3 packets of the actual triggering event Stop Recording This will stop recording very quickly after the trigger condition occurs but requires a small amount of post trigger traffic before it completes This is done so that a trigger on a packet will still allow the remaining part of that packet to be captured For this reason it is not recommend to use Stop Recording action for events which are not followed by any more traffic such as Term Off In these cases the recording will appear stuck waiting for the additional small amount of
191. cording Options settings use the features at the bottom of the Recording Options screen These features remain the same no matter which of the three Recording Options screens you are working in QO Click Save to save the currently specified Recording Options for use in future recording sessions Any file name can be specified though use of the rec is rec ommended if no extension is specified rec is added by default QO Click Load to load a previously saved rec file thus restoring a previous set of Recording Options QO The Save as Default function is equivalent to the Save function specifying the file name default rec Whenever you start up the Analyzer it automatically loads the default rec file if one exists a Click OK to apply any changes and close this dialog box au Click Cancel to cancel any immediate changes you have made and exit the Recording Options menu Recording Bus Data To start recording USB traffic once the appropriate Recording Options have been set perform the following steps Note If you have inserted any event triggers be sure to select Event Trigger under the General tab in the Recording Options dialog box 1 Select Start under Record on the Menu Bar OR Click onthe Tool Bar Your recording session can continue until it has finished naturally or you may need to stop manually by clicking M onthe Tool Bar depending on how you set the Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Merging Tra
192. cording Scope Voyager Advisor T3 and Mercury T2 Select either QO Conventional Single Buffer Recording Select Buffer Size see below The ana lyzer limits the data amount captured to the selected buffer size Use the Trigger Position slider see below to control the data amounts captured pre trigger and post trigger OR a Spooled Recording Enter Maximum Disk Usage as an integer in gigabytes The spooled recording mode automatically stops the recording when the size of the capture meets the Maximum Disk Usage value The analyzer begins recording data to the analyzer memory when the record button is pressed The entire ana lyzer memory 2 GB or 4 GB is used to buffer data while simultaneously upload ing the trace file to an attached storage device Set Recording Size Limits If you use Snapshot you can optionally use Record for an elapsed time or Record a number of megabytes If you use Manual Trigger or Event Trigger you can optionally use the Until Triggered plus options to enter post trigger limits by megabytes or elapsed time These options allow you to specify a trigger event to start the recording When these options are used the trigger position slider is not active The trigger event is within the first 100 packets The balance of the memory captures traffic occurring post trigger Note You can use Snapshot Manual Trigger or Event Trigger trigger mode with either Recording Scope Conventional Single Buffer Record
193. creating a script read the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual to become familiar with all parts of a script and their order learn about the commands and their parameters and see an example script To create a script do the following in the USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window 1 Click the New Generation Scenario button or select File gt New Generation Scenario to display a blank script see Figure 12 8 on page 361 LeCroy USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser Script Scenario 8 usb3g lee ele x File Edit Build View Generation Window Help alx a p E E E e a Run E 2 USB Analyzer a oro ER KE AIN Text Snippets temp usb3g Script Scenario 8 usb3g 4 pb Xx phate Send VAR RR FFF RR RR SSS EHSL AEE SSSE SFE RR ESSE ESSE ASE EEE RSE ERE AA Pea 2 FILE INFORMATION K SendPipeCommand 3 4 drop 44 FILE Se uenceNumber a s 5 DESCRIPTION r code SendFile 6 REVISION HISTORY drop f 7 FFFFSFFFSFSSSSSSSSSSSSSFSFFFSFSSSFSSFFFFFFFFFFFSFSFFFFFFFFH code 3 PrepareWaitPkt o sah WaitPacket 94 NOTE Pressing Ctrl g inside of USB Suite Script Editor brings drop 104 Pressing Ctrl T inside of USB Suite Script Editor brings code TxSleep 1 1 3 a Set Link State 124 INCLUDE FILES Saro 13 include Generation Include USBgeneration Ginc ahs Loop 1 4 drop code drop 154 CONSTANTS Start Recordi i 16const EndpointNum 1 code Stop Recor
194. ct the defaults are based on Hi Speed traffic since this is the most prevalent speed today If you change the recording speed AFTER you have defined error events the Babble clocks and Time out or Turnaround violation values are NOT updated so you can get a false trigger or a missed error USB Protocol Suite User Manual 293 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 Therefore to ensure Babble and Turnaround triggers have the correct default values you should follow this procedure 1 Set the Recording Speed to the explicit value you are going to be capturing Hi Full or Low in the 2 0 Misc tab Do not use Auto Detect Delete any error triggers from the Rec Rules tab Save your recording options as Default Close the Recording Options dialog Open the Recording Options Dialog Select the Errors trigger in the Rec Rules Tab If capturing Hi Speed verify that the default value for Babble trigger is 7435 YS MITA Ss A If capturing Full or Low Speed verify that the default value for Babble trigger is 759840 If you always leave the speed set to a specific value due to testing the same device or class of devices all the time the values will remain correct when you open the Rec Rules dialog Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event you can set Data Pattern event properties in the Event Properties dialog Event Properties lea if Data Pattern Data Pattern Acti
195. ct Report gt Navigator or select the Navigation Bar checkbox in the Display Options General window to display the Navigator window see Figure 9 25 on page 236 1 ES Types of traffic ee du al O 0 T ca 0 Figure 9 25 Navigator Window The Navigator appears on the right side of the Main window It has a two button toolbar and a vertical slider bar It also has colored panes for navigating the trace in different ways You set which panes are displayed through Navigator pop up menus The Navigator bar can be repositioned in the trace and can be oriented horizontally or vertically docked or undocked by dragging the parallel bars at the top or side of the Navigator bar By default the Navigator bar appears vertically to the right of the trace window The Navigator bar represents different types of trace information in the order of the packets The top of each bar corresponds to the first packet in the trace and the bottom 236 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Using the Navigator 9 9 2 9 9 3 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation corresponds to the last packet The Navigator bar is made up of three parts Pre and Post Trigger traffic Errors and Types of Traffic At any time a line in the navigator bar of one pixel in height represents a fraction of the trace data If the Navigation bar is 400 pixels high then each bar in this example would represent 1 400 of the trace If the trace had 4000 pa
196. ctor to host machine 12V 5A power supply connector 0 1 Off On Note USB 2 0 Link LEDs operate only while USB 2 0 Recording or Real Time Statistics RTS is running USB 3 0 LEDs always operate unless USB 3 0 has been disabled in the Recording Options General Tab WARNING Do not open the Voyager M3x enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care 2 4 4 Specifications The Analyzer has the following specifications Power Requirements 12 V DC 5 amps USB Protocol Suite User Manual 51 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3x Analyzer 52 Environmental Conditions Operating O to 55 C 32 to 131 F Temperature Storage Range 20 to 80 C 4 to 176 F Operating Humidity 10 to 90 non condensing Operating Altitude Up to 6560 feet 2000 meters Probing Characteristics Connection SuperSpeed connectors The Voyager SuperSpeed 3 0 analyzer and exerciser port differential input impedance is between 80 and 120 ohms USB 3 0 cables High Speed USB Connectors Standard cables Note The USB 2 0 exerciser port is not terminated differentially The single ended termination is 45 ohms to ground 10 or between 40 5 and 49 5 ohms The effective differential USB 2 0 termination is between 80 and 100 ohms 90 ohms 10 Switches Power On off Recording Memory Size 1 GB or 4 GB for traffic data capture timing state and other data
197. d cccononccccononccccnnnnnncnnnnanonnnnannnnnnaannnnnnnannns 319 11D Editing a Generation Plenaria 320 a AAA O e Paiiecoeaa oat 322 11 52 VIEW Oplons MENU acia 323 11 3 ODA Up MOM seusar A de 323 VIA AS iia 324 1252 5 IENOALOOas 324 119 0 plo fo Yo e oo O 324 11 6 Loading the Generation File conidios 324 11 6 1 Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs IntellifraMe ooonnnncccoccnnnnnnnccccnnncnnoncnnnnannnnnnnnnnnannnnrrennaaananos 327 12 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 11 7 Starting Traffic Generation sica 327 11 8 Repeating a Generation SesSiON ooonccccccnccccnonncccncncccnnancnenonnnncnnannrnnnanrrrnnannrnnnanrrnnannnrnnannnns 327 14 3 S1OP Mali Generatio Messo a 328 A AE 328 11 10 1 Greating a Generation Pile cis aia 328 11 10 2 Setting Generation ODIOS sc iced decditecerstbiievied daa aa aa a enced ewewe vivant 328 11 10 3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File ccccessessseeeceenseeeeeesseesceenseeeeoenseeseeeaseeecoenseeseeoenseessoensees 329 11 11 Voyager M3x USB 2 0 Script Limitations cconnncccnnnnciccnnnccconancncnonncoconanonnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnannnns 329 11 12 Format of Traffic Generation Files cuna 330 11 12 1 Script Control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes ooonomnncccccononnncncnnnnannononnnnnancnnrnnnanannrrrnnnannnrrrnnnaaaanos 331 Chapter 12 Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser coooocccccnccccncococnnncnenaanoronanornnanenenanens 349 12 1 Connecting to Voyager
198. des one event counter and one time counter timer If you try to assign more you get a warning Packets You must assign a packet event or logical expression to a counter and or timer Using a Counter To use a counter 1 Click an event to display an arrow 2 Click a counter This causes the counter to attach itself to the bottom of the event An arrow automatically connects the counter to the Trigger button Note For Timers do NOT use a timer as the first event in a sequence since this first event will be the start of recording and this is not a precise or predictable point in time from which to start timing Use timers only AFTER the first event USB Protocol Suite User Manual 297 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 298 Setting a Counter To set a counter 1 Open the Recording Rules page select an event and drag it to the Global State or Sequence cell 2 Counts can only be set on a per channel basis so press the Up or Down channel buttons to select the channel on which the count is performed 3 Right click the selected event and select Add Counter from the menu to open the Properties dialog 4 Inthe text box to the right of the label Count enter a value Make sure the checkbox to the left of the word Count is checked 5 Click the X in the top right corner of the dialog box to close the dialog A counter button should appear just below your selected event Changing a Counter
199. ding 17 drop Trigger Analyzer 18 DATA PATTERNS ra 194 FRAME TEMPLATES cd for 20 GLOBAL VARIABLES drop 21 GENERATION SETTINGS code 3 Call 224 SCRIPT CODE a Packet Size A 23 Main 5 nhs Pattern Size drop Y Errors ES code pana File Name Line Error Description sich Set C Users Public Documents LeCro 83 Malformed declaration of the constant ET_TRIGGER_IN E drop C Users Public Documents LeCro 83 parsing error code Hace_B C Users Public Documents LeCro 84 Malformed declaration ofthe constant ET_TRIGGER_OUT drop Tae C Users Public Documents LeCro 84 parsing error code C Users Public Documents LeCro 85 Malformed declaration ofthe constant ET_LINK_STATE ae StartDeviceFramework C Users Public Documents LeCro 85 parsing error code Figure 12 8 Script Scenario The file name appears on the tab for the file 2 Enter file information in beginning comment lines HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH FILE INFORMATION FILE DESCRIPTION USB Protocol Suite User Manual 361 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Creating a Script using the Script Editor REVISION HISTORY HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH 3 Add a comment line by starting the line with INCLUDE FILES 4 To include main definitions and templates add an include file line Sinclude Include FrameworkLib ginc 5 Add constants Const EndpointNum 1 Const DeviceNumber
200. directory under the installation directory USB Protocol Suite User Manual 185 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class and Vendor Definition Files USB Decode Audio Class decoding 2 0 AudioClass Audio1 0Requests dec AudioClass Audio2 0Requests dec USB Decoder Name USB IF Codes Proto col ID Communications and CDC Control Direct Line Control Model Abstract Control Model Telephone Control Model Multi Channel Control Model CAPI Control Model Ethernet Networking Control Model ATM Networking Control Model Wireless Handset Control Model Device Management Model Mobile Direct Line Model OBEX Model Communication Device Subclass EEM Communications CommRequests dec Communications CommInterrupt dec Communications CommCDCEEM dec Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication Communication HID Human Interface Device HUT HID extension Monitor HID extension Physical Interface force feedback extension to HID Point of Sale Devices HID extension Power HID extension Hid hid dec Hid Hid_Req dec Physical Hid hid dec Hid Hid_Req dec 186 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Class and Vendor Definition Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB IF Codes Proto USB ol USB Decode Decoder ID Name Still Imaging Class PTP 01h StilllmageClass
201. dor requests 201 Decode Request command 201 Decode as Endp command 202 Decode Standard Request command 200 decoded transactions viewing 134 decoded transfers 137 decoder files 185 decoding assigning 191 refresh 199 defining packet fields 331 Delay Time 328 Delete button 291 Delete selected item button 366 Delete This Event option 291 deleting events 291 delimiters 240 Descrambling 274 280 Detail View window 242 device emulation 327 328 Device Emulation mode 328 Device Information 367 Device IP Settings dialog 63 Device Management Model 186 Device Requests 199 Device Resumes option 328 devices hiding 129 DHCP 63 DHCP network 56 diagnostics 56 Direct Line Control Model dec file 186 direction search 174 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Direction field 194 display configuration name 177 format 70 graphs 256 options 23 28 32 36 windows 353 Display License Information 393 Display Options Color Format Hiding tab 177 factory settings 177 General 176 level hiding 180 181 182 loading 183 saving 183 values 177 window 175 Divide By field 273 Downstream Packets 130 Downstream port link status 245 dragging buttons 288 E Edit as Text command 74 320 Edit Comment command 74 147 Edit comment for trace file window 147 Edit Marker 115 Edit script command 251 editing comment 147 generation file 320 marker 121 122 script 356 Electrically Programmable Logic Devic
202. dpoint Informations 7 LFPS Settings EE Lucid Port Interface 0 BOT Ra oe r HHL ASMedia Interface 0 BOT 3 H BUFFALO Interface 0 BOT Skip Infinite 2 ne ge a sa H SYMWAVE Interface 0 BOT i 2000 LFPS U2 Exit Auto Max Loop Er Count x LFPS U3 Exit Auta Link Delay Settings Delay LGOOD 0 nano sec Link Configuration Settings Disable LUP LDN Delay LGOOD Cnt 9 3 _ Disable LUF LDN Timeout Delay LBAD 0 nano sec LUP LDN Interval Auto Delay LBAD Cnt 0 ae SCSI Command Settings Delay LCRD 0 LUP LDN Detect Auto ivi lt j Se A Auto Tag Assignment Delay LCRD Cnt 0 Custom Flow Automatic link flow c e Cira Put 4294967295 OxFFFFFFFF as Infinite or Figure 12 11 Initiator Setting Dialog Device Information The left pane shows Device Information as expected from enumeration so this pane shows general device information from a pre configure file The Device Information Devicelnfo cfg file is in the Generation directory under the users directory You can edit this file For each device the following information is in the Devicelnfo cfg file Name Protocol UASP or BOT Address InterfaceNo AlternateSetting ConfigurationNo Endpoint Information EndpointNo Direction IN or OUT USB Protocol Suite User Manual 367 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Graphical Scenario Editor m Max Burst Size m PipeUsageld m Endpoint Type only for UAS protocol Note You can only select
203. ds You can expand a Data field to view it in greater detail or collapse it when you want a more compact view Using the Expand Collapse Data Field Arrows To expand or collapse a Data Field click the small triangular arrow on the left side of the data field OD OO OO OO OO 04 00 Double Clicking to Expand Collapse Data Fields You can expand or collapse Data fields by double clicking anywhere in the data field USB Protocol Suite User Manual 123 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields 5 6 3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields Expand or collapse all data fields by holding down the button for more than a second 5 6 4 Using the Data Field Pop up Menus You can expand or collapse data fields by clicking a data field and selecting Expand Data or Collapse Data from the pop up menu To expand and collapse data using the menu 1 Right click Data in the Data packet to expand or collapse to display the Data Field menu If your Data Trace View is currently expanded you see the Collapse Data command IATA Jata RC16 Pkt Len JE OxD2 poo an nala anal aa I yee pen B View Data Block Stalk 0x4B 887 600 Collapse Data ouT PH dle WET E Expand All Data Fields Collapse All Data Fields DATA 0x02 ol Set marker Pk Format EjEll 0x4B a p 889 832 H Hide me Figure 5 23 Data Field menu If your Data Trace View is currently collapsed you see the Expand Data command CR
204. e Note This functionality is disabled if a microphone is not installed 5 2 6 Video Files supported The user can attach video clips to the trace file add to the marker The playback of the Video clips is limited to the formats that are supported by the video codecs installed in the system USB Protocol Suite User Manual 109 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Markers 110 5 2 7 5 2 8 Attachment Types and Visualization The markers are represented graphically by a yellow triangle at the top right of the marked item and a red vertical bar at the left most cell of a packet as shown below Buk Ps a or i nan we Marked Cell A marker may comprise any number of attachments of any types Embedded Attachments to a Marker Embedded files are attached to the item marked and transported with the trace You can embed the following types of files to a marker A Audio Files Video Files Image Files YouTube Files Web Pages Text Attachments O Other Attachments OOOO O Attachments are embedded in the marker and saved in the trace file Once attachments are placed in a marker the marker can then be presented to a user in a story structured form On opening the marker the window resembles the marker editing dialog Note The use of Audio and Video markers is limited to the file types supported on a user s system CATC Walk has been tested with mp3 and wmv files which are supported by Windows as installed
205. e select Stop from the Generation menu or hit the Start Stop button on the front of the generator module Start of frames are issued automatically during the breakpoint duration When you resume running traffic begins after another start of frame is issued The break HERE statement must be inserted between frame xxx statements Description Syntax example frame AUTO break HERE frame AUTO USB Protocol Suite User Manual 333 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files 334 Key Code Endpoint Configuration begin_config Format Description HERE Defines the beginning of the region in the file used to configure the endpoint types The configuration is necessary to determine the default behavior of the NAK retry mechanism during IntelliFrame operation Between the begin_config HERE and the end_config HERE statements is a series of config_endpoint xxx statements which define each endpoint s type and default retry behavior The config region must precede any actual packet or bus condition statements For Device Emulation the config region is mandatory It provides the mapping of the endpoints into their corresponding segments of Analyzer memory which contain the traffic for those endpoints When exporting to a utg file from a trace file these sections are created automatically Syntax example begin_config HERE USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Key
206. e 19 Electronically Programmable Logic Device 392 e mail 401 Email CATC Support 401 emulation 327 328 Enable IntelliSense option 357 Enable Outlining command 323 Enable Outlining option 357 Enable Tips option 176 Endp field 194 endpoint decoding 193 Endpoints tab 193 endpoints decoding 202 Endpoints dialog box 193 environmental conditions 42 52 EPLD 19 392 error detection 18 error log 324 360 Error Summary report 214 405 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index errors 356 searching for 152 summary 214 Errors pane 239 Ethernet connection 56 Ethernet connector 41 Ethernet Networking Control Model dec file 186 Event buttons creating 287 dragging 288 Event pop up menu 291 Event Properties dialog 291 Event Trigger recording 267 events 19 actions 289 292 buttons 287 copying 291 deleting 291 moving 291 events for USB 2 0 292 Events Group box 172 events USB 3 0 304 Exclusion search 173 Exerciser LEDs 40 Exerciser menus 353 expand 357 Expand Packet Data 176 Expand Script Decodes 176 Expand This USB Transfer command 138 Expand Transaction menu 135 Export command 75 318 Export dialog 371 Export to Generator Text window 319 Export to Script button 371 exporting Trace to a Traffic Generation File 371 exporting to a utg file 81 external clock 41 External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers checkbox 276 External Trigger Pulse HIGH option 291 F fax number 401 features 22 27 31 35 named
207. e Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help sa E HE TT Auto Mode Record m f 4 EG LO a ES E 2E Eu FER TR NR cami EM a al So Sf Na ae ei EE ble Skip 150 i ye Leo UMP Eidi GEPS BZ Run i once y uss 3 0 Exercis Frame ORCS EQP Pkt Len WE Time Stamp ETE 0 0x08 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 997 083 ps O 000 000 666 Frame CRCS EOP Pkt Len Time Time Stamp 00000001 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 95 003 ms 0 001 000 666 SETUP ADDR EOP HGS Len Idle Time Stamp wr Owe 0 o 0308 250 000 ne 38 Bis Bytes DATAO WEEE CRC16 EOP Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 0xBB29 250 000 ns 99 Bits 13 Bytes 985 250 us 0 096 007 166 cted a Frame CRCS EOP Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp p01 0xA5 97 oxic 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 333 330 ns 0 097 000 666 IN ADDR CRC5 EOP Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp jooi ox96 o oO 0x08 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 15 833 ps 0 097 003 916 cted DATA1 J i BOR Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp 250 000 ns 19 Bits 3 Bytes 976 417 ps 0 097 022 666 Frame CRCS EOP Pkt Len Time Time Stamp 00000001 ES 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 1 003 ms 0 098 000 666 EOP Len Idle Time Stamp ac CO Figure 11 13 Traffic Generation File Decide how many times you want the traffic pattern to be generated then select a value from the Repeat drop down menu Run once hd Figure 11 14 Rep
208. e end of Sync for Low and Full Speed packets In the General tab of the Display Options you can set the Time Stamp Position to be At the end At the beginning or Merge with Packet Transaction Transfer See General Display Options on page 176 To change the time stamp right click the Time Stamp field to display the Time Stamp menu Zero Time Stamp here Show Time Stamp as recorded Zero Time Stamp at first packet Zero Time Stamp at trigger packet Go to Time After Go to Time Before Set marker Format Color Hide Figure 5 22 Time Stamp Dialog You can QO Place the Zero Time Stamp at this packet Show the recorded Time Stamp Place the Zero Time Stamp at the first packet Place the Zero Time Stamp at the trigger packet OO O USB Protocol Suite User Manual 121 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation View Raw Bits 2 0 Note You cannot place the Zero Time Stamp at a packet when in the Calendar You can also go to the Time After in seconds or the Time Before in seconds Note Time stamps are corrected to match our more accurate 2 5 ppm clock After the error due to calculating via 2 ns nominal timing of symbols reaches 8 nsec the system will correct the next time stamp by using the value obtained from the 2 5 ppm time stamp clock This can result in jumps either forward or backward by this amount of time in captures and may result in blank locations in the Link Tracker view These should
209. e file by inserting some frame AUTO idle TO_EOF pairs before it This allows time for the device to be ready for the IN If RETRY TRUE for this address endpoint the NAKs are ignored and the SOF s are generated automatically until the expected PID occurs 339 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code device pid pid string frame 11 bits or AUTO KEEP_ALIVE 340 Description Use this as the first key of most packets sent by a device The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification DATAO DATA1 ACK NAK STALL NYET DATA2 MDATA EXT or LPM Normally the device_pid statement is NOT present in a Host Generation utg file because the device responses are intended to come from real devices By default Host Generation files exported from Trace Files do NOT include device_pid statements Warning If you specify PID OxNN you must use raw_data to specify the rest of the packet data because the packet structure is unknown Creates a start of frame packet and generates a SOF PID as expected The key should be assigned a value of the frame number AUTO or KEEP_ALIVE Note An explicit frame number is supported only when the generator is in Bitstream Mode AUTO instructs the generator to increment the frame number automatically KEEP_ALIVE instructs the Analyzer to generate a low speed EOP in place of a SOF packet for tra
210. e synchronized The USB 2 0 clock for any downstream Voyager or Advisor T3 s will not be synchronized with the upstream CATC Sync devices unless there is also 3 0 traffic on the downstream analyzer s In cases of CATC Syncing with USB analyzers capturing 3 0 traffic all boxes will have the correct synchronized timestamps USB Protocol Suite User Manual 57 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card 3 4 2 Removing Expansion Cards You can remove expansion cards using two tools Standard flat blade 3 16 screwdriver O Teledyne LeCroy Extraction Tool part number 230 0160 00 ZA S TELEDYNE EXTRACTION TOOL VA LECROY O To remove an expansion card follow these steps 1 Unplug the system from AC power and turn the system so the expansion port is facing you Note the two retaining screws and the holes for the extraction tool that are located on the panel of the expansion card Note The example shows a different expansion card but the removal method is the same 2 Insert the extraction tool prongs into the holes in the expansion card panel Note If the prongs do not slip easily into the holes use a small nail file or similar device to remove paint from the prongs 58 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 3 Rotate the extraction tool to a horizontal position to lock the prongs into place and make a handle
211. e the analyzer executes the corresponding action Move Event to Moves the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window Copy Event to Copies the selected event to a different position in the Recording Rules window Delete This Event Deletes the selected Event Alternatively you can use the Delete button on the toolbar or keyboard to delete events Properties Displays the Event Properties dialog for the selected event USB Protocol Suite User Manual 291 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 10 7 7 Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 Recording rules are associations between events and actions These associations determine how trace recording occurs For Voyager the supported events for USB 2 0 are DOOD BD be bo oO O Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split External Trigger In see Notes on External Trigger In below For Tracer Trainer the supported events for USB 2 0 are a DOOOOCD Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Note External Input Signal UPAS 2500 see Notes on External Trigger In below External input triggers only work on Channel 0 on the USB Tracer Trainer a a a a Transaction Data Length Split Extern Data7 Data0 In UPAS 2500 For Advisor the supported events for USB 2 0 are
212. eCroy Corporation Compliance Mode Send 1 Ping Do NOT attempt to use the analyzer to record while in Compliance Mode or it will interfere with the Compliance Mode states See the Manual for Port B 327 PLEASE POWER CYCLE VOYAGER WHEN YOU ARE DONE Figure 12 22 USB 3 0 Electrical Test Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 381 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes 5 To test the USB 3 signals first connect the DUT HUT to the appropriate Exerciser port Do not click any buttons The DUT HUT should see termination on the port but no LFPS signaling and go to the CPO pattern F i i a a a F i i 1 t E TE i z i po 3 d Hod 1 4 f sli i i o i HS E Pd bidji Hli oo do A El L A a i 4 Lool oe Pare Pe E a a a 1 i i E i 1 F o z a E z E m E E E F f E q H n H l E a E oF L i T z 1 E E 4 i a a E I i f E E i 3 3 i 7 E i i i i BOU 5 i E EA 1 8 i j P j al ik Measure Piehghkeye PeewdineEye Pl eampleye Pabirar Fip Pham Pi amp amplics PT PE P P10 Pals PI Talue Lamy 123 5 pe Tad mr 4 5708 Gb 394 44 rm 381 24 rm sabor ml sf Ca Ci ye PasalFall 11 True Oe Falsa Co Tus CHF Trua 28 Tha 06 OT DB 71 200 my F2 405p P3 300rfW PS52100 mY Pb 100m P6 lt 0 0 PT lt 0 PE lt 0 1014005004 0d 05 Free Pared 0 15 mersi Figure 12 23 Typical CPO Pattern 382 USB Protocol Suite User Manu
213. eCroy Corporation Error Summary 9 3 Error Summary The Error Summary details all errors analyzed throughout the recording After the report displays click USB 2 0 Errors see Figure 9 5 or USB 3 0 Errors see Figure 9 6 on page 216 to view the respective errors a Select Error Summary under Report in the Menu Bar OR a Click amp in the Tool Bar to display the Error screen below the Trace View 9 3 1 USB 2 0 Errors The figure below and the table following it list and describe the USB 2 0 errors Traffic Summary Report ES Bo amp Go e 0 All reports Packet O To P Type Cho Total pt USB 2 0 Traffic Bad PID 0 0 E Pkr Packets Bad CRC5 0 0 4 TRA Transactions Bad CRC16 0 0 rn A Bad Packet Length 0 0 ere PTP MTP Transact Efe PTP MTP Object T Bad Stuff Bits 0 0 EH PTP MTP Session MM 99d EOP H 5 SCSI Operation Babble Start 0 0 ext USB 3 0 Traffic Babble End LOA 0 0 EH per Packets Bad Frame Length 0 0 ma Transactions Bad Turnaround Timeout 0 0 i r Transfers Bad Data Toggle 0 0 E ore SCSI Operation Bad Frame uFrame Number 0 0 i pkr Link States Analyzer Internal Error 0 0 A Power Measurements Last Byte Incomplete 0 0 Fi Bad OTG Signal Value 0 0 cy USB 3 0 Errors TP Non Zero Reserved Field 0 0 PTP Tra No Command Enable level to view errors 0 PTP Tra No Response Enable level to view errors 0 PTP Tra Id Misordered Enable level to view errors 0 PTP Tra No Operation code Enable level to view errors 0 SCS
214. eWaitPkt Enter packet type as TP or DP requested packet subtype for TP packet endpoint number packet device address packet direction and packet stream ID O WaitPacket Enter packets to wait default is 1 and start wait at last end default is 1 or not 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 357 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Script Editor 358 OOO O O OOOOUUOUUOUUE O O O TxSleep Enter an interval Set Link State Enter a link state Loop Enter a counter Start Recording Enter the Recorded Options File Path and Name and the Trace File Path and Name Indicate whether to keep the old trace Stop Recording Enter 0 no WaitForUpload or 1 WaitForUpload You can also force to stop recording Trigger Analyzer Has no options for Enter code between the braces Call Enter a Procedure name and the procedure parameters Packet Size Enter an integer or a template Pattern Size Enter an integer or a data pattern Field Size Enter an integer or a field name Set After the set command enter a setting and its value Trace_B Enter a message Trace Enter a message StartDeviceFrameworkHandler Starts or stops the Device Framework Handler task on the Trainer InitDevice Initializes operation of Device Emulation for a device AddDescriptor Adds a descriptor structure to the descriptor list for a device WaitForDeviceRequest Allows synchronizing the execution of the automatic Device Framework Handler with the r
215. each bit Hex ASCII Unicode Bitmask rH o wo s a A Li pl b pi Me Oo Rh e HL 15 Figure 6 31 Data Pattern Mask and Match Dialog Mask Match hex hex Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their correlation USB Protocol Suite User Manual 173 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Find Next Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match 6 9 Find Next To apply the previous Find parameters to the next search a Select Find Next under Search on the Menu Bar OR a Click che on the Tool Bar 6 10 Search Direction Toggles the search forward or backwards The current direction is indicated in the menu 6 11 Protocol Select USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 for the technology to use for a mixed file 174 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Display Options You can select what information to display in Trace Views using the Display Options window To open the Display Options window QO Select Display Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR a Click JE on the Tool Bar Display Options General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding Zoom
216. earching and other functions di de i jE a x eS Figure 12 7 Script Toolbar oe ovcy E USB Protocol Suite User Manual 359 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Script Editor The buttons have the following functions Undo Add Remove bookmark ea Allows markers to be set or removed to aid in navigation Cu l 3 View Options Opens a menu Go to previous bookmark iI with three options Enable Outlining Toggle Outlining and Show Line Numbers See View Options Menu below z A gt e ss x Find E Find and Replace i Fn ah 12 8 15 Pop up Menu Right click anywhere in the script window to open a pop up menu with the following options O Cut O Copy O Paste a Toggle Outlining a Open All Include Files The List Values option displays the types of values that can be entered for a parameter in a line To see the types of values select the current parameter then choose Show Values from the pop up menu 12 8 16 Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes 12 8 17 Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword 360 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Creating a Script using the Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 9 Creating a Script using the Script Editor Before
217. eat Drop down Menu The Repeat mode allows for a single pass through the generation file looping forever or looping 1 to 65 534 times as desired by the user If a wrap HERE location is found in the utg file that location is where the looping portion begins The loop end is at the end of the utg file or up to the stop HERE statement in the file 5 Select the Generation mode in which to generate traffic see below for an explanation by depressing or undepressing the IntelliFrame button Z on the toolbar QO Depressed IntelliFrame O Undepressed Bitstream 11 6 1 Traffic Generation Modes Bitstream vs Intelliframe IntelliFrame and Bitstream are modes that control how the generator interacts with other devices when it is generating traffic 326 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Starting Traffic Generation Teledyne LeCroy Corporation QO Bitstream Mode In Bitstream Mode the generator constructs a bitstream of traffic based on the UTG file and assumes that packets start at pre calculated times For example after an IN packet the generator waits a calculated fixed time before presenting an ACK The time between them is determined by the idle time statement in between the IN and ACK packets in the utg file In this mode every bit time of a generation stream including idles and SEO s is repre sented by 4 bits of data so the file to be downloaded to the Generator can be very large IntelliFrame Mode In IntelliFrame mode
218. ecimal and Hex hexadecimal Examples of date and time data formats are Hex uFrame Dec uFrame Date amp Time Time Bit Time seconds microseconds and nanoseconds An example of a text data format is ASCII You can alter some data formats To specify a data format for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Packet Fields in the Group and Color column and expand it see the following figure Select a data type such as PID Types in the Group Group and Color Format H Transfer Fields H PTP Fields LPM Fields E USB 2 0 Packets EPacket Fields E E PID Types El Token Addreccinn Bit Order LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB Hidden 111 r Select a format in the Format section The following formats are available for PID Types USB 2 0 Packets lds PID Types DATAO Format Bit Order Gi MSB to LSB Decimal 9 LSB to MSB ease Hiding ASCO Hidden If available select Bit Order in the Format section The options are MSB to LSB or LSB to MSB USB Protocol Suite User Manual 179 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 2 0 Packet Hiding Options 180 7 2 3 7 3 Hiding Display Options By default no data is hidden You can hide any group of data and
219. eckbox Click Save As Default Reopen the trace file 9 13 Power Tracker Note Power Capture can only be enabled on licensed M3i versions of Voyager Power Tracker km pst a m km km 3 a qA a 0 5038 38 The Power Tracker displays the power voltage and current at each time Select Report gt Power Tracker or click to display the Power Tracker o ml all EEE 10 oO Power Voltage Current uW mV uA Figure 9 33 Power Tracker If you select Power Tracker from the Report menu you can select Hide Full Screen Sync by Time or Real Time Monitor see Power Tracker Toolbar on page 248 The left side shows power voltage and current levels Right clicking a column allows you to select the vertical scale origin The origin is O or near the minimum measurement value The horizontal axis shows time in milliseconds You can navigate with the slider The slider sets the left vertical line The distance to the right dashed vertical line represents the sampling interval You can use time markers to measure times in this view To delete markers right click the marker and select Delete Marker s USB Protocol Suite User Manual 247 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Power Tracker 248 You can show hide minimum and maximum values for Power Voltage and Current by right clicking and choosing Show Min Max Values from the popup menu You can go to the time at which Mini
220. ecording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 operating system and a functional USB interface USB Protocol Suite User Manual Advisor T3 1 3 2 General Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The system provides on the fly detection of and triggering on such events as Tokens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for
221. ecording Options Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In Advanced Mode the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager M3i M3i and M3x IS ed ri Aai a i a PER en Fa MEF ag H i Y pia ae F i ina di na Uptions oyi ger T 3 AISI ae e Esa J General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Product 3 Voyager M3 M3i F Advisor T3 5 Mercury T2 Trigger Mode 2 Snapshot Recording Channels USB 2 0 5 Manual Trigger E Use 3 0 i Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 Ez segment the data into multiple trace files SE e MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size 32 000 MB Trigger Position Not used with snapshot 0 a 5 Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 4 Recording Size Limits 3 Record for O Day s 12 34 56 Record 120000 MB 2 Until Triggered plus O Days 12 34 53 Until Triggered plus 120000 ME Save as Default Load Default Restore Factory Settings Voyager M3x 5 USB Tracer Trainer C3 Advisor Mobile Options Name Default Trace Filename 4 Path Change Default Location C Wsers Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol data usb VBus Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current E Persistent VBus Disconnect Button lt Debug S
222. ected packet Go to Packet Transaction Transfer Go to Marker Go to USB 2 0 Go to USB 3 0 Go to Channel Go to SCSI Find Find Next Search Direction View Toolbars Analyzer Network Chat Bar Status Bar QuickTiming Bar CATC Walk Functions see Searching Traces on page 149 Positions the display to show the first packet that follows the trigger event Positions the display to show the selected packet Positions the display to the packet transaction transfer number selected in the Go to Packet Transaction Transfer menu Positions the display to the selected marked packet Positions the display to the selected event condition value or type Positions the display to the selected event condition value or type Positions the display at selected channel Select from 0 1 2 and 3 Positions the display to the selected SCSI Operation Command Status Task Management Task Management Response Error or SCSI Logical Unit Number Allows complex searches on multiple criteria See Find on page 171 Repeats the previous Find operation Allows the search direction to be changed from Forward to Backward or vice versa Displays list of available toolbars See Resetting the Toolbar on page 92 Opens a dialog that allows you to conduct chat sessions over an IP LAN In order to send and receive electronic text messages each user must be working with a host machine that is on an IP LAN and a
223. elation Note If you set Bitmask Match before setting Mask the Mask changes to the default mask You must change to the Mask that you want If you set an appropriate Mask before setting Bitmask Match the Mask does not change automatically to a default mask if you change Bitmask Match Note If you are trying to match less than 16 bytes of data and want it to match the pattern in a data payload which might be less than 16 bytes align your pattern to the END of the 16 byte mask match array For example if you want to match the SCSI header USBS in a payload that MIGHT be less than 16 bytes you would fill out the table as follows 295 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 296 10 7 8 vent Pro perties isl Data Pattern Actions Property Value Byte 7 Hex Byte 8 Hex Label Byte 9 Hex Data Pattern Byte 10 Hex Byte 11 Hex Byte 12 Hex 55 Byte 13 Hex 53 Byte 14 Hex o 42 FP Count 2 Byte 15 Hex 53 MI Desc Any occurrence on channel 0 of the specified Data Pattern This will match the pattern in a payload of sizes 4 through 1024 Counters and Timers for USB 2 0 Timer A timer counts the time from a starting event to a final event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 nanoseconds or milliseconds after the starting event before it performs whatever action you assign Timers cannot be applied to events with
224. eledyne LeCroy Corporation Advisor T3 26 1 3 1 3 1 Advisor T3 The Teledyne LeCroy USB Advisor T3 USB 3 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine through its USB port Tal r T D Wic A JA 3 d ff X b UU Jl A f Jn LE NIU Y N USB 2 0 3 0 Rec Trg 20 30 Power Status Figure 1 5 Advisor T3 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest information on host machine requirements and supported operating systems General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through its USB port The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the r
225. em into the Main Display area To create event buttons 1 Click the New Event button at the left side of the toolbar to display the New Event pop up menu see Figure 10 18 on page 287 mal New event Packet Identifier Token Pattern SOF Pattern Device Request Data Pattern Bus Condition Errors Transaction Data Length Split External SMA BNC Trig In Global Figure 10 18 New Event Pop up Menu 2 Select an event such as Errors The event appears in the Available Events area Figure 10 19 Available Events Area USB Protocol Suite User Manual 287 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 10 7 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button There are two types of cell that might appear Sequence cell and State cell In the Main Display area they are labelled as follows O Sequence cell Drag an event here to add a new sequence a State cell Drag an event here to add another state If there currently are no events in the Main Display area a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area To drag and drop the Event button 1 Place the mouse cursor on the Event button in the Available Events area Click the lef
226. emory Size 1 GB or 4 GB for traffic data capture timing state and other data 42 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Advisor T3 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 Advisor T3 The Teledyne LeCroy USB Advisor T3 USB 3 0 Protocol Analyzer is a verification system for USB development and testing It supports both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 It can record USB traffic and graphically present the logical transactions and events It connects to a laptop or desktop host machine via USB 2 0 The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables Components The Teledyne LeCroy Advisor T3 Analyzer package includes the following a One Teledyne LeCroy USB Advisor T3 Analyzer DC Power Adaptor USB cables three Installation CD ROM including documentation Quick Start Guide Carrying Case DOOCD Front Panel USB 2 0 3 0 F N LEC R 0 y 0000 Power Status Rec Trg 20 3 0 Figure 2 2 Advisor T3 Front Panel The front panel has the following indicators and connectors Power LED Green if on Status LED Blue if system successfully initializes Red while booting If red for more than a minute hardware failure Green while initializing Analyzer Port A downstream Connects to Device under test Analyzer Port B upstream Connects to Host Analyzer LED
227. en 171 UWB dec file 189 V vendor definition files 185 verification script 249 versions 388 Very Slow option 276 Video Class dec file 189 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Video CONTROL dec file 189 Video INTERFACE COLLECTION dec file 189 Video STREAMING dec file 189 View menu 354 options 92 view data block 126 decoded transactions 134 decoded transfers 137 packet 133 raw bits 122 split transaction 136 transaction 133 transfer 136 View Fields Dialog Layout dialog box 203 View Data Block command 126 View Fields for Class Requests text box 201 View Fields for Endp text box 202 View Fields for Standard Request text box 200 View Options 234 button 323 menu 323 View Options button 232 View Settings button 226 Viewing Attachments of a Marker 110 Views toolbar 359 Voyager M3 M3i 20 33 W Warnings 356 web site 401 Website CATC 401 Window menu 354 Wireless Controller dec file 189 Wireless Handset Control Model 186 Wrap command 98 Wrap option 176 wrap here line 328 wrapping lines 176 X XFER button 366 Y Y Scale Type option 256 yellow range delimiters 240 yellow square 356 Z ZOOM 232 Zoom in command 98 Zoom label 123 Zoom Level option 176 Zoom out command 98 413 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index 414 USB Protocol Suite User Manual
228. en the Data Block dialog box see Figure 5 27 on page 127 126 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Pop up Tool tips Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Packet 4906 2 dwords lt q gt Hex Asci Dee Bin Msb Leb E Sl Format DWORD Columns 4 e e Offset Hexadecimal ASCI 00000 01000680 4100 I Packet 4906 2 dwords Bus Utilization Figure 5 27 Data Block Dialog The View Data Block window has options for displaying the raw bits in different formats a Format Lets you display data in Hex Decimal ASCII or Binary formats a Show Per Line Lets you control how many bits are displayed per line a Bit Order Most Significant Bit Least Significant Bit 5 9 Pop up Tool tips Many fields within the trace display pop up tool tips when the mouse pointer is suspended over them These tips provide added details about the field SET LIF ADDR GRECS EOF Time Stamp sde 2 o 0x15 233 ns 00004 2833 6330 starts SETUP transaction to a control pipe Figure 5 28 Pop up Tool tips 5 10 Stacking Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display Stacking conserves space in the trace view by displaying repeating items or item groups as one item along with the number of repeats For USB 2 0 stacking items or item groups can be SOF Chirp merges J s and Ks into one stacked display unit or NAK ed split Transaction For USB 3 0 stacking items or item groups can be TSEQ TS1 with same L
229. ent Record audio attachment Add URL link attachment Add a file attachment Click on File and click the Open button or drag and drop the file Preview audio video image URL YouTube attachment or open other files with system default application QO Save an attachment to a file O Remove attachment BE Edit Marker for Packet 83177 Time 2 Add Record ce New Url Export x Delete Marker 1 w eula rtf LeCroy_ PS eula rtf ok Cancel Figure 5 13 EDIT Marker for Packet Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 115 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Markers 116 9 2 11 All Markers Window Select Search gt Go to Marker gt All Markers or press Ctrl M to display a list of all the markers in the file The window uses a tree structure to show packets fields and markers The features of the Markers window are a a OUDUDODODDOLDO O All Markers are displayed All attachments within the marker are displayed Hovering over the marker dis plays a tool tip displaying the size of all the attachments You can collapse or expand the item marked to view the attachments The Time and size of audio and video files are displayed You can edit Playlists from this window You can edit delete a marker or delete all markers from this location You can filter attachments within the marker You can select a range of markers by clicking Shift and selecting a range You can select multiple marke
230. er 18 19 const WaitTPSleep 20 const WaitDPSleep 21 set Mode HOST 224 DATA PATTERNS 234 FRAME TEMPLATES 244 GLOBAL VARIABLES Mb N O O 1 1 O 254 GENERATION SETTINGS 26 SCRIPT CODE 27 Main 28 29 30 Place your generations instructions here 31 SetLinkState LinkState U0 32 Pressing Ctrl1 T inside of USB Suite Script Editor brings up the list of available packet templates 33 Call GetDescriptor EndpointNum 0 DEVICE DESC 0x00 0x00 0x1200 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep 34 35 Call SetAddress EndpointNum 36 DeviceNumber 256 WaitTPSleep WaitDPSleep Figure 12 9 Script Scenario 12 optional You can use the Text Snippets on the left Text Snippets panel to add commands and their parameters 13 Click the Compile button or select Build gt Compile to check the file for errors The 14 Click the Save button or select File gt Save to save the file application lists any errors in the Errors tab Note Saving the file automatically compiles it 12 10 Graphical Scenario Editor The Graphical Scenario Editor allows you to create Host Emulator scenarios only using high level constructs and graphical elements After inserting an item you can modify these elements through simple edit boxes and pull down selections by clicking on elements You can insert the following items Q High Level SCSI Commands SPC 3 SBC 2 SMC 2 SSC 2 MMC 5 SCC 2 and SES 2 U
231. er for example a text description or file an attachment of a trace file by a predefined order video or audio files URL links or any other files You can also remove an attachment from a Marker 5 2 4 Adding an Attachment Perform the following steps to add an attachment to a marker 1 Right click on any cell in the trace and select Set Marker The Create Marker window displays 2 Click on the Add icon The Add File to the Marker dialog displays 3 Go to the file and select it to add it to the marker as an attachment 4 Click Open The file will appear in the Create Marker for Transfer dialog see Figure 5 8 on page 109 The Marker appears in the top panel the icons are displayed in the second panel and you can click on the icon on the third panel to view the file you are about to attach 5 Click OK to add the attachments 108 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Markers Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Pa Create Marker for Packet 83186 Time j gt Marker 3 Add Record h New Url UsBAdvisorT3QuickStart pdf Export x Delete yi aaa 0K Camel Figure 5 8 Create Marker for Transfer Dialog 5 2 5 Recording an Audio File The audio quality supports voice attachment and is not designed for high quality audio Playback of audio content is not limited and depends on the formats supported by the installed playback engine Click the record icon and speak into the microphone to record an audio fil
232. er Clocking Overrides option 273 Gigabit field 276 Go to Marker search 150 Packet Transaction Transfer search 150 Trigger search 149 USB2 0 151 USB3 0 158 Go to Marker command 233 go to next link state 246 go to previous link state 246 Go To SCSI 170 Go to USB2 0 drop down menu 151 158 Graph Areas button 256 Graph Areas menu 228 graphical display 17 graphical scenario 364 Graphical Scenario window 364 Graphical toolbar 370 graphs displaying multiple 256 Graph Areas menu 228 green comments 356 Grid Lines option 227 Grid on Top option 227 H header packet type 164 Help command 356 Help menu 354 Hi Speed recordings 272 HID dec file 186 Hide buttons 233 Hide Downstream Packets 130 Hide Link Commands Flow Control 130 131 Hide Link Training Sequences 130 Hide option 256 Hide Upstream Packets 130 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation hiding chirps 130 devices 129 display options 180 Idles 233 levels 180 181 182 NAKs 129 SOF packets 130 toolbars 92 Hierarchy Lines option 176 High Full or Low Speed packets 180 highlighting 356 High Speed traffic 24 HNP 155 Host field 191 Host Negotiation Protocol 155 Host option 155 hosts Host Negotiation Protocol 155 with a B plug 155 with an A plug 155 Hub dec file 187 HUT dec file 186 Import command 75 Include statement 324 Include statements 356 independent sequences 298 information priority 241 initializati
233. er pp 8 g T 5 z un le o 1 E Current Position Indicator ______ b Bottom Delimiter ___ Figure 9 26 Navigator Delimiter To Determine Current Position In addition to the two yellow range delimiters the slider has a golden current position indicator see above The current position indicator shows where you are in the trace display with respect to the possible viewing range For example suppose you set viewing range to packet O through packet 500 the top range delimiter is at packet 0 and the bottom range delimiter is at packet 500 If you then move the current position indicator on the slider to midway between the top and bottom delimiters then packet 250 appears in the middle of the trace display To Reset Navigator Range You can reset the Navigator range using the toolbar Navigator Range button Press the button to bring up the Navigator Range drop down menu Navigator i Ea Set Range to Whole Trace Set Range near Packet 170375 Recently Used Ranges b ger an p The menu has the following options O Set Range to Whole Trace Allows you to reset the range to include the entire trace file contents The top range delimiter is placed at the lowest packet num ber in the trace The bottom range delimiter is placed at the highest packet num ber in the trace 238 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Using the Navigator Teledyne LeCroy Corporation O Set Range Near Packet xxx Allows y
234. er that the higher layers will see No re try s etc USB Protocol Suite User Manual Timing Calculations Teledyne LeCroy Corporation E Formulas Criteria Equation Global Usage Non Idle time Total time Low Speed Full Speed PRE Low Speed Packet Time Total time Full Speed Full Speed Packets Full Speed PRE Time Total time High Speed High Speed Packets Total time Super Speed Super Speed Packets Total time Transaction Usage w o idle For USB 2 0 gt Non idle time SOF s Total time For USB 3 0 gt Non idle time Total time Transaction Usage with idle Elapsed Time of Transactions Total time Notes Title Comment Total Time Time difference between the two selected packets Device Same as Transactions except that it applies to only 1 selected device Time Usage The percentage of the bus time between the start packet and end packet that is attributed to this traffic This takes into account the bus speed of the branch The number of bits second attributed to this entry as measured between the start and pd end packet times Notel Addr and EndP are in decimal format User can filter Device data based on token and or acknowledgement If Note Acknowledged is unchecked it will include all transactions regardless of whether g they are ACK ed or not If Acknowledged is checked only those transactions which are ACK ed are included 1n the calculation This applies to USB 2 0 tra
235. eral tab to display a dialog box showing factory default settings such as Snapshot and 4 MB buffer size see Figure 3 10 on page 69 For the first recording you can leave these settings unchanged Under Recording Channels select 2 0 to record USB 2 0 traffic USB Protocol Suite User Manual Your First USB Recording Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Voyager M3 M3i Product 9 Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 Mercury T2 Trigger Mode Recording Channels Snapshot TE E 7 USB 2 0 C Manual Trigger FA use 3 0 Event Trigger Recording Scope A Note For large recordings the application will 512 segment the data into multiple trace files MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size 32 000 MB Trigger Position Not used with snapshot E Max Disk Usage 5 5 Spooled Recording Recording Size Limits CS a E cr 1 7 4 8 ma E AE FO 2 Record for 3 Until Triggered plus Until Triggered plus Save Save as Default Load Load Default Restore Factory Settings o Voyager M3x USB TracerTrainer Advisor Mobile Options Name Default Trace Filename amp Path C Users Public Documents LeCroy USE Protocol data usb VBus Power keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes E Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current Persistent VBus Disconnect Button lt Debug S
236. es When the USB Protocol Suite software is upgraded the software may become incompatible with the BusEngine Serdes BusEngine and or Firmware The next time you connect to the analyzer the application will prompt you if any of the components needs to be updated Follow the on screen instructions to complete the update 13 3 4 Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine You can manually update the Firmware BusEngine and or Serdes BusEngine by performing the following steps 1 Select Setup gt Update Device on the Menu Bar to display the Update Device dialog see following figure 392 USB Protocol Suite User Manual License Information Update Voyager 5N 63329 Dev Name E Voyager E Voyagers E Voyager S Type Firmware BusEngine serdes Bus CurVer Reg V 1 52 1 60 1 11 Status File Name 1 52 DG c Program Files x86 LeCro 1 60 MOR c Program Files x86 LeCro 111 GR c Program Files x86 LeCro Figure 13 6 Update Device Dialog Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Update All The dialog shows the Device Name Type Current Version Required Version Status and File Name Note Updating the CATCSync Bus Engine can take up to 40 minutes For that reason it is recommended that you do not update it when its current status is OK 2 To update the Firmware BusEngine and or Serdes BusEngine first select its check box 3 Click Update Selected
237. escriptor a Lengih Offset Hex Field bits bits Decoded Value Description bLength a 0 0x12 0x12 Descriptor size is 15 bytes bDescriptorT ype a 3 0x01 0x01 DEVICE Descriptor Type a a wT p Traffic Summary Report View Fields for Standard Requests 1 Figure 8 8 View Fields for Standard Requests Dialog 2 To find a word in the text box click the Find button Enter the word in the Find What field To use a case sensitive search check Match Case To find only the exact word check Match Whole Word Only You can search Up or Down To search click Find Next 3 To save the View Fields text box as an HTML file click the Save As button enter a file name in the Save As dialog box then click Save 4 To view the previous or next Transfer Control field request of the same request type click Previous or Next 200 USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The View Fields for Standard Request dialog box displays field definitions and values of the Standard Request For field definitions please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification version 2 0 The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at Tel 1 503 296 9892 Fax 1 503 297 1090 Web http www usb org USB Implementers Forum 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Suite 203 Portland OR 97221 8 3 3 Decoding Class Requests Examples of a class request are Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests PTP Sti
238. eset Trigger The position of this trigger in the file can be deceptive due to the imbalance of traffic between the transmit and receive traffic It can be helpful to hide upstream or downstream traffic to see where it occurred with respect to traffic on the one stream 306 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Event Properties The Event Properties dialog lists the Properties and their Values see Events and Event Properties for USB 2 0 on page 292 Note The Header Pattern tab is different for the USB 3 0 recording rules Event Properties LMP U2 Inact Header Pattern Reservedi U2 Inat Tmt SubType Type DwO 00000 0000 Reserved IKMNXXXXXXXRXKKKKKKXRKKE Reserved Dwi Set Link Func a Reserved3 STE U2 Inact Tmt LMP U Inact Tmt E Vndr Dev Test Dw3 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXxXx i Channels All ses i Rx Tx E Count 7 NOT Match on the opposite of this event Desc Figure 10 29 Event Properties Header Pattern Dialog Most fields are mask and match The Type and Subtype fields have drop down menus You can set the Subtype to QO Reserved Set Link Func U2 Inact Tmt Vndr Development Test Port Capability Port Config Port Cfg Rsp OCOCOOO O USB Protocol Suite User Manual 307 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only 308 10 8 9 Counters and Timers f
239. est of the script AddDrive Sets up Drive Emulation for the device that is being emulated DeviceEnumerationInit snpt Text snippet for device enumeration Note In the syntax for Text Snippets the and stand for comment marks Do not use either the or when you enter a parameter For example in Send packet template name the entry might look like this Send Namel USB Protocol Suite User Manual Script Editor Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Text Snippets E send a SendPipeCommand ahs SetSequenceNumber a SendFile doP PrepareWaitPkt WaitPacket aa TxSleep al Set Link State Loop a start Recording Sn Stop Recording Trigger Analyzer a for do Call rat Packet Size ao Pattern Size rat Field Size aor E tao Trace B a Trace a StartDeviceFrameworkHandler ees InitDevice ps AddDescriptor a WaitForDeviceRequest a AddDrive a DeviceEnumerationinitsnpt Figure 12 5 Text Snippets Window Note For information about each command see the Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser Generation Script Language Reference Manual 12 8 13 Views Toolbar The Views toolbar contains buttons for viewing text snippets Output window and Error Output window E Ed 1 Figure 12 6 Views Toolbar The buttons have the following functions View Toolbox Text Snippets View Output window View Error Output window o 12 8 14 Script Toolbar The Script toolbar contains buttons for saving your edits navigating s
240. et It is only valid in conjunction with the raw_data statement Normally every bit of the array defined in a raw_data xx yy type of statement would be sent However particularly in the case where bit_stuff off you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus By adding the statement raw_data_bits 11 only the first 11 bits of the defined bytes are sent For the following case raw_data 8F FO raw_data_bits 13 the output bitstream would be 1111 0001 0000 1 Each byte is described in MSB to LSB format but is output on the wire in LSB to MSB format 345 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files 346 Key Code Format raw_data_bits integer Not supported for Hi Speed Traffic on Voyager M3x bit_stuff OFF Not supported for ON Hi Speed Traffic on Voyager M3x sync integer 1 40 retry TRUE ping_on_retry FALSE ping_on_nak retry_next_frame Keys for Class Decoding Description Use to send a non modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data packet It is only valid in conjunction with the raw_data statement Normally every bit of the array defined ina raw_data xx yy type of statement would be sent However particularly in the case where bit_stuff off you need more control over the number of bits to be output on the bus By adding the statement raw_data_bits 11 only the first 11 bits of the defined bytes are sent For the following case
241. ets within the window Synchronizes the Trace view with other views Displays only USB 2 0 traffic Displays only USB 3 0 traffic Hides SOF s Start of Frames Chirps Chirp K and Chirp J Bus conditions these are recorded only Hides Hide All Except Transfers Hide Upstream Transfers Hide Downstream Packets Training Sequence Packets TSEQ TS1 TS2 Hide Link Commands LUP LDN Flow Control Power Management Bus Event Hide LFPS Packets Hide Electrical Idles Hide Terminations Miscellaneous Hide LMP Packets Hide ISO Time Stamp Packets Hide Inter Packet Symbols Hide Skip Sequences Hide Logical Idle Packets Hide Loopback Packets BCNT BRST BERC Hide Compliance Packets Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators Opens the Hiding Devices dialog displaying packets belonging to specified devices by address and endpoint Shows Hides NAK d and NRDY d Transactions Display All Layers Application Layers or Lower USB Layers Puts a group of packets in one row to shorten display See Stacking on page 127 Decoding scripts set the values of the display and recording options for optimum views of trace information from specific vendors or classes of data This menu option allows you to select the vendor or class of data for the request recipients and endpoints listed in the Request Recipients and Endpoints menu You can keep the settings across recordings See Decode Requests on page 185 Displays Packets Dis
242. ex Descriptors 0x0000 DEVICE Descriptor ES i iniii Isochronous Time Time Stamp 1872ms 9 163987 150 Bulk windex Descriptors Time Time Stamp Interrupt Figure 6 13 Transfer Type Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 157 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB3 0 158 6 6 Go To USB3 0 The Go To USB3 0 feature takes you directly to an event in a Trace 1 Select Go To USB3 0 under Search on the Menu Bar to display the Go To USB3 0 drop down menu For 3 0 data the menu is Search View Window Help Go to Trigger Go to Selected Packet Go to Packet Transaction Transter Ctrl G Go to Marker Ctrl M P Go to USB 2 0 d Go to USB 3 0 Go to Channel Go to SCSI kl Find Ms Find Next F3 Search Direction Forward Figure 6 14 Go To USB3 0 Menu Option Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Specific Errors d Data Length Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command d LMP Subtype d Transaction Packet Type 2 Select the event you want to go to and enter the necessary information The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 6 1 Packet Type Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Specific Errors Data Length Addr Endp Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype Ctrl Shitt 3 Transaction Packet Type Tran
243. examine the problem by viewing the trace file This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example retry TRUE USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code retry_next_frame ping_on_retry USB Protocol Suite User Manual TRUE FALSE TRUE FALSE Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Description Host Generation Only Determines when a retry will be attempted after a failed match of an expected_pid This statement only applies if a retry TRUE statement also exists If TRUE the Exerciser waits until the current frame completes issues a start of frame and then retries the transaction If FALSE the Exerciser waits 1 10th of a frame before retrying the transaction Before each retry attempt the Exerciser checks to see where in the frame interval it is If it is too close to the EOF it automatically generates the next start of frame before performing the retry If it is not too close to the EOF it performs the retry without generating a new frame This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example retry_next_frame FALSE Host Generation Only Determines whether an OUT transaction is retried by repeating the OUT DATAx sequence o
244. external clock input is 3 3 volt LVPECL and operates on the USB 3 0 differential signals only not USB 2 0 signals Device setup should be AC coupled at the clock input with a 10 uF ceramic capacitor When enabled the external slow clock option affects both the SuperSpeed analyzer record and the exerciser transmit frequencies The clock source must be able to drive a 50 ohm load with a minimum peak to peak voltage swing of 200 mV Maximum peak to peak voltage swing should not exceed 1700 mV Note that these voltages are single ended as only one of the differential signals is connected via the coaxial cable When operating at 1 25 Gbps to 5 Gbps modes the data lines are directly connected to Rocket I O ports The very slow external clock mode will bypass the high speed Rocket I O logic and use a SERDES implemented in the FPGA fabric The low end of clock speed is limited by the value of the AC coupling caps on the inputs and the trace impedance The SMA inputs use a 0 1 uF capacitor with a nominal trace impedance of 50 ohms This mandates the 350 kHz slow clock limit over the Voyager SMA inputs Some software based emulation environments require rates as low as 10 Hz For this application Teledyne LeCroy offers a one time customization of the Voyager hardware platform by removing the 0 1 uF capacitor on the Voyager SMA inputs allowing the clock inputs to track externally supplied clock frequencies below 350 kHz Although removal of this capac
245. ey support Full and Low speed traffic and Bitstream operation are supported on all file_type values If this statement does not appear in the file the default is file_type CHIEF allowing backward compatibility with older USB Chief usb files This must be included after the file_type key to determine the version of this file Value is currently 3 Usage file_version 3 Sets generation mode to host or device For generation to work this must match the selection found in the Recording Options gt Misc dialog 331 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code file_speed loop_count wrap_count wrap loop skip skip_end 332 Format Description O through 16382 or infinite HERE HERE HERE This must be included after the file_version key to determine the speed of packets to be generated Values are HIGH HI FULL or LOW Example file_speed FULL Only one file_speed is allowed per utg file but low speed traffic on a full speed bus can be created by adding the speed LOW key to a low speed packet in a file defined as file_speed FULL No other mixing of speeds is allowed HI is the same as HIGH and was added to conform to the USB terms These two terms are interchangeable Host Emulation Only This key defines the loop count for each memory segment Examples loop_count INFINITE or wrap_count 9 This key marks the wrap point in the traffi
246. f a transaction trans lator with a special hierarchical view m Has reports summarizing key statistics and conditions of interest with the ability to jump to the selected item in the trace display m Has a Trace Viewer backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are converted upon loading m Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger colors m Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations m Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint m Searches for a specific PID m Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations m Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing mea surement and analysis functions m Has search and packet hiding capabilities m Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Has a Data View 2 0 and 3 0 m Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Advisor T3 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation m Has a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specifica tion 3 0 m Uses Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use USB Protocol Suite User Manual 29 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Mercury T2 30 1 4 1 4 1 Mercury T2 The Teledyne LeCroy Mercury
247. f the files were recorded at different times Allows you to select two endpoints of different directions with the same address and verify that the data OUT IN is identical to the data IN OUT from the other endpoint Used when running echo types of tests for data integrity Available only when a trace file usb is open 2 0 only If you have exported simulations to a defined csv format you can import data from the csv file to a BusEngine data file To use this feature you must contact support for information on how to export to a specific format csv file and then import the file You can also import SimPass USB files Exits the program Provides display options such as color formats and filters See Display Options on page 175 Provides setup options for recording triggering events and filtering See Recording Options on page 257 75 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Main Display Window 76 Menus Update Device Launch CrossSync Control Panel Analyzer Network All Connected Devices USB 3 0 Device Host Signal parameters Record Start Stop Upload Again Reset SuperSpeed Capture Engine Generate Start Stop IntelliFrame Generation Mode Bitstream Generation Mode Repeat Mode Functions Updates the BusEngine and Firmware manually See Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine on page 392 Opens the CrossSync multiple analyzer traffic synchroniza
248. fer size is filled or the button is pressed Manual Trigger Some Teledyne LeCroy analyzer models include a manual trigger button on the front panel of the system The manual trigger option can be used when you elect to initiate the recording by pressing the manual trigger button Recording begins when you click ej on the Tool Bar Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size Recording ends when HE is clicked on the Tool Bar or after post trigger memory has been filled following depression of the trigger button on the front panel USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Recording Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Event Trigger 10 2 3 10 2 4 Recording begins when you click O on the Tool Bar Recording continues in a circular manner within the limits set by the buffer size until an event is detected that meets the Trigger conditions specified in the Triggering Options and the defined amount of data has been recorded after the Trigger Event Recording Channels Voyager and Advisor T3 You can select USB 2 0 and or USB 3 0 as the recording channel Both can be captured simultaneously Do NOT capture in 2 0 mode when 3 0 Clock Speed selection is in any of the slow modes as these modes do not scale for USB 2 0 traffic If user selects different external trigger modes in the Recording Rules when doing simultaneous USB 2 0 USB 3 0 captures the trigger mode for USB 3 0 will be applied Re
249. ffic on a low speed branch file_speed LOW For Device Emulation this statement is ignored by the Device Emulator but serves to organize the utg file in a more readable manner USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code empty_ frame host _exp_pid USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format Description integer Host Generation Only This key creates a sequence of start of frame packets with idle TO_EOF values for the idle time This results in N empty frames where N is the integer value specified If the branch speed is LOW the frames contain only the keep alive standalone EOP s This key makes for an easier to manage utg file by eliminating the need for many lines of frame AUTO idle TO_EOF statements Usage empty_frames 23 insert 23 empty frames here Device Emulation Only Defines the PID that is expected to be received from the Host The Device Emulator waits until this PID has completed before sending the next generated packet The key should be assigned to a valid packet identifier string per the USB specification SETUP IN OUT DATAO DATA1 ACK DATA2 or MDATA PRE and PING are for Hubs only and are not supported Each memory segment waits forever until it receives the expected PID to its address endpoint so the user may have to hand edit the file to achieve the desired results Each endpoint memory segment acts independent
250. ffic only Note3 With Idle means that the transaction time includes idle time between packets of the transactions Turnaround Time in USB 2 0 traffic Data only includes only the actual data payload bit fields for the transaction No Note4 CRC 16 bits etc Notes High Speed includes Split Transaction packets as well as normal native High Speed packets Notes USB 3 0 calculations are the average of those criterias for RX and TX lanes except tor those that are explicitly named as RX or TX ki Figure 9 8 Formulas Window 6 Click Calculate see red arrow in Figure 9 7 on page 218 in the left side to display the Bus Utilization Time Usage and Bandwidth Bus Utilization is Global USB 3 0 Global 3 0 A Host RX Global 3 0 A Host TX Global USB 2 0 High Speed Full Speed Low Speed Transactions High Speed with Idle Transactions Classic Speed with Idle Transactions High Speed without Idle Transactions Classic Speed without Idle O O UODO0ODODCDO UOC USB Protocol Suite User Manual 219 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Timing Calculations From beginning Total Time 6 268 5 or To beginning 200 or Show Formulas _ Bus Utilization Time Usage Link Addr Endp Dir No_idle_TU No_idle BW With_idle TU With_idle BW Data_only TU Data_only_BW Global USB 3 0 49 777 Lnk2 0 001 0 Both Global 3 0 A Host RX 100 064 Lnk2 0 001 1 IN Global 3 0 A Host TX 99 043 Lnk3 0 000 0 Both Global USB 2 0 0 Lnk3 0 002 0 Bot
251. fic generation file Scenario New Text Creates a new empty text traffic generation file Scenario Open Opens a file Save Saves the current file Save As Saves all or a range of packets from the current file Close Closes the current file Print Prints part or all of the current traffic data file Produces an on screen preview before printing Print Setup Sets the options for the current or new printer Exit Exits the program Edit Undo Undoes previous command Redo Redoes undone command Cut Deletes selected text Copy Copies selected text Paste Pastes copied text Moves back and forth between bookmarks scripts only Goes to the next bookmark scripts only Previous Goes to the previous bookmark scripts only Bookmark Clear All Removes all bookmarks scripts only Bookmarks Find Displays the Find dialog scripts only You can match case find whole word only and search up or down Replace Opens the Replace dialog to find text and replace it scripts only You can match case find whole word only and search up or down Find Next Finds the next text entered in the Find dialog scripts only Go to Opens the Go To Line dialog in which you can enter a line number scripts only Select All Select all text in the current file scripts only USB Protocol Suite User Manual 353 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Exerciser Window 354 Menu Function Generation Run Scenario Starts traffic generation Stop
252. g the old software into USB Protocol Suite which will automatically convert them to the new format 3 1 Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine Note You must install the software before connecting the Analyzer to the host machine for the first time Install the software on the host machine administering the Analyzer 1 Insert the Installation CD into the CD drive of the host machine that administers the Analyzer 2 Follow the on screen installation instructions to install the application on the host machine s hard disk 3 It is recommended that you restart your host machine after installation Note The installer adds a service which helps keep your software up to date If you receive a message from your anti virus software please do one of the following Disable your antivirus software until the USB Protocol Suite has completed installing or choose not to use the Automatic Update feature when you are presented with this option during the installation 3 2 Setting Up the Analyzer USB Connection To set up an Analyzer using a USB connection 1 Connect the AC power cord to the rear of the Analyzer and to a 100 volt to 240 volt 50 Hz to 60 Hz 100 W power outlet Note The Analyzer is capable of supporting supply voltages between 100 volts and 240 volts 50 Hz or 60 Hz thus supporting all supply voltages around the world USB Protocol Suite User Manual 55 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Setting Up the
253. gement Response Transaction Packet Types Transfer Lengths Select one of the following options Union Find all packets matching ANY of the specified events Intersection Find packets matching ALL of the specified events USB Protocol Suite User Manual Find Exclusion Exclude packets matching any of the specified events Exclusion works with the other two options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Select Union AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ANY of the following fields or Intersection AND Exclusion Exclude packets with ALL of the following fields E 6 Optionally set the search Direction and Origin 7 Optionally check to Search in Hidden This option looks for the selected items even if you have currently hidden them 8 Optionally check to Find All This option opens a new Trace View window that contains ONLY the items for which you are searching Subsequent searches or actions cannot modify this window so it never contains any other packets Use this option only when you want to check how many packets a specific search criterion puts in the Main Trace View 9 Click OK After the search finishes the program displays the packets meeting the search criteria The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Packet Selection works with Find 6 8 1 Data Pattern Mask and Match If you select Data Pattern as the Event Group in the Find dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for
254. generation file utg is open 74 USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Main Display Window Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Menus Export gt gt Packets to Text Packet View Format Packetsf Transaction Spreadsheet to CSV Comma Separated Values for Excel etc Format Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg Packets to USB 2 0 Device Emulation Traffic Generation Text File utg Packets to USB 3 0 Exerciser Script usb3g Data Merge Trace Files Compare Endpoint Data Import Exit Setup Display Options Recording Options USB Protocol Suite User Manual Functions Saves all or part of a trace to a text file or generator file Saves trace as a text file in Packet View Format Saves trace as a comma separated values text file for use with Microsoft Excel See Exports to CSV on page 81 Saves trace as a script file that can be used by a Generator to generate a trace See Exporting Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg files on page 81 Exports packets to Device Emulation files This option does not export transactions See Exporting Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg files on page 81 Exports packets to USB 3 0 Exerciser Script files This option does not export transactions Exports Transfer data as a text or binary file Merges two simultaneously recorded files into a single file This command does not work i
255. ger Out facility when the simple trigger s occur select the External Trigger Out with Simple Triggers checkbox For Clock Speed Selection select Gigabit as 5 0 2 5 or 1 25 Gbps For Voyager M3 Mi the Very Slow option allows you to customize the clocking frequency the Analyzer uses when capturing data You can select External or Internal see Very Slow Clock Usage section below Do NOT capture in 2 0 mode when 3 0 clock is in any of the slow modes For Termination RxDetect Voyager M3i and M3x USB connectors only you can select Auto or Manual for Analyzer Ports and Enable RxDetect for Exerciser Ports For Analyzer Ports if you select the Manual mode the Term button in the toolbar is enabled For more information about the Recording buttons Note The Auto RxDetect mode has been designed to recognize 3 0 hosts and devices and present 3 0 terminations to them when they are plugged in However some cases have timing that can cause the Host and Device not to connect or to go into USB 2 0 mode If either of these timing cases occurs click the Momentary Disconnect button on the toolbar to cause a Disconnect Reconnect cycle of the VBus If cycling does not work disable and then re enable the xHCl Host controller driver in the Windows 7 Device Manager of your PDK Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data Payload packet to the length specified in the pull down selection The actual amount captured is at LEA
256. go to the first error of any type 6 5 4 Data Length Allows you to search for data packets of particular lengths Lengths are displayed in Bytes in a drop down menu as shown be low Selecting a length causes the display to move to the next instance of that packet length PID d ANY Error Ctrl Shift 2 Specific Errors d Addr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go T F F F Figure 6 7 Data Length Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 153 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB 2 0 154 6 5 5 6 5 6 Addr amp Endp The Addr amp Endp feature allows you to search for the next packet which contains a particular address and endpoint All available address endpoint combinations are displayed in the pull down menu PID d ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 2 Specific Errors d Data Length 2 0 000 00 Bus Conditions d Lnk2 0 001 00 Split HubAddr amp Port More On The Go d Figure 6 8 Addr amp Endp Menu Option Bus Conditions Allows you to search by bus conditions such as traffic speed reset and suspend All available bus conditions are displayed in the pull down menu PID ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 2 Specific Errors d Data Length Addr amp Endp d Bus Conditions Keep Alive Split HubAddr amp Port d Reset On The Go Suspend Resume Chirp SEl SEO FS J on HS FS Kon HS Connect VBus Voltage Change Low Speed Full Speed High Speed Figure 6 9 B
257. gs to be your default you must Save As Default after Restoring the Factory Settings 7 2 Color Format Hiding Display Options To modify the colors formats and hiding options select the Color Format Hiding tab Display Options General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding Data Group and Color Format BitOrder Hidden Format Bit Order El Data iy Hexadecimal MSB to LSB i Paes Re Me gt LSB to MSB Time HECER E Other pl Binary Hiding H Speed me E Hidden E Pkt Begin End E Transaction Fields Color 7 2 1 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Split Trans Fields El Transfer Fields E PTP Fields E LPM Fields E USB 2 0 Packets E USB 3 0 Packets l SCSI Fields E Exerciser Fields El OBEX Fields Expand All Collapse All Restore Factory Setting Save Save As Default Load Load Default Figure 7 2 Display Options Color Format Hiding Dialog Color Display Options The program uses a default set of colors for each type of data in each group of data The colors and color combinations are appropriate for most graphic systems You can alter any color 177 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Color Format Hiding Display Options 178 o ene Display Options Ex To specify a color for an information type in the Color Format Hiding tab select a row such as Data in the Group and Color colu
258. h High Speed 0 Lnk3 0 002 1 IN Full Speed 0 Lnk3 0 003 0 Both Low Speed 0 Lnk3 0 003 j IN Transactions High Speed with idle 0 Lnk3 0 003 2 OUT Transactions Classic Speed with idle 0 Transactions High Speed without idle 0 Transactions Classic Speed without idle 0 4 T t Acknowledged Figure 9 9 Timing Calculator Report Total Time is in the Total Time field 7 Click Calculate see red arrow in the figure above in the right side to display Address Endpoint Direction No Idle Time Usage No Idle Bandwidth With Idle Time Usage With Idle Bandwidth Data only Time USage Data only Bandwidth OUODO0ODODO O O You can also click the Acknowledged checkbox 220 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Data View 9 5 HE lt gt E ai Lsb E Format DWORDs Columns 4 l e TET Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Data View The Data View window shows packet information To obtain the Data View window select Report gt Data View or click the 1 toolbar icon FS Asci Dec Bin Lsb ie Tall Format DWORD Columns 4 e WD Ai 00290209 E0000101 00040932 00090100 0002687497 3758096641 0000264498 0000590080 05070001 00010381 0004090C 00090101 0084344833 0000066433 0000264460 0000590081 05070002 00010381 0C 0064344634 0000066433 Figure 9 10 Data View Report The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to O Save Go to Previous or Next Disp
259. hake with your device 6 You can opt to regenerate the frame numbers and remove the NAKed transactions Once the generator text file is exported you may need to edit the file and adjust idle time to properly anticipate the responses from your device 11 5 Editing a Generation File A utg file is a text file that can be edited with any text editor such as Notepad A better editing option however is Script Editor of the application Script Editor provides the usual editing functions such as select cut copy and paste but also adds tool tips colored keywords drop down parameter values and expandable collapsible packet data fields To launch the Script Editor click the Script Editor button on the toolbar or right click the trace window and choose Edit as Text The Script Editor window opens in the lower portion of the trace window Figure 11 8 on page 321 320 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Editing a Generation File Teledyne LeCroy Corporation a File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help E E aya Tor It Auto Mode Record E YS m ED LO is s dub 8 lt gt ES MEN fe B ig F menaa m 1 Bee i eie Nak He ES E E uds S BD g Er ee e 3 ciel 31M A E Run once x Z USB 3 0 Exerciser liz Frame CRC5 10 5 T Pkt Len I Idle Time Stamp Packet 0 S q 00000001 OxAS Kame 0 0x08 250 000 ns 35 Bits 5 Bytes 997 083 ys 0 000 000 666 Se fe 7 oc E gt de
260. has a large physical memory the efficiency of the recording is about a 2 1 ratio of physical memory to actual USB traffic Shorter USB packets yield a slightly less efficient recording The non traffic portion of physical memory is utilized for control and timing information Note The scale is not linear and affords more granularity in the smaller buffer sizes Note To make the full buffer available for recording you can select to Disable Generator Memory in the Misc USB 2 0 tab of the Recording Options dialog 10 2 6 Trigger Position You can adjust the amount of recording to be done post trigger or select where you want the Trigger located within the defined buffer You can adjust the Triggering Position between 1 and 99 post trigger Trigger Position is available only when Manual Trigger or Event Trigger is selected as trigger mode As an example if the buffer size is set to 16 MB then for the following Trigger Position settings the amount of pre trigger and post trigger data is a 95 post triggering 0 8 MB pre trigger 15 2 MB post trigger 75 post triggering 4 MB pre trigger 12 MB post trigger 50 post triggering 8 MB pre trigger 8 MB post trigger 25 post triggering 12 MB pre trigger 4 MB post trigger 5 post triggering 15 2 MB pre trigger 0 8 MB post trigger D O D E Note When a Trigger occurs recording continues until the post trigger amount of the buffer is filled or when Stop is selected
261. he Host VBus on at completion of a 2 0 or 3 0 Trainer Exerciser script O Capture Power Measurements Voltage and Current Record voltage and cur rent QO Persistent VBus Disconnect Button Check if you want the modify the behavior of the Momentary Disconnect function Invoked through the API or by the 1 button When checked the operation works as a toggle of the connec tion mode remaining in the OFF state until you invoke it again to change it back to ON This can be used to turn off the VBus for long periods of time The normal unchecked behavior is for the button to cycle OFF ON automatically with the off duration lasting about a half a second 10 2 10 CATC Sync Voyager and AdvisorT3 only These allow you to override the normal CATC Sync behavior when two or more voyagers are connected by a CATC Sync cable a Disable CATC Sync System behaves as if no cable were attached O Independent Record Stop If checked the boxes will start recording at the same time and timestamps will be synchronized but the boxes will stop recording independently normal CATC Sync behavior is that they stop whenever either one stops a Independent Triggers When checked the triggers on the boxes are indepen dent Normal CATC Sync behavior is that any box triggers all boxes synchronized trigger timestamps 10 3 Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 The Misc USB 2 0 page presents options for setting see Figure 10 10 on page 271 QO Analyzer Tra
262. her graphs ar USB Protocol Suite User Manual Real Time Monitoring Teledyne LeCroy Corporation JE View Settings opens a sub a Graph Areas Presents menu with options for options for displaying formatting the display See additional graphs of data View Settings Menu below lengths packet lengths and percentage of bus utilized Monitor Horizontal zoom out B Stop Real Time Monitoring Reset graphs BE To clear the counters in the Statistics Accumulation area click the Restart button To save a snapshot Microsoft Excel csv file of the data before clearing the values click the Save and Restart button The file is in the same folder where Trace files are saved 2 The naming convention of the file is RTS Capture _YYYY MM DD_HH MM SS csv Note Because file writing must happen immediately there is no file naming dialog Note If you click the button more than once a second the previous file with the same timestamp will be lost 9 14 2 Real Time Statistical Monitor Pop up Menu If you right click a graph in the Real Time window a pop up menu appears with options for changing the format of the display Undo Zoom Fit to Graph Area Y Scale Type d Hide Remove Properties Figure 9 41 Real Time Statistical Monitor Pop up Menu O Undo Zoom If you have zoomed in undoes the zoom a Fit to Graph Area Displays graph so that the entire trace fits inside the graph USB Pro
263. his Event Properties Properties Figure 10 21 Assigning Action to Event Button 2 Select Specify Action and then choose an action from the submenu The menu closes and the action is assigned a Newevent wl eol el alalla Config is valid Sequence 0 State TRIGGER EXT HIGH Figure 10 22 Action Assigned Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions USB Protocol Suite User Manual 289 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 10 7 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options O New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar QO Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears The Action pop up menu has the following trigger and filter options QO Trigger Sets or clears Trigger action a Filter In Sets or clears Filter In action If Filter In is set you c
264. i Serre pri Control S 1 0 SCSI Timing Report H RD READ Operations 2 H WR WRITE Operations Er PKT Link States o ve Link State Durations e 5 Link State Transitions o 3 U0 gt o 2 2 Ul gt o a 5 U2 gt e e de U2 gt 6 Polling gt o _ Recovery gt o _ Hot Reset gt SS Disabled gt 15 SSInactive gt RxDetect gt l 3 Loopback gt PL USB 3 0 Errors All Traffic SCSI Operation Figure 9 12 Traffic Summary Report Click the Options button see red arrow above to display the Options menu see Figure 9 13 on page 223 which allows you to show Grid lines Row selection and Tight columns You can have Event Navigation Skip hidden items Show hidden items and Prompt each time USB Protocol Suite User Manual Traffic Summary Report Teledyne LeCroy Corporation ia Es Grid lines Row selection Tight columns Event Navigation d Figure 9 13 Options Menu Fa Click E to display the Select Range dialog From Packet by or Markers To Packet 808801 or Markers Reset Range to Whole Trace Cancel Figure 9 14 Select Range Dialog Enter a number From and a number To You can Reset Range to Whole Trace 9 6 1 SCSI Metrics The SCSI Metrics are Hog 2 Ea Go e 10 S of Pack E All reports Packet 67858 To Packet S kr All Traffic g pkr Packets TRa Transactions WFR Transfers 50r SCSI Operation OPR o
265. i eampkeye PabiarjFlh Piarpliica PhampllCS Mea sure ralue nake yi DE di DHE Tra 5 Tma Gs oF i p1 200 mf F2 gt im Fa 3000 PS52100 mY Pb6 100mY Peo 01 Fassed 0 Ol 60 Seepa Oe Oe Oe OS A Figure 12 29 Typical CP7 Pattern PAz F10 PE PF gt 405 84 rr wi dga iam yf 488220 MHZ i PtehnghiEye P2esdhEpyej PieamprEyel Pe brates Phamplica 6 Piamplics sharks Mea sure ralue OF hh CHE Tr CB The d ot i P1 200 mf P22 Hip F3230 00my P5 100mY Pb6b 100mY Peco O14 d Pass Fail Passed Oi 127 sweeps I G A GTA Oe eo D Figure 12 30 Typical CP8 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual 386 Updates From time to time as modifications are made to the Analyzer it is necessary to update for optimal performance Updates can be performed two ways either automatically or manually This chapter describes both procedures 13 1 Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions The Readme txt file on the first installation disk and in the installed directory gives last minute updates about the current release Included with each release are the most recent downloadable images of the Firmware and the BusEngine Once the Analyzer has completed the self diagnostics and is connected to the host machine you can check the latest revision of the software and BusEngine by selecting About USB Protocol Suite from the Help menu About USB
266. iPTPStilllmageBulkIn dec Still Image StilllmageClassiPTPStilllmageBulkOut dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageRequests dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllnterrupt dec Printer Printer xxh Printer Printer_req dec Mass Storage Mass Storage SCSI Bulk Protocol 50h MassStorageClassiMS BulkOnly Requests dec Mass Storage MassStorageClassiMS BulkOnlySCSIInEndpoint SCSI Bulk dec MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCSIOutEndpoint dec MassStorageClass MS_BulkOnlySCSIOutEndpoint dec UFI floppy CBI Protocol 00h MassStorageClassiMS_ UFI_CBI_Requests dec MassStorageClassiMS_ UFI_CBI_BulkinEndp dec MassStorageClassiMS_ UFI _CBI_BulkOutEndp dec MassStorageClassiMS_UFI_CBI_InterruptEndp dec MassStrg Class UFI CBI Hub support HubClass HubClassRequests dec HubClass HubClassStatusEndpoint dec Hub Class Picture Transfer Protocol PTP Photographic and Imaging Manufacturers Association PIMA 15740 and ISO 15740 StilllmageClassiPTPStilllmageBulkIn dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageBulkOut dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllmageRequests dec StilllmageClass PTPStilllnterrupt dec USB Protocol Suite User Manual PTP Still Image 187 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class and Vendor Definition Files USB Decode Communications Device Class CDC Data CommunicationsiCDCDataBulkIin_wCTE dec CommunicationsiCDCDataBulkin_wPW dec Communications CDCDataBulkIn_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wCTE dec Communications CDCDataBu
267. ic Documents LeCroy USB Proto Save logs automatically after scripts stopped running core Figure 9 38 Settings Dialog You can Choose the editor application Notepad or other Path to the editor If you choose other above then this enabled for choosing a path to the editor Edit all selected scripts in one process If the editor supports multiple documents you can edit all scripts in the editor Open all included files You can edit included files as well as the main script Launch editor application in full screen You can use whole screen 252 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Real Time Monitoring Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Path to template file for a new script You can use a template for the script Display Settings can show full trace file path restore dialog at start load last output from save log files activate dialog after scripts have run remember dialog layout and ignore errors and warnings Saving Settings can save log files to relative file folder indicate output log file path and save logs automatically 9 14 Real Time Monitoring The Real Time Statistics window displays a graph of real time link activity Real Time Statistics displays a summary of the traffic currently being recorded by the Analyzer To display the Real Time Statistics window click LA in the Tool Bar to open the Real Time Statistics window The display is similar to Figure 9 39 on page 253
268. ic IP click the Static IP radio button a Enter the IP Address a Enter the Subnet Mask QO Enter the Default Gateway Device Voyager SN 63329 IP Settings uu Obtain IP address automatically DHCP 9 Use the following IP address Static IP IP Address 172 16 133 203 Subnet Mask DO es ML D Default Gateway 172 16 128 254 Y Suggest static IP settings Host IP Host subnet mask Ca Care Figure 3 4 Device IP Settings Dialog Click Apply to get a success message and return to the Analyzer Devices dialog Note You can let the system Suggest static IP settings IP address and subnet mask 4 Click Close to close the dialog and use the device with a Static IP address 3 5 4 Analyzer Network For Ethernet to display the host machines and analyzers on the local network select Setup gt Analyzer Network to display the Analyzer Network dialog Analyzer Network peel Computer Analyzer devices Add BB Local machi Voyager SN 63329 Figure 3 5 Analyzer Network Dialog The dialog displays the host machines on the network and the Analyzer devices connected to the host machines You can click Add to display the Add Analyzer Network Node dialog in which you can select a host machine on the network see Figure 3 6 on page 65 64 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Application Startup Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Add Analyzer Network Node Computer Name or IP Address ACCOUNTI
269. ick Timing marker Ctrl Shiit Click Set marker Format gt Color gt Hide Figure 5 42 Expand This Transfer Menu Option 2 Select Expand This USB Transfer to display the selected transfer in expanded format Control ADDR bRequest alue windex wLength Time Stamp SET 0 0 SET_ADDRESS New address 1 0x0000 O 0 586 850382 Transaction M SETUP ADDR AA Tp R bRequest 3 084 0 0 JO H gt D S D 0x05 oxo001 0x0000 0 Time Time Stamp 7 968 us 0 586 850 382 Transaction A IN ADDR T Data Time Time Stamp Me cs o o 76 0324s 0 586 858 350 y H Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp I oxas 1236 1 ox01 12 39 974 ms 0 586 934 382 Figure 5 43 Transfer Displayed in Expanded Format Note The Expand Collapse transfer feature operates as a toggle when one format is active the other appears as an option on the Expand Collapse drop down menu To collapse a transfer perform the same operation and select Collapse This USB Transfer Note that you can choose to expand or collapse A Only the selected Transfer OR a All Transfers 138 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and Transfers Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 9 31 9 32 9 33 It is not necessary to use the Expand Collapse Transfers menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transfers You can double click the Transfer number field to toggle back and forth between collap
270. ie Pl eampieye Ptittae i Pianos Piiamplics pr FE Fa P10 FI FII walue BA mY 127 2 pa T89 8mY 4 5738 Gbin ITa rm 380 48 rm shi A r A Pasa Fail Ol Tri CE Falsa Cs Tra CH Tria CS True Qs ar OB P1 200 mY F2 40m P3 300nWV PS52100 mY P2100 m Fb lt 0D F7 0 FE lt O 01 boa p Fae Passed 0 Of 16 sweeps Figure 12 26 Typical CP3 Pattern 384 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation PIi PIi Fig Pl PAL P10 385 2 A ee a ol alh gm aa E TE EE E E E n Be Se es PE PE USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes incor ninina ae pr o me Sek ais ea ei y af o B E An 2 F ger gg BE mm ee g a iL m Measure ralue phar as Pass lFail Ot eke d EOS A Measure ralus abba 6 Pigg Faull c See qi ab 5 a iL sey a Sey _ ry E EE A ol ES Ta pe ES FR O iL Ea He HE El S tet y E E a EE 5 Es a Sm 38 E 4a a cat ee m e Tn Dc a IL m Ex N i cr co Te E S N E g i eaii A A i a a iu a rl El E Bo 2 E ppg pe A E 5 LL 5 E Mo u a u a me i EA E Eg pr T U 2 RO f af ES un Lo Az HE 6 6 08 6054 0d 405 Figure 12 28 Typical CP6 Pattern USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation PI2 Ti FP PE PT TIF m 386 04 rm ae 408 062 MHZ i FtehghtEy Peewee F
271. ield displays the direction the packet or signal was traveling on the to bus Downstream from a Host Hy or Upstream from a Device In most cases direction can be determined unambiguously However some signals and situations including protocol errors cannot be determined with high confidence since either Host or Device might be responsible for them Such cases are marked as 7 Question Marks in the trace Rather than mis identifying the signal the software requires you to determine direction or note an error condition which experience has shown is rare In most cases you can assume the direction based on the sequence of events that occurred Markers This section explains the features of Markers A marker is an entity that flags a physical or logical item of interest within a trace file A marker contains one or more attachments You can add a marker to a trace file or unmark a trace file by removing the marker Markers are represented graphically in a different way in the application You can not only add markers to the packets but it is granular enabling you to also add markers to individual cells Markers Overview This functionality provides the user an easy way to navigate through attachments which is a discrete piece of information or data added to a marker for example a text description or file an attachment of a trace file by a predefined order video or audio files URL links or any other files Functionality of Ma
272. iew Transfer Fields Dialog Layout dialog see Figure 8 13 on page 205 allowing you to specify different kinds of presentation formats for the View Fields dialog 204 USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation A View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout nea Columns to show Specify here which columns in View SOME dialog tables you would like to see Field Check All Length bits Lincheck Al Offset bits Decoded Hex Value Description Show only fields specified for view in collapsed state C Use these settings when View Fields dialog opens C Figure 8 13 View Transfer Fields Dialog Layout Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual 205 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Options 206 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Reports The Report menu provides several reports to assist you in analyzing USB traffic recorded by the Analyzer Report Search View Window Help tis File Information Error Summary te Timing Calculations of 5 Data View gt Traffic Summary Report Bus Utilization Link Tracker Navigator Detail View Spec View USB 3 0 Link State Timing View USB 3 0 LTSSM View oo R EE ma E A Power Tracker Decoded Fields View Run verification scripts Ctrl Shitt U AP ling Figure 9 1 Report Menu Reports assist you in analyzing traffic recorded by the Analyzer The available reports are a Trace Information To view genera
273. iew errors errr re ee ree re ee eee re 0 0 Figure 9 6 Traffic Summary Report USB 3 0 The following table lists each USB 3 0 error type and its description Error Type Bad CRC5 Bad CRC16 Bad CRC32 Running Disparity RD Error 10 bit Symbol Error Inv Sym Unknown Packet Framing Symbol Error Description The CRC5 field has an incorrect value The packet is corrupt either the data or the CRC itself The CRC16 field has an incorrect value The packet is corrupt either the data or the CRC itself The CRC32 field has an incorrect value The Packet is corrupt either the data or the CRC itself The symbol captured has an incorrect number of 1 bits than expected by following the 10 bit symbol encoding rules An illegal undefined 10 bit symbol pattern was detected Not all combinations of 10 bits are legal in this 8B 10B scheme The type of the packet declared in the header is not supported in the USB 3 0 Specification The sequence of framing symbols found is not supported by Error the USB 3 0 Specification Link Command Data A data field in the link command has an incorrect symbol Symbol Error value pod Hegel Packet Header Packet has a length other than 16 bytes Length Bad Data Length The Data Packet Header has a wrong value in the Data Length Field field 216 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Error Summary Error Type TP non zero Reserved Field SKP Symbol error Ctrl Endp Di
274. ify development of USB 3 0 test scenarios By default ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages O Header Packet Acknowledgements L_GOOD_n a Buffer Credit L_CRD_x QO SKIPs at required intervals SKP Q Link Synchronization m Responds to LFPS Polling LFPS m Responds to polling sequence Polling RxEQ m Responds to TS1 TS2 handshaking sequence m Responds to SS Inactive with RX Detect O Power Management Link Commands m Responds to LGO Un with LAU m Responds to LAU with LMPA Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios such as QO Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control Wrong L_CRD_x Wrong L_GOOD_n Drop L_Good_n Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgement Send LBAD LRTY QO Corrupt Packet Framing SHP SDP END OOoOCOUDL At the packet level you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors perform corner case or do stress testing Commands such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command allow link layer error injection anywhere within the script Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received Ping LFPS signals to be a minimum of 150 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized Voyager Analyzer can recognize Ping LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to 15 nanoseconds of accuracy USB Protocol Suite User Manual 25 T
275. iles Whether you create a traffic generation from scratch or use the Export command there are a few rules about the format of the generation file that you should review These are presented in this section Traffic is generated from a text file named utg Within the text file a ODO O O O a a The data format for data fields such as Pids and Raw bits is hex Each packet definition consists of this set of assignments key value White space is permitted around the equal sign There are no restrictions on dividing packet definition to lines nor is it necessary to define each packet in a separate line although it is recommended The maximum number of characters in a line is 250 The characters and indicate end of line comments i e the rest of the line is ignored Comments are not allowed within brackets No keys or values are case sensitive Each packet definition starts with one of these assignments a OR a OOO O a pid N where N is a string representing a valid packet identifier or an eight bit value frame N where N is an eleven bit value of the frame number or the strings auto and keep_alive A bus condition definition starts with one of these assignments reset N where N is a positive integer or string suspend N where N is a positive integer resume N where N is a positive integer chirp here Subsequent assignments after a packet s starting assignment define the values of par
276. ility 4 Up ox 112 000 ns 2 493 862 720 i Idle Time Stamp Port Capability 4 Down oxo 72 000 ns 2 493 862 832 Errors l i Time Stamp 2 493 862 944 ypes of traffic LGOOD_0 SLC SLC SLC EPF DO7 1 D04 6 D00 2 D21 6 LCRD_A Time Stam E SLC SLC SLC EPF D30 5 D09 4 D03 2 D07 6 2 493 862 960 ERE CA S E QuickTiming markers not set Detail View Navigator View Fields for USB 3 0 Header Packet 83177 Eal A E LMP Link Management Packet Header Field Length bits Offset bits Decoded Hex Value Description C m E n 1AAM AMANN Tinan liek Rias nm Manlent Mrr Mt dd Packet 83176 0 dwords View Fields for USB 3 0 Header Packet 83177 Ready Search Fwd Figure 3 1 Main Window You can use the software with or without the system connected to the host machine Without the Analyzer the program functions as a trace viewer to view analyze and print trace files 3 5 1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection USB Connection For USB connection after you open the USB Protocol Suite application confirm proper installation and USB connection by selecting About from the Help menu to view the Software Version Firmware Version BusEngine Version and Unit Serial Number in the About window Ethernet Connection Voyager only For Ethernet connection after you open the USB Protocol Suite application confirm proper installation and Ethernet connectio
277. in the same session 3 Select the second trace file to be merged then click Save Confirm your choices See Figure 10 31 on page 313 312 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Merging Trace Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Samplefiles 2 0 Tracesidata_1_Sample usb will be merged with file C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 2 0 Traces data_l Sample_classic usb to form Tile C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Samplefiles 2 0 Tracesidata_1_5ample_merged usb Confirm Merge Figure 10 31 Confirm Choice 4 Click Yes The two files are merged into the new file data_merged usb USB Protocol Suite User Manual 313 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Option Summary Tab 10 12 Recording Option Summary Tab Click the vertical triple greater than symbols on the right to display the Recording Options Summary tab Recording Options Voyager M3 M3i Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 Product 9 Voyager 5 Advisor T3 5 USB Tracer Trainer Trigger Mode Snapshot USB 2 0 5 Manual Trigger E USB 3 0 W Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 segment the data into multiple trace files y MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size 32 000 MB 4 Trigger Position Not used with snapshot 5 Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage Record
278. in the field or test specific functionality To build 2 0 generation script files you can edit example test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor A script pre processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks For USB 3 0 applications test scenarios can contain multi stage traffic generation blocks that include Boolean expressions LOOP DO CASE and IF THEN logical branching The Voyager USB 2 0 Exerciser can transmit low full or high speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts For USB 2 0 applications the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode In Intelliframe mode the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet For example after issuing an IN the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish and then issues an ACK When NAKs are received the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet ReadyLink Emulation The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3 0 link training and link flow control allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps
279. ind Find Next F3 Task Management Task Management Response Search Direction Forward SCSI Op Status SCSI Logical Unit Number d SCSI Op Invalid OpCode Figure 6 29 Error Menu Option 170 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Find 6 8 Find Find allows searches on an open trace using one or more criteria You can search by packet transactions split transaction transfer packet type and fields within packets To run Find select Search gt Find or by click A on the toolbar To perform a search 1 Select Find under Search on the Menu Bar OR Click Jl in the Tool Bar You see the User Defined Find Events screen Find Search for Packets Packets To Search For Link Address Endpoint Direction Link Address Endp Dir Link Address a Lnk3 0 000 00o Cd Packet Types g Lnk3 0 00i oo Ta Event Groups Header Packet Types Lnk3 0 001 01 IN Link Command Types Lnk3 0 001 02 OUT a LMP SubTypes Transaction Packet Types LFPS Packet Types Data Pattern Header Pattern Data Lengths Combining specified Event Groups Union Packets that match ANY of the specified events 111 e a Intersection Packets that match ALL of the specified events Exclusion Packets that DO NOT match opposite to the intersection or union Figure 6 30 Find Dialog USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Searche
280. ing Markers Markers can be set on any event within the Link Tracker window To set a marker right click an event then select Set Marker from the pop up menu Once marked you can navigate to events with the Go to Marker command in the Search menu Markers set in the Link Tracker window display the packet number and DWORD number In contrast markers set in the Trace window just show the packet number Hiding Traffic You can hide Idles and other data from the Link Tracker window by clicking the Hide buttons on the toolbar USB Protocol Suite User Manual 233 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Link Tracker 3 0 234 9 8 2 Link Tracker Buttons The Link Tracker window has a row of buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data The buttons have the following functions El bal je Full Screen Expands the Link Tracker window to fill the entire screen Synchronize with Other Views Synchronizes Views so that a move in one window repositions the other Because of the differences in scale and logic between the Link Tracker and Trace view window scrolling produces different effects depending on which window is being scrolled Scrolling in the trace window causes the Link Tracker window to rapidly jump from event to event Long periods of idle time are thus skipped Scrolling in the Link Tracker window in contrast produces modest movements within the trace window Scrolling in the Link Tr
281. ing Size Limits 3 Record for O Dayls 12 34 56 E Record 120000 pap ODayls 12 34 56 E 120000 pap Until Triggered plus Until Triggered plus E Mercury T2 Options Name Default Trace Filename amp Path C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol data usb VBus Power Keep VBus power on after Generation Exerciser completes VOW V Capture M3i Power Measurements Voltage and Current lt Debug Support gt al Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 4GB of disk space for each trace CATC Sync Disable CATC Sync E Independent Record Stop A Independent Triggers Figure 10 32 Recording Options Summary Tab The Summary tab provides an easy to read summary of the currently selected options 314 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Traffic Generation 2 0 USB 2 0 Traffic Generation allows you to generate USB 2 0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions The 2 0 Generation scripts can create almost arbitrary streams of packets but the responsibility for creating a sequence which performs in an expected way is left to the user For example if a Host Emulation script starts with just sending bulk data on an endpoint no real device purchased in the store can react to it as it expects to be enumerated and be in the c
282. ing or Spooled Recording Note When capturing SuperSpeed traffic with Spooled Recording the traffic rate may overflow the system s ability to upload data to disk In the event of overflow the analyzer stops the recording automatically even if the trigger event has not yet occurred This can occur in 3 0 traffic as well as in 2 0 traffic The analyzer does not drop data or leave gaps in the recording Instead it automatically uploads all the traffic stored in memory You must make sure that the traffic being recorded does not overrun the buffer in this mode by either adjusting the actual data USB Protocol Suite User Manual 267 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Recording Options transmissions between the host and device or by adding filters to the analyzer recording to reduce the quantity of data per second that the analyzer is capturing and uploading to the Analyzer host machine Note In both Spooled Recording and Conventional Single Buffer Recording when large captures are made the application automatically segments large traces into 512 MB segments The spooled captures are stored in the USB Protocol Suite directory and are numbered using the analyzer serial number and a O to N numeric sequence 10 2 5 Buffer Size You can adjust the size of the recording buffer from a very small size up to the maximum available in your product The Trigger Mode option determines how this buffer is used Although the Analyzer
283. ink Functionality TS2 with same Link Functionality LFPS with same Type LUP LDN or NAK ed Transaction The item types which are included in a stacked entry are shown in the solid colored square fields that appear when stacking is invoked Additionally you can hold the mouse over the packet transaction field to see the count and types of items see Figure 5 30 on page 128 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 127 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Display 2 Only Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF 026 5 D00 7 D003 6 D05 5 184 000 ns 2 493 873 376 Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF 009 6 005 6 006 0 D01 2 39 888 us 2 493 873 500 T Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF 026 1 029 2 DOT 6 D01 7 144 000 ns 2 493 883 448 Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF 009 3 DO2 5 D21 0 DOT T 9 912 us 2 493 883 592 a A a 7 a A er Se 7 een 7 rida 7 Mim r an MARA Lam Amm oes on A LDN Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D09 6 D05 8 006 0 DO1 2 mul 54344us 2 493873 560 5 Bus Interval Counter Time Delta B terval Adjustment Control L Time Time Stamp B seg 256 000 ns 493 937 9D ldle Time Stamp 16 000 ns 2 493 938 160 LG CAD E Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D17 6 024 0 028 6 008 6 2 493 938 192 Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D18 3 031 0 D20 4 D27 3 2 493 943 744 Time Time Stamp SLC SLC SLC EPF D14 3 006 1 D 22 4 D09 1 114 848 us 2 4933948 248 Bus Interval Counter Time Delta Bus Interval Adjustment Control
284. io Editor 366 SET_ SET button O O COODODODODODDOOoDoOo CU CMD THE ErrLostLGOOD ErrWrongLGOOD ErrLostLCRD ErrWrongLCRD ErrCorruptLinkCmd ErrCorruptLMP ErrDisparity ErrWrongSymbol ErrLBAD ErrLost GOODAdv ErrWrongLGOODAdv ErrLostLCRDAdv ErrWrongLCRDAdv SetLinkState CMD TMF button inserts Mass Storage transfer items in BOT or UAS based on Active Device See Initiator Emulator Setting a Command O Task Management Instruction items a a a a Start Loop End Loop Delay Stop Delete Selected Item s Selected item s are marked by horizontal arrow s on left bar There are different ways to select items a Click item for single selection a Use Ctrl Shift or Ctrl A or drag mouse around item s for multiple selections USB Protocol Suite User Manual Graphical Scenario Editor Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 10 2 Initiator Setting Initiator Setting The Initiator Settings button displays the Initiator Settings dialog Initiator Setting S Device Information General Settings Link Power Mgm Settings Selected item will be Active Device pee MI Tx Scramble _ Tx Invert Polarity v DisableLPMA E Lucid Port Interface 0 UAS y E Protocol UASP V Rx Descramble Rx Invert Polarity _ DisablePMLCTimeout Address 1 o ba InterfaceNo 1 i cist die Edo Power State Accept AU Auto AlternateSetting 1 g E zr A Connan A Facket Delay 0 nano sec q En
285. ion on host machine requirements and supported operating systems 1 5 1 USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 Features The system can monitor traffic between USB 2 0 links using standard high speed compliant cables If configured for USB 3 0 testing the system supports monitoring between SuperSpeed links using USB 3 0 cables see Figure 1 8 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 33 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3x Analyzer 34 1 5 2 hi TELEDYNE I royager MIx A LECROY 5 USE 200 A am E ik W i ie oa 0 Leviti Tipar DEVICE Figure 1 8 Direct Connection using USB 3 0 Cables General Description The Analyzer connects to a portable or desktop host machine through the USB port The host machine configures and controls the Analyzer The CATC Trace user interface is an industry standard for documenting the performance of high speed serial protocols The USB protocol Analyzer provides traffic capture and analysis Hardware triggering allows capture of real time events Hardware filtering allows filtering different packet types in or out of the recording Filtering also allows you to preserve recording memory for extended recording time The trace viewer application displays recorded data in colored graphics The application has advanced search and viewing capabilities that allow you to quickly locate specific data errors and other conditions The system functions with any host machine having the Microsoft Windows
286. ions Vertical zoom in oe Vertical zoom out Zoom by Selection Zoom by Horizontal Drag ra EE Full Screen ES B Pointer Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Insert Time markers After clicking click in the display to make a red vertical line Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines Sync by Time Synchronize the USB 3 0 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View Monitor Go to previous link state Go to next link state Show Downstream port link states Show Upstream port link states 245 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Link State Timing View 9 12 2 USB 3 0 LTSSM View The LTSSM View displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification Click ES to display the USB 3 0 LTSSM View USB3 LTSSM View Po e gt e t 55 Inactive 55 Disabled Figure 9 32 USB 3 0 LTSSM View Click to synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View Click the left arrow l to go to previous link state Click the right arrow ES to go to next link state Click the down arrow to show Downstream port link states Click the up arrow t to show Upstream port link states Click a to show number of transitions 246 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Power Tracker Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Note To enable LTSSM buttons open the Display Options dialog In the General tab check the Process USB 3 0 LTSSM ch
287. ip to appear if you position your mouse pointer over part of the graph and leave it there for a couple of seconds No Grid Turns off tooltips and the status bar O USB Protocol Suite User Manual Bus Utilization Teledyne LeCroy Corporation QO Grid Lines Opens a sub menu with the following options m Both Axis Displays both X and Y axis grid lines m X Axis Displays X axis grid lines m Y Axis Display Y axis grid lines m None Turns off grid lines QO Grid on Top Moves the grid lines above the graph Q Fonts and Colors Opens a dialog box for setting the colors and fonts used in the graphs View options Fonts Title Jee Axis aot Colors T o ee Figure 9 19 View Options Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual 227 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Bus Utilization 228 9 7 3 Graph Areas Menu The Graph Areas menu allows you to view different information in the Bus Utilization window To view information 1 Click the similar to the following New USB2 Packet Length USB2 Bus Usage USB2 Percent of bus used ChO USB2 Packet Length Ch0 USB2 Data Length ChO USB2 Bus usage by device ChO USB Bus used Ch Lnk2 0 Addr 0 USB Bus used ChO Lnk2 0 Addr 1 Lnk2 0 Pending SCSI IOs Lnk2 0 SCSI IO Response Time Lnk 0 SCSI IO Latency Time Lnk 0 SCSI IO Throughput Lnk2 0 SCSI IO Response Time amp Lnk2 0 SCSI IO Latency Time Figure 9 20 Graph Areas Menu USB 2 0 ial button to
288. isplay a menu from which you can choose Help Properties Window The Properties window lists all parameters and their values for the selected script command Parameters values can be changed by entering text into the text boxes or by selecting items from pull down menus File Tabs At the top of the Script Editor window is a tab with the name of the open generation file If there are Include statements in the generation file that link it to other generation files these files automatically open and display as tabs at the top of the window You can click the tabs to toggle between the open generation files Errors When you compile a script and have an error the error appears in the Error tab at the bottom of the application window Each error has a file name line number and description Double clicking the error jumps to the line number A red square appears next to the line number that contains the error A yellow square appears next to the line number that has a warnings Note You cannot run a script that has syntax errors 356 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Script Editor 12 8 7 12 8 8 12 8 9 12 8 10 12 8 11 12 8 12 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Output When you compile a script that generates output or when the application sends you a message the information appears in the Output tab Options Menu Ll You can set text options in the Options menu by clicking JE QO Enable Outlining Adds a
289. isualization 110 Embedded Attachments to a Marker 110 Recording an Audio File 109 Video Files supported 109 markers setting 233 Markers Overview 106 Mass Storage dec file 187 Maximum Disk Usage 267 408 Media Transfer Protocol 139 memory 42 52 requirements 268 menus graph areas 228 pull down 74 353 real time statistics 255 view settings 226 Merge Trace Files command 75 311 merging trace files 311 Misc USB 2 0 tab recording options 270 Misc USB 3 0 tab recording options 274 280 Mobile Direct Line Model 186 mode Bitstream 327 collapsed 176 device emulation 328 expanded 176 generation 326 Repeat 326 traffic generation 327 Monitor dec file 186 monitoring statistics 253 Move Event to option 291 moving events 291 MTP 139 Multi Channel Control Model dec file 186 multi state sequences 286 N NAK ed transactions 180 NAKs 129 hiding 129 name of Recording Options settings 268 navigating 235 navigation shortcuts 100 tools 98 Navigation Bar checkbox 236 Navigator 235 displaying 236 legend 240 panes 237 239 range 237 238 ranges 237 slider 240 toolbar 237 Navigator Legend dialog box 241 Navigator Panes button 240 Navigator Range button 238 network 56 New Event button 287 option 290 pop up menu 287 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index New Generation Scenario button 361 New script command 251 No Decoding option 193 None option 226 number of transitions 246
290. ite User Manual USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 13 12 13 1 Usb 3 Trace to Excerciser Script Export Settings mj L Raw Mode This setting exports a trace packet as stream of bytes instead of set of fields This setting allows to parse very large generation script files faster but packets will not have any field information No Delays between packets This setting instructs to ignore delays between packets in the exported trace file Use this setting if you want to transmit exported packets as fast as possible Number of packets in the 499 include file This setting specifies how many send packet instructions will be in one generation include file before a new include file is created Insert WaitPacket instructions for incoming Data and Transaction packets This setting instructs to insert WaitPacket instructions whenever there are Data or Transaction packets from the opposite direction Force Include Link Management Packets LMP This setting instructs to force including LMPs into generation script Using this setting isn t recommended because LMPs are generated by USB 3 0 Link management layer during link run time So any unappropriate LMPs can impair USB 3 0 link management Default values Cancel Figure 12 14 Usb 3 Trace to Exerciser Script Export Settings Dialog 8 Select from the desired options click OK 9 Click the Start Export button to begin export 10 After exporti
291. ite User Manual Voyager M3x Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 2 4 Voyager M3x Analyzer 2 4 1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list OOoOCOUDL E Voyager M3x Analyzer Exerciser System AC power cable USB cables 7 USB 2 0 3 USB 3 0 Installation CD ROM including documentation Micro to Standard USB adapter Mini to Standard USB adapter Quick Start Guide Product documentation is on the Installation CD ROM 2 4 2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the installation CD for the current host machine and operating system requirements 2 4 3 Analyzer The Analyzer is shown in the figure Woyager NT gt 3x ae TEED YNE USB 2 0 3 0 Figure 2 1 Voyager M3x Analyzer Front USB Protocol Suite User Manual 49 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3x Analyzer The features of the Analyzer are listed in the following table Features Function Front Panel Power LED Status LED USB ports Analyzer and Exerciser Analyzer LEDs Rec Trig 2 0 Solid Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Flashing Green 3 0 Off Solid Yellow Slow Flashing Yellow Fast Flashing Yellow Solid Green Blinking Green Exerciser Trigger 50 Green if plugged in and powered on Blue if system successfully initializes Red if hardware failure Green while initializing A downstream and B
292. itor will render the SMA input ports non compliant with 5 Gbps signaling the native USB 3 0 connectors will continue to operate within the USB 3 0 electrical specification USB Protocol Suite User Manual 279 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 10 5 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor T3 The Misc USB 3 0 tab presents options for setting Descrambling Termination RxDetect Polarity Inversion Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields F S e S ed Recording Options Advisor T3 Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 Simple Triggers Downstream Upstream IF Logical Idle Logical Idle SHP SHP SDP SDP Fl ste FP ste IP EPF IP EPF Descrambling Termination FaDetect IP END END Downstrearr Upstream Analyzer Ports sl ved Auto SkP SKP IF Code K Code L symbol Erroi L symbol Erroi E RD Error E RD Error Polarity Inversion FP DP Length Error _ DP Length Error Downstrearr Upstream Term On Term On E Term off L Term off 89 Auto 9 Auto E BCNT 9 Auto 9 Auto J Manual alada Framing Error Triggers Low Power States Filter Out Logical Idles CRC Error Triggers Filter Out SKPs Downstream Upstream E Filter Out LUP LDN E erez2 E erez2 I crci6 crci6 FP EROS Lew FP ROS Low PF cres Le jereste E Filter Out ITP _ Filter Out Bus Events LFPS Eldle Term Options 16 E Truncate Data Fields Bytes _ i i o L
293. k commands 365 Technical Support 401 Telephone Control Model dec file 186 telephone number 401 Termination RxDetect 274 280 Text Snippets window 357 text editing commands 356 Tile Horizontally option 226 Tile Vertically option 226 Time Stamp menu 121 timer 18 timestamp 121 122 Timestamp At The Beginning option 176 Timestamp field 176 timestamps 18 Timing Calculations report 218 Timing Calculator 218 To Frame field 372 toggle reset 180 Toggle Outlining option 357 toggle value 180 Toolbar 92 button descriptions 83 command 92 icons 83 Recording Rules 283 resetting 92 tab 92 Tools menu 208 Tooltip option 226 tooltips 91 127 176 323 324 357 360 trace first recording 68 70 reading 103 set marker in 121 412 shortcuts 100 view features 70 103 viewing level 176 Trace File Name amp Path button 269 trace files edit comment 147 filename 269 merging 311 Trace Viewer 73 Trace Viewer mode 70 Trace Viewing Level option 176 traffic analyzing 207 display 17 summary 222 Traffic Generation 315 traffic generation file format 330 modes 327 371 options 328 repeating 327 running 329 starting 327 stopping 328 371 Traffic Generation Start Stop button 327 Traffic Summary report 222 Traffic Type pane 239 Trainer connecting 349 350 Transaction Packet Type 167 Transaction View 133 transactions 139 decoded 134 decoding protocols 139 expanded collapsed 135 split view 136 Transfer View
294. kens and Errors Whether recording manually or with a specified trigger condition the system continuously records the link data in a wrap around fashion until manually stopped or until the system detects the Trigger Event and records the specified post trigger amount of link data Upon detection of a triggering event the Analyzer continues to record data up to a point specified by you You can individually enable or disable real time event detection to allow triggering on events as they happen including predefined exception or error conditions and user defined sets of trigger events An externally supplied signal can trigger the Analyzer You can use search functions to investigate particular events In addition to immediate analysis you can print any part of the data You can save the data on disk for later viewing You can generate timing information and data analysis reports Please refer to the Universal Serial Bus Specification tor details on the protocol The USB specification is available from the USB Implementers Forum USB IF at USB Implementers Forum Tel 1 503 296 9892 1730 SW Skyline Blvd Fax 1 503 297 1090 Suite 203 Web http www usb org Portland OR 97221 Features Fully complies with USB specification revisions Supports the Link Power Management extension Uses field upgradeable firmware and recording engine Supports all USB speeds 5 Gb s 480 Mb s 12 Mb s and 1 5 Mb s Displays bus traffic using colo
295. ket IDs PIDs ANY Error Specific Errors Ctrl 5hrft 2 Data Length Addr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port On The Go Figure 6 5 Packet IDs Select the type of packet to which you want to go ANY Error OUT IN SOF SETUP DATAO DATA DATAZ MDATA ACK MAK STALL NYET PRE ERR SPLIT PING EXT DATAx Shitt O Shift 1 Shift F Shift 5 Shift 0 Shift 1 Shift 2 Shift M Shift A Shift N Shift L Shift Shift P Shift X Shift G Shift R Shift D Repositions the trace to show the next instance of any error You can press Ctrl Shift 2 to go to the first error of any type Errors The Errors menu allows you to search for five different types of error PID CRC5 CRC16 Packet Length and Stuff Bits Menu items appear in bold if they are present in the trace or are grayed out if not present in the trace see Figure 6 6 on page 153 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation PID ANY Error Ctrl Specific Errors PID Data Length d CRC5 Addr amp Endp CRC16 Bus Conditions d Facket Length Split HubAddr amp Port Stuff Bits On The Go d EOP Babble Start Babble End LOA Frame Length Turnaround Timeout Data Toggle MicroFrame 4 Analyzer Internal Incomplete Last Byte On The Go Error PTP Tra No Command PTP Tra No Response PTF Transld Disorder PTP Tra No Operation Code Figure 6 6 Errors Menu Option You can press Shift E to
296. l information about the trace file a Error Summary To view a count of errors in a trace file QO Timing Calculations To view timing measured between two events set within the trace file QO Data View Packet Data Shows packet payload contents a Traffic Summary Report To view a summary of protocol related information in the trace file summary information about a selected group of items in the trace file such as a count of particular frame or packet types a Bus Utilization To display information on bandwidth usage for the transmit and receive channels USB Protocol Suite User Manual 207 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation View Docking and Floating Windows Link Tracker 3 0 Displays a detailed chronological view of events Navigator Navigates within the trace to view the location of errors and triggers narrow the range of traffic on display and jump to any point in the trace Detail View Shows details of selected packet Spec View 3 0 Shows packet header information and other items in a view that matches the USB 3 0 specification USB 3 0 Link State Timing View Graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state USB 3 0 LTSSM View Displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 speci fication Power Tracker Voyager M3i only Displays voltage current and power You can select Hide Full Screen Sync by Time or Real Time Monitor Decoded Fields View See Decoded Fields View on page 204
297. lay Uses a Trace Viewer that is backward compatible with USB Advisor USB Chief USB Inspector and USB Detective trace files which are con verted upon loading Indicates trigger position by different pre trigger and post trigger packet colors Sets markers to assist with navigation and time calculations Each marker can contain unique comments Hides start of frame SOF packets as well as any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint Searches for a specific PID Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing measure ment and analysis functions Allows search and packet hiding Allows device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding Has a Data View 2 0 and 3 0 Uses Link Tracker to view symbols of traffic 3 0 Uses a Spec View to show packets in the same format as the USB 3 0 specifica tion 3 0 Has Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3x Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 1 5 4 Traffic Generation USB 2 0 and 3 0 traffic generation options allow you to transmit custom packets over standard USB cables with low level control of headers payloads timing and link states The Exerciser can play back trace files bit for bit allowing validation engineers to recreate problems reported
298. lay Hexadecimal ASCII Decimal or Binary Use MSB Format or LSB Format Use Big Endian or Little Endian OOoOUD Figure 9 11 Data View Toolbar The Format field allows you to enter the number of BYTEs WORDs or DWORDs per line The Columns field allows you to set the number of columns You can enter an offset in the Scroll to Offset field and click the arrow to scroll there You can enter text in the Search field and click Search Previous or Search Next to go there USB Protocol Suite User Manual 221 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Traffic Summary Report 222 9 6 Traffic Summary Report Traffic Summary Report summarizes the numbers and types of packets transactions etc that occurred in the open trace To run Traffic Summary Report select Report gt Traffic Summary Report or click the button marked The program prompts you to specify a range of packets then displays the following window Traffic Summary Report Bos mm E Go e llo El All reports Packet O To Packet 808801 Type Code Status Total PKT AA EE SCSI Command TEST UNIT READY 0x00 Pass 2 El pat Packets SCSI Command REQUEST SENSE 0x03 Pass 6 pel SCSI Command INQUIRY SPC 0x12 Pass 3 a pe SCSI Command MODE SENSE 6 0x1A Fail 3 ie desea SCSI Command READ FORMAT CAPACITIES 0x2 Fail 3 SCSI Command READ CAPACITY 10 0x25 Pass 4 Non packet Symbols ee or ee SCSI Command READ 10 0x28 Pass 668 gt Handshake 690 ER Transfers
299. lect FS and or HS In most cases the USB Protocol Suite can determine whether an endpoint is an Interrupt or Bulk endpoint and apply the proper decoding However in some cases the USB Protocol Suite cannot distinguish traffic from these two Transfer Types and defaults to Interrupt endpoint For FS and or HS you can set the soft ware to default to Bulk endpoint typically when you know that captured traffic is Bulk not Interrupt Note In the Trace view you can change the Transfer Type by right clicking the INT or BULK field and selecting the appropriate option O Show USB Protocol Use USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 QO Protocol Level to View Displays Packet Transaction Split Transaction PTP 176 MTP Transaction PTP MTP Object PTP MTP Session SCSI Operation PTP Group USB Protocol Suite User Manual Color Format Hiding Display Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation and OBEX Operation Trace View Mode Displays Normal CATC Trace View Compressed CATC View Spreadsheet View Color and Spreadsheet View B W Fonts Sets the font type and bold or italic style for Fields and Data Configuration Name You can name the current set of Display Options values for use with an opt file The options file can have a different name Restore Factory Settings Sets all Display Options values to the installed values This does NOT change the default settings that are loaded when the application starts If you want the Factory Settin
300. length bus usage and bus usage by device See Bus Utilization on page 224 Link Tracker Opens a window for displaying a detailed chronological view of traffic The window provides view and navigation options See Link Tracker 3 0 on page 231 Navigator Allows you to view the location of errors and triggers in a trace narrow the range of traffic on display and jump to any point in the trace See Using the Navigator on page 235 Detail View Displays details of selected packet See Detail View on page 242 Spec View Shows packet header information and other items in a view that matches the USB 3 0 specification See Spec View 3 0 on page 243 USB 3 0 Link State Graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state Timing View See USB 3 0 Link State Timing View on page 244 USB 3 0 LTSSM Displays the LTSSM diagram depicted in the USB 3 0 specification view See USB 3 0 LTSSM View on page 246 Power Tracker Displays voltage current and power See Power Tracker on page 247 Decoded Fields Displays the Decoded Fields View See Decoded Fields View on View page 204 Run Verification Opens a window to allow you to run verification scripts over the Scripts open trace See Running Verification Scripts on page 249 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 77 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Main Display Window 78 Menus Search Go to Trigger Go to Sel
301. lit Transaction View 2 Select Expand This Transaction The screen displays the selected transaction in expanded format Note The Expand Collapse transaction feature operates as a toggle when one format is active the other appears as an option on the Expand Collapse drop down menu To collapse a transaction perform the same operation and select Collapse This Transaction Note that you can choose to expand or collapse A Only the selected Transaction OR Q All Transactions It is not necessary to use the Expand Collapse Transactions menu to shift between expanded and collapsed views of a transaction You can double click the Transaction number field to toggle back and forth between collapsed and expanded views 5 28 Switch to Split Transaction View To select Split Transaction View 1 Click the button on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Split Transactions SplitTrans L IT ADDR mM Data EA ess 2 o Jp i2 01 oo ol oo oo oo os Figure 5 40 Split Transaction View You can also switch to Split Transactions View from the Menu Bar 1 Select Display Options under Setup You see the Display Options General window 2 Check Split Transaction 5 29 Switch to Transfer View A Transfer is defined in the USB specification as one or more transactions between a software client and its function USB transfers can be one of four kinds Control Interrupt Bulk and Isochronous The system can di
302. lk and then select Manage Playlists see Figure 5 17 on page 118 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 117 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation CATC Walk Playlist 118 9 3 1 El Edit CATC Walk Playlists x Markers Level Cell Marker Time Size gt Pac al Pac al Pac gt Pac gt Pac al Pac al Pac eal gt Pac Filter Edit A Drag ma Playlists Name i x Description ket 67480 Packet ket 67858 Time T Marker 1 AdvisorT3Be rbf ket 68103 Time T Marker 3 ket 68130 Time ket 68158 Time ket 68188 Time T Marker 6 L m061 zip ket 68213 Time Marker 5 0 austinmail waw 00 00 ket 68216 Time Level 3 Cell Marker Time Size rkers to the playlist to add them Figure 5 17 Edit CATC Walk Playlists Dialog Playlist Functionality You can do the following to manage playlists a a E E E Remove or edit current playlists Edit the playlist name Edit the playlist description List the sequence of attachments in current playlist List of all available attachments and drag drop to a playlist As shown in the previous figure the Playlist window lists the markers with their attachments on the left and the playlist on the right see Figure 5 18 on page 119 USB Protocol Suite User Manual CATC Walk Playlist 9 3 2 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Bd Edit CATC Walk Playlists Markers Playlists Level Cell Marker Time Size Name Playlist 0 ig le Fa gt Pa
303. lkOut_wPW dec Communications CDCDataBulkOut_wPW_wCT E dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wPW dec Communications CDCDatalsochIn_wPW_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wCTE dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wPW dec Communications CDCDatalsochOut_wPW_wcCTE dec 188 USB USB IF Codes Proto col Decoder ID Name OAh xxh CDC USB Protocol Suite User Manual Class and Vendor Definition Files USB Decode Smart Card CCID SmartCardiCCIDBulkIn dec SmartCard CCIDBulkOut dec SmartCard CclDIinterrupt dec SmartCard CCID_req dec SmartCard ICCDBulkin dec SmartCard ICCDBulkOut dec SmartCard ICCDInterrupt dec SmartCard ICCD_req_Ver A dec SmartCard ICCD_req_Ver B dec USB Decoder Name CCID and ICCD Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB IF Codes Proto col ID 01h 02h Video Class UVC decoding 1 1 currently at 1 0 VIDEO CONTROL VIDEO STREAMING VIDEO INTERFACE COLLECTION VideoClass VideoBulkin dec VideoClass VideoBulkOut dec VideoClass Videolnterrupt dec VideoClass Videolsochin dec VideoClass VideolsochOut dec VideoClass Video1 0Requests dec VideoClass Video1 1Requests dec Wireless Controller BT Remote Network Driver Interface Specification RNDIS USB3 Vision USB3 Vision VisionControl dec VisionEvent dec VisionStream dec USB Protocol Suite User Manual Remote NDIS USB3 Vision EFh 05h 00h 00h 00h 01h 02h 0
304. ll Image Class Requests Video Class Requests and Wire Adapter Class Requests To decode a class request 1 From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Request to display the View Fields for Class Requests text box see Figure 8 9 on page 201 The following figure shows a View Fields for Hub Class Requests decoding View Fields for Hub Class Requests 86 ea B d4b A gt REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 2303040002000000 Direction Host to device Type Class Recipient Other bRequest SET_FEATURE wWValue PORT RESET wIndex Port 2 HIRD 0x0 Selector 0x00 wLength 00000 DECODING INFORMATION Length Offset Hex Pe Field bits bits Decoded Value Description bRequest 0 o SET FEATURE 0x03 bRequest HexVal 0x03 wValue 16 16 PORT_RESET 0x0004 4 Port i i ii Number g 32 Port 2 0x02 Port Number for Feature 4 TT H Traffic Summary Report View Fields for Hub Class Requests 86 Figure 8 9 View Fields for Hub Class Requests Dialog 8 3 4 Decoding Vendor Requests To decode a vendor request O From the USB Device Request menu select Decode Request to display the View Fields for Vendor Requests text box An example of a vendor request is Command Set USB Protocol Suite User Manual 201 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Options 8 3 5 Decoding Undefined USB WUSB Device Requests A Decoding Request may not belong to any of the defined decoding groups Standard Class or Vendor
305. llows you to generate USB 3 0 traffic and test designs under realistic conditions Traffic Generation can also transmit known bad packets providing an opportunity for engineers to observe how a device handles specific adverse conditions Note For traffic generation for USB 2 0 see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 315 12 1 Connecting to Voyager M3 M3i The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Soeed Low Speed Hi Speed and SuperSpeed connections are the same You only need to plug into the Exerciser ports because there is an internal Analyzer tap 12 1 1 Host Emulation For Host Emulation connect a cable from Device under Test to Exerciser A port Analyzer Exerciser O Gen B O Rec B O Rec l A 030 O 3 0 O 2 0 itus C O 2 0 Device Under Test Figure 12 1 Connecting a Cable from Device under Test to Exerciser A Port USB Protocol Suite User Manual 349 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Connecting to Voyager M3x 12 1 2 Device Emulation For Device Emulation connect a cable from Host under Test to Exerciser B port Analyzer Exerciser O Gen o B O Rec B O Rec O 3 0 A Pl 6 9 0 Figure 12 2 Connecting a Cable from Host under Test to Exerciser B Port 12 2 Connecting to Voyager M3x The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Soeed Low Speed Hi Speed and SuperSpeed connections are the same 12 2 1 Host Emulation
306. lso attached to an analyzer Switches display of the Status Bar on or off See Status Bar on page 93 Quick Timing provides immediate time deltas and bandwidth calculations If the Start is placed on a packet that contains an Address and Endpoint the bandwidth for that combination is displayed in the Status Bar below the trace data Select Play to start playing the CATC Walk playlist or Manage Playlists to display the Edit CATC Walk Playlists dialog to manage playlists Real time Statistics Allows you to view traffic statistics as they occur See Real Time Monitoring on page 253 USB Electrical Test Tests electrical characteristics Trace Views Unhide cells See USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes on page 373 Displays CATC Trace Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet Color or Spreadsheet B W Unhide previously hidden Traffic VBus Power or Unhide All USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Main Display Window Menus Zoom In Zoom Out Wrap Synchronize Trace View with Other Views Show USB 2 Traffic Only Show USB 3 Traffic Only Hiding USB 2 Traffic Hiding USB 3 Traffic Hide Devices Addr Endp NAKs NRDYs View Layers Mode Stacking View Apply Decoding Scripts Packet Level Transaction Level USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Functions Increases the size of the displayed elements Decreases the size of the displayed elements Wraps displayed pack
307. lumns on the right USB Protocol Suite User Manual 231 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Link Tracker 3 0 9 8 1 Using the Link Tracker Window The Link Tracker window can be reformatted in several ways Zooming In and Out Zooming out can give you a quick high level view of a trace A fully zoomed out trace only shows columns and colored lines Using the colors you can see what types of traffic run through the trace Further information can be obtained on any point of interest in the trace by positioning your mouse pointer over it Tool tips provide detailed description of events Note When fully zoomed out the smallest graphical unit is the DWORD represented by a single line Zooming out makes the trace appear smaller and increases the time scale in the first column Link Tracker Packet 67470 Usb3 0HDDEnumeration usb 232 Elm a a Packet Rx Tx Time 02 662 719 4 72 02 662 719 584 02 662 719 696 02 662 719 808 02 662 719 920 02 662 720 032 02 662 720 144 02 662 720 368 02 662 720 480 02 662 720 592 02 662 720 204 02 662 720 616 02 662 720 928 02 662 721 040 02 662 221 152 02 662 721 264 02 662 221 376 02 662 721 488 02 662 221 600 02662 721 712 02662 721 624 02 662 721 936 02 662 722 048 02 662 722 160 02 662 722 2 2 02 662 722 384 02 662 722 496 02 662 722 608 67480 Rx 67482 Tx Ez Ez Ox 0 105 RD Text Columns 4 y FA fi Te 67487 Rx 67490 Tx
308. ly 341 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code Bus Condition Keys reset se0 suspend resume wait_resume chirp wait_vbus 342 positive integer or LS_EOP positive integer lt 2500 positive integer positive integer HERE HERE VALID Format Description Host Generation Only Indicates the number of microseconds that single ended zeros SEO are driven onto the bus Assign a positive integer to this key This key can also be assigned the string LS_EOP to drive two low speed bit times of SEO followed by one bit time of J Host Generation Only Same SEO signal as reset but the range is in nanoseconds accuracy 33 ns Host Generation Only Indicates the number of microseconds of idle and suspend after the previous packet for example for ten milliseconds of suspend the key should equal 13000 Assign a positive integer to this key Note that suspend begins after 3 milliseconds of idle Host Generation Only Indicates the number of microseconds of K driven onto the bus Assign a positive integer to this key For a proper resume sequence this should be followed by the condition reset LS_ EOP speed LOW Host Generation Only Place this immediately before a resume lt gt statement to implement a device resume also known as Remote Wakeup This causes the host to wait for the device to issue the Resume K condition before
309. marker Set Start Quick Timing marker Ctrl Click Set End Quick Timing marker Ctrl Shitt Click TEE 2 Go to the Graphical View of the Exerciser right click in the view and select paste from the menu 12 10 5 Graphical Toolbar The Graphical toolbar contains buttons for zooming wrapping and converting from graphic scenario to text scenario mal a l Bic A E The buttons have the following functions Zoom In Zoom Out 2 Wrap Convert from graphic scenario to text scenario 370 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Loading and Running the Generation File Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 11 12 11 1 12 11 2 12 12 Loading and Running the Generation File The USB 3 0 Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB 3 0 traffic A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a usb3g extension There are several examples of Traffic Generation files included with the installation of the software To load a generation file 1 Select File gt Open from the menu to display the Open dialog box 2 Select Usb3Script Files usb3g from the drop down menu marked Files of Type to display a list of USB 3 0 Traffic Generation files 3 Select a Traffic Generation file usb3g 4 Click Open Starting Traffic Generation To start traffic generation click P on the Tool Bar Click the Trace Preview button t
310. matically or via the user applying it explicitly Hiding Devices HostID HostAddress Endpoint Vendor PID Class ae Addr 000 0 Both Addr 001 0 Both ADATA T 0x40 Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests mE 0 Addr 001 1 In ADATA T OxAQ Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp wo Addr 001 2 Out ADATA T OxAQ Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp se Figure 4 3 Hiding Devices Dialog Check the upper level box hierarchically to hide all communications on an address or the lower level to hide individual endpoints Clicking on the Pin will make the dialog stay available after applying the hiding The Class is determined from the class decoder mapping which could have occurred either automatically or via the user applying it explicitly In various locations the list of Link Address Endpoint and Direction is shown in the Display Options dialog under the USB 2 0 Packet Hiding and USB 3 0 Packet Hiding tabs as shown in Figure 4 4 on page 90 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 89 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Tool Bar 90 General Color Format Hiding Display Options Popular Items To Hide Hide Link Commands Flow Control Hide TSEQ Hide TS1 TS2 Packets Hide Logical Idle Packets Hide Up Stream Fl Hide Down Stream Hide Skip Sequence Hide 150 Time Stamp Packets Hide Inter Packet Symbols Fl Hide Link Commands LUP LDN Fl Hide Link Commands Power Management Hide Electrical Idle Hide LFP
311. mbination of Teledyne LeCroy s flagship analyzers including PCI Express Gen 1 Gen 2 and Gen 3 USB 2 0 and 3 0 Serial ATA SATA 1 5 3 and 6Gbps Serial Attached SCSI SAS 6Gbps and Fibre Channel 1 2 4 and 8Gbps systems CrossSync is Teledyne LeCroy s analyzer synchronization solution that enables time aligned display of protocol traffic from multiple daisy chained analyzers showing packet traffic from multiple high speed serial busses A lightweight software control panel allows users to select analyzers for synchronization and manage the recording process Captured traffic is displayed using the latest analyzer software in separate windows with all the protocol specific search and reporting features Captured packets are displayed in separate windows that share a common time scale Navigating the traffic in either direction will scroll to the same timestamp in a synchronized window When using the CrossSync option users can access the full complement of analysis capabilities available within the individual Teledyne LeCroy software Search reporting and decoding all operate normally see CrossSync Control Panel on page 98 This feature is available with the Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite application Comprehensive Error Detection and Analysis The system detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations The Analyzer BusEngine circuitry performs real time triggering on
312. mn and expand it Select a data type such as Data Length in the Group then select a color in the Color section using Standard or Custom colors Use a bright color for each important field General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding USB 2 0 Packets elds PID Types SETUP Format Bit Order MSB to LSB LSB to MSB Group and Color Format Bit Order Hidden G LPM Fields E l USB 2 0 Packets Hexadecimal o Packet Fields Decimal E PID Types Be y Hiding E Hidden LSB to MSB ASCII LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSE toms LSE to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB LSB to MSB E m Restore Factory Setting Save Save As Default Load Load Default Apply Figure 7 3 Display Options Color Format Hiding Dialog Group and Color Pane To customize colors use the Custom tab Color Standard Custom Red 128 Green 20 Blue 133 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Color Format Hiding Display Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Note You cannot change the color of an Invalid Data packet error field It is permanently set to red 7 2 2 Formats Display Options For each type of data in each group of data the program has a default data format Examples of number data formats are Bin binary Dec d
313. mum or Maximum values of Power Voltage or Current occur by right clicking and choosing Go To from the popup menu and then choosing a submenu item The Power Tracker samples are acquired from the start of the recording to the finish Since packet traffic or other Bus Condition events can start long after the recording starts or finish long before the recording ends many power samples in these end ranges can map to the first packet or last packet in a trace For all events when synchronizing between the Power Tracker view and other views the items associated in the other views are the ones closest in time to the timestamp of the Power Tracker sample Note Power measurement accuracy for Current is 10 mA Power measurement accuracy for Voltage is 50 mV Power measurement accuracy for Power is 50 mW The sampling period of the current and voltage is once every 20 microseconds or 50 KHz 9 13 1 Power Tracker Toolbar EA Voltage 5 040 V Current 0 uA Figure 9 34 Power Tracker Toolbar The buttons have the following functions Zoom out Insert Time markers After clicking click in the display to make a red vertical line Select and drag the line to indicate a time interval between two lines Zoom by Selection Sync by Time a Synchronize the USB 3 0 Link State Timing States View and the Trace View a Zoom by Horizontal Drag i Monitor during capture Zoom by Vertical Drag Show Hide Power Tracker
314. n On o390mv as D S o a mW 211 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Trace Information 212 TxPreShortLevel TxPreShortDecay TxAmp CATC Sync is Enabled in Software ag0mV CATC Sync is enabled for synchronized Start and Stop Recording CATC Sync is enabled for synchronized triggering License Information License information for the product Serial Number 64070 used to record this trace file Available Features Feature Title Hi Speed Slow Clock Exerciser USB 2 0 Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Capturing USB 2 0 Capturing USB 3 0 Memory Size 512MB Memory Size 166 Memory Size 2GB Memory Size 4GB Trig Filt Limited Trig Filt Limited Il Trig Filt Limited Ill Trig Filt Advanced External Trigger In Qut USB 3 0 CSV Import Link Tracker View Traffic Summary Report Real Time Bus Monitoring Exerciser USB 2 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Host Emulation Exerciser USB 3 0 Device Emulation Memory Size 64MB Automation AP USB 3 0 Slow Clock Purchased Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Feature Description Hi Speed Trafic Generated and Traced at Slow Clock rate Device Emulation Hi Speed Tracing Enabled Capture USB 2 0 traffic Capture USB 3 0 traffic Recording buffer size up to 512MB Recording buffer size up to 1GB Recording buffer size up to 24GB Recording buffer size up to 4GB Triggering
315. n 1 Xfer column to select it see Figure 8 6 on page 197 USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 11 Repeat the previous steps for any additional endpoints you would like to map 12 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox 13 Click OK 8 3 General Options Commands are transferred on USB using special control transfers called USB Device Requests The Analyzer can decode Device Requests as they are defined in the USB specifications and various Device Class and Vendor specifications Each USB Device Request is sent using a Control Transfer Each Control Transfer starts with a SETUP transaction 8 3 1 Decoding USB Device Requests To decode a USB Device Request 1 Right click the Control Transfer field or the SETUP field of the USB Device Request to display the USB Device Request menu Decode Standard Request Load most recent decoding mapping Refresh Decoding for this Trace File Set marker Format Color b Hide Figure 8 7 USB Device Request Dialog Note The menus shown in this section are context sensitive You may see slightly different menus 2 To refresh decoding click Refresh Decoding for this Trace File Use this option to reanalyze all transactions 3 To use the previous decoding click Load most recent decoding mapping This option loads the most recent mapping of endpoints request
316. n keys 342 Bus Conditions 154 155 Bus Conditions shortcuts 100 bus data recording 310 403 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index Bus Reset 180 Bus Usage option 256 Bus Utilization buttons 225 report 224 BusEngine 19 manual updating 392 technology 19 update 392 buttons bus utilization 225 real time statistics 254 Script Editor 322 355 359 360 370 tool bar descriptions 83 Bytes box 273 C Cable Based Association Framework dec file 190 CAPI Control Model dec file 186 cascading 57 CATC SYNC port 57 CATC Technical Support 401 CATC Trace recording 70 set marker 121 CATC Trace View 142 CATC Walk Playlist 117 Cell pop up menu 290 cells 288 highlight 288 types 288 Channel search 170 Channel O or Channel 1 packets 180 Channel field 372 Check for Updates command 388 391 Check Syntax command 74 Chirp Bus conditions 180 Chirped packets 130 chirps hiding 130 class decoding keys 346 class definition files 185 Class Request decode 201 Class request decode 201 Class Vendor decoding 191 Class Vendor Decoding field 192 Class Vendor Decoding Groups menu 192 Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding field 194 menu 194 195 clock 41 273 selection 273 Clock Speed Selection 274 collapse 357 404 Collapse Idle 234 Collapse Idle Plus 234 Collapse This USB Transfer command 138 Collapsible Idle Time 232 colors Display Options 177 command modifiers 356 Command Properties window 356 command
317. n nrnanrnanenannanas 134 5 27 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transactions iia cialis 135 5 26 Switch to Split Transaction VICW ana as 136 5 29 Switch to Transfer View occoccconncoononanonnnonnnnnrnnnrnnannnrcancnnncnnn cana carr n nara a nana nan rn na nana nan rnanranananes 136 5 30 View Decoded Transfers iia bea talaceivetecatewaeaedaaendvenveeaueciavensieiues 137 5 30 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transfers cusco ai 138 5 31 Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and Transfers ccsssseeseesee 139 9 32 o Witch to PIP Transactions iinan aaa aaa a 139 5 39 9WItch to PTP Object TransterS sssorcccnoca ico a adsa 139 5 34 Switch to PTP SESSIONS cconcoccconnconcnnoconaconnnoncconcnancnnrrnnr cnn cnn cnn rra rra cnn anna narran ran rnnnrranrnanranes 140 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 7 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Contents 5 35 Switch to SCSI Operations vs oia 141 55390 SCOl A o A o a a a a a a aS 141 9 90 Compressed CATO Trace Vi Wii 141 5 37 9preadSheet Vie Winrar 142 SLI COMAS ana 144 597 2 ROWS sp scc sess ccsceatzzc ssacecesaveaseseenss aa aaa E Eo E 144 5 37 3 Detail View and Spreadsheet View issii eaaa aaa adaa aaia iaaa NE 146 5 38 Edit COMMEN assin a aai 147 Chapter 6 Searching TACOS umciomsiiioaicc innata 149 6 ELO lolo o EA Pe r 149 6 2 Goto Selected Packet ai 150 6 3 Go to Packet Transacto Transfer aiii lidia cid 150 E E 150 0 9 G0 TO USB 2 ud ina riada 151 6 5 1 Packet IDS PIDS risista a cade 152 0 02
318. n using the Analyzer Devices dialog and the About window USB Protocol Suite User Manual 61 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Application Startup 3 5 2 Analyzer Devices To show the available Analyzer Devices select Setup gt All Connected Devices to display the Analyzer Devices dialog Analyzer Devices Device Location Status About Mi Voyager SN Local mac Ready amma rt Add Device IP Settings oi Networks Select analyzer devices you want to participate in the recording 4 Refresh Device dial Close The dialog displays the Device Location and Status You can click QO About to display device information see Software Firmware and BusEngine Revisions on page 387 O Update Device see Manual Updates to Firmware BusEngine and Serdes BusEngine on page 392 O Update License see Updating the Software License on page 394 QO Connect to display the Connection Properties dialog in which you can set the system to m Automatically connect to the device m Ask to connect to the device m Take no action Add Device to display the Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog in which you can enter an IP Address a IP Settings to use a DHCP or Static IP address To refresh the list of devices click Refresh Device List Before starting recording select the Analyzer you want to use for recording 62 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Application Startup Teled
319. nd Search gt Go to Packet Transaction Transfer to display the Go to Packet Transaction Transfer window Go to Packet Transaction Transter Go to Packet o or Markers gt Cancel Figure 6 2 Go To Packet Transaction Transfer Dialog 2 Select the desired viewing level packet transaction etc from the drop down menu next to the words Go to 3 Enter the number of the packet you want to display Click OK The Trace View is repositioned with the selected packet at the top of your screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Go to Marker To instruct the Analyzer to display a marked packet 1 Select Go to Marker under Search on the Menu Bar You see a drop down menu listing the marked packets in that Trace View search View Window Help Go to Trigger Go to Selected Packet Go to Packet Transaction Transter Ctrl G Go to Marker Ctrl Mb Packet 6 480 Trigger Go to USB 2 0 Packet 6 858 1 marker in this packet Go to USB 3 0 Packet 68103 1 marker in this packet Go to Channel Packet 66130 1 marker in this packet Go to SCSI Packet 66158 1 marker in this packet i Find Packet 68188 1 marker in this packet B Find Next F3 Packet 68213 1 marker in this packet Packet 66216 1 marker in this packet Search Direction Forward All Markers ITP Figure 6 3 Go To Marker Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB 2 0
320. nd 257 dialog box 257 General 265 loading 269 Misc USB 2 0 page 270 Misc USB 3 0 page 274 280 name 269 options name 268 recording 310 saving 310 Recording Options Summary tab 314 Recording Ports section 274 280 Recording Rules 292 page 283 286 pop up menus 284 toolbar 283 284 Recording Type box 266 Recording Generating section 274 red errors 356 red square 356 refresh 199 Refresh Decoding command 80 146 Refresh Decoding for this Trace File command 199 410 Refresh Device List command 62 Register Product Online command 395 396 398 Remote NDIS 189 Remote Network Driver Interface Specification RNDIS 189 Repeat menu 326 mode 326 Repeating a Generation Session 327 Report menu 207 208 reports 207 REQ button 365 Request Recipient and Endpoints dialog box 191 requests 199 requirements power 42 51 Reset All button 93 Reset Column Widths 233 resetting Toolbar 92 Restart All option 291 restart options 291 Restart the Sequence option 291 Restore Factory Presets button 177 Restore Factory Presets option 177 Resume settings 328 revisions firmware 387 software 387 rules recording 19 restarting 291 validity 283 Run scripts command 250 Run verification script command 251 Run Verification Scripts command 249 Run verification scripts dialog 249 S Save Display Options 183 recording options 310 trace files 269 Save as Default command 310 script editing 356 Script Decoder
321. nd to set the priority of information displayed in the Pre Post Trigger Traffic Type panes This is a two step process 1 Fora particular item in a pane click the column next to the checkbox for the item That labels the item as currently active 2 Next use the up down arrows at the lower right of the area to move the item higher or lower in priority In the case of the Traffic Type pane priority determines display priority of each packet type For portions of the trace that are dominated by a particular packet type this setting no effect only the color corresponding to that packet type is displayed in that portion of the pane Suppose however that part of the trace includes equal or near equal numbers of several types of packets In that case you can use the legend to select which among those types is represented in that portion of the Traffic Types pane This allows you to view only packets of interest in crowded portions of the trace display USB Protocol Suite User Manual 241 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Detail View 9 10 9 10 1 242 Detail View The Detail View window shows packet details To obtain the Detail View window select Report gt Detail View or click the toolbar icon Detail View of Packet 67481 Ea 0x00000000 Fea Figure 9 29 Detail View Window The Data View toolbar buttons allow you to Go to Previous or Next Expanding a data field displays the Data View Detail View and Spreadsheet Vie
322. ne LeCroy Corporation Export to Generator Text From Packet 83176 or pra _ Frame Numbering Generate Automatically Keep Original Values Channel Number e Channel 0 Channel 1 Indude Indude MAK ed Transactions Indude Device Side Packets A Indude Exact EOP values takes longer on 5 If the captured file was Hi Speed and was recorded in Auto Speed Detect mode you must add a ping here statement before the first SOF packets in the utg file This is required because when the capture is made in Auto Speed Detect mode the first Ping sequence is not captured in the trace file 4 3 Tool Bar The Tool Bar provides quick and convenient access to the most popular program functions Tool tips briefly describe the functionality of each icon and menu item as the mouse arrow is moved over the icon item a H E p S Jot Auto Mode Record E nl A a 0 a e ul yE lt gt DE E sus Es Ral ESO a sy E E E Be a B m N BSH wre Bussobeae p Ej El 4 3 1 Files Searches and Options Open file Lal Find see Find on page 171 Setup Recording Options See Recording Options on page 257 JE Setup Display Options n pn See Display Options on page 175 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 83 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Tool Bar Assign High Level Decodes See Decode Requests on 4 3 2 Zoom and Wrap R Zoom In 4 3 3 Miscellaneous pA Display Realtime Stati
323. nel User Manual Note If you are using CrossSync USB Compliance Suite or any application that uses the Automation Interface to the USB Protocol Suite and the system prompts you that it cannot write a trace file to disk 1 Make sure that the trace file destination folder has write create permissions For example the target directory might be the network file system which typically does not have write create permissions 2 Make sure that the Windows or other Firewall Settings for USB Protocol Suite are set to Public USB Protocol Suite User Manual 99 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts 100 4 9 Analyzer Keyboard Shortcuts Trace Navigation Find Next Search Backwards Search Forwards Jump to First Packet Jump to Last Packet Go to Any Error Go to Channel 0 Go to Channel 1 Go to Trigger Move packet selection up Move packet selection down F3 Ctrl B Ctrl F Ctrl Home Ctri End Shift E Ctrl Shift 0 Ctrl Shift 1 Ctrl Shift T Shift Up Arrow Shift Down Arrow PID Go to ACK Shift A Go to DATAO Shift 0 Go to DATA1 Shift 1 Go to DATA2 Shift 2 Go to DATAx Shift D Go to IN Shift Go to MDATA Shift M Go to NAK Shift N Go to NYET Shift Y Go to OUT Shift O Go to PING Shift G Go to PRE ERR Shift P Go to SETUP Shift S Go to SOF Shift F Go to SPLIT Shift X Go to STALL Shift L Go to EXT Shift R Bus Conditions Go to Reset Shift T Go to Resume Shift 6 Go to SEO
324. new updates available For USB Protocol Suite f F Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be Found at T T a a 5 a rr a Or g cu oy Ln a m cu En ct A Ly ot Figure 13 1 No Update Available Window USB Protocol Suite User Manual Software Updates 13 2 2 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation If an update is available the window is LESA An update is available for USB Protocol Suite 4 USB Protocol Suite v3 02 Check for updates at application start up The latest software downloads can always be found at http www lecroy com tm Library Software PSG Figure 13 2 Update is Available Window To install an available update click Go to Download Page Now to go to the Teledyne LeCroy web site Follow the on screen instructions to download and install the software update To install available updates later click Later to close the window and return to the application Note If you select Later when you are later ready to install again select Help gt Check for Updates then download and install the software update Automatic Check for Software Updates You can set the application to automatically check for software updates either during software installation or in the installed application After enabling automatic software update checking when you start the application the application checks for any software upda
325. ng amp Triggering 00 00 08 00 i File Attachment You can attach any kind of file including images PDFs documents media files etc URL Link You can specify a URL that links to a web page i e YouTube a network location or a local file system location Web Link Due to the small size the web page is not embedded in the callout You can use the Open button to open the web link in the default web browser Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopgrstuvwxyz USB Protocol Suite User Manual 113 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Markers YouTube Video YouTube s video player is embedded for YouTube Video playback Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopgrstuwyz w mA ELE BUG EFF 08 2 miis Ma a E Bossa ce it Images The image is embedded in the trace Marker 5 abcdefghijkimnopgrstuwxyz Other Attachments Click the Open button to open the attachment file with the system s default application for that file type Marker 5 abcdefghijklimnopgrstuvwxyz lt 6 000 e Y gt USBAnalyzerAutomationManual pdf Y Open 114 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Markers Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 5 2 10 Edit Marker To edit a marker right click on the marked item and select Edit marker from the menu or Ctrl L The Edit Marker dialog displays This Edit Marker window can be used to edit one marker at a time You can do the following in the Edit Marker dialog a a a a a Edit text attachm
326. ng finishes click Close to close the dialog USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes In the Electrical Test window you can use Loopback mode and Compliance mode To access the Electrical Test window you must connect to the Voyager system Loopback Mode The Voyager USB 3 0 Electrical Test window supports entry to the Polling Loopback substate For receiver testing the device under test loopback slave is placed in a special test mode and echoes back a predefined loopback pattern The Voyager system can initiate this special mode loopback master and generate the basic loopback pattern The Voyager automatically monitors the received traffic for bit errors Full compliance testing requires the addition of jitter tolerance measurements to the loopback stream Specialized equipment such as Teledyne LeCroy s PERT Receiver Tolerance Test system should be used to introduce jitter and perform the full electrical layer compliance testing process USB Protocol Suite User Manual 373 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes 374 Loopback Mode test procedure 1 Connect the DUT to the Exerciser port For Device Loopback Attach DUT to Port A For Host Loopback Attach DUT to Port B 2 Set recording options For Device DUT Loopback Set Voyager as Host Emulator For Host DUT Loopback Set Voyager as Device Emulator 3 Inthe Misc USB 3 0 tab uncheck the Filter Out Logical Idles an Filter Out SKPs option Simple Filters Fil
327. ngs If you are recording on both channels then the system creates two files data_0 usb for Channel 0 and data_1 usb for Channel 1 a Click Trace File Name amp Path Click Change Default Location to display a Specify Trace File Name dialog in which to enter the recording file name usb for all subsequent recordings Note Due to restrictions on where files can be written by users in Windows 7 and Windows 8 the USB Protocol Suite software may implicitly change a directory from the Program Files path x Program Files Lecroy t o the user s data path x Users Public Documents Lecroy This is done for example when the desired Trace File Name amp Path has such a reference in the Recording Options file Note that when the opposite situation occurs a Windows 7 and Windows 8 path is referenced no implicit directory changes are made since the Windows 7 and Windows 8 path is legal on an XP system See Notes on Windows 7 and Windows 8 Directory Protections on page 71 for more information Important Make sure that you do not attempt to save traces on a network drive on which you do not have create or write permissions Such an operation is not supported in the current software USB Protocol Suite User Manual 269 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 10 2 9 VBus Power You can control power settings O Keep VBus Power on after Generation Exerciser completes Check if you want to keep t
328. nk QO Bus Usage Plots amount of Bus usage O SuperSpeed Host Rx Data Payload SuperSpeed Host Tx Data Payload For USB 3 0 the Real Time Statistics window can display a SuperSpeed graph of real time link activity 256 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Use Recording Options to create and change various features that control the way information is recorded by the Analyzer To open the Recording Options dialog box O Select Recording Options under Setup on the Menu Bar OR a Click on the Tool Bar You see the Recording Options dialog box for the Voyager in Simple Mode for recording options see Figure 10 1 on page 258 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 257 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Modes A A SE STOR FOS RY PLIES Recording Options Voyager M3 M31 General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 Product Voyager M3 M3i Trigger Mode Advisor T3 E Mercury T2 Recording Channels Snapshot x E s 9 USB 2 0 O Manual Trigger USB 3 0 y Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will 512 E segment the data into multiple trace files i MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position 32 000 MB Not used with snapshot B 55 Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 5 Recording Size Limits 8 Record for Record Until Triggered plus Until Triggered plus Save Save as
329. nks File info Hardware info Recording Options or License info to navigate to that section Trace Information File Info Hardware Info Recording Options License info File Information File name Trace Recording Start Date 4 Time Trace File Creation Date amp Time Recorded on Channel number Actual Trigger Timestamp USB2 0 Traffic found Channel 0 ts SuperSpeed Traffic found Recorded on product Number of markers Marketing Name of Analyzer Product The name of the application run by user Number of packets Trigger packet number USB3 0_2 0_Hub_Enumneration_withPowerWgmt_Enabled usb Friday March 09 2012 10 12 32 Friday March 09 2012 10 12 35 0 02 493 662 640 sec 55 Yes High Speed Yes Voyager M3 M31 1 Voyager USB 3 0 Pro with Exerciser Compliance UsbSuite exe 065414 83177 Recorded with USB Protocol Suite analyzer version 4 34 Build 1149 BETA Hardware Information Recorded on a Voyager M3i Analyzer Serial Number CPU Board 0x41 Rev FPGA Board 0x12 Rev PHY Board 0x16 Rev Firmware version BusEngine version Serdes BusEngine version Recording Options 64070 003 0x06 0x0B 1 40 Build 116 ROM 1 00 1 48 Build 115 type 2 1 11 Build 112 type 0 Open Recording Options in a dialog Options Name Recording Mode Butter Size Posttrigger position Base filename 4 path Save External Signals Default Event trigger 30 400 MB
330. nnnnnnnnnnnnnrrnnnnnnerrnnnnerennannns 270 10 3 Recording Options Misc USB Z O oooccccnnnccononnciccccnccconancccnnnnccconancnnnnnnnrnnnanornnnnnnrnnannrrnnannens 270 10 3 1 AnalVzer Trace Speed ect A inn 272 Notes on Hi Speed ReCOrdinG S aiii aca 272 10 3 2 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides ooccooocccccononnccccnccnnocenncanoncnnnnnonnnnnnnrrnnnnnnrrrnnannrrnnnnnnrrrnnananerrnaanns 273 10 30 USB OM THEG Ori ia 273 10 3 4 Generator related Parameters scssi ossiani aa anaana a aaa aaan aaa aaa aaa ia 273 10 35 Data Truncation OPIO M erisia aa iaaa 273 10 4 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyagel ccccsssseeeeeeseeeeeeseeseeeneeesenseeseoneees 274 10 4 1 Very Slow Clock Usage Voyager M3 M3i ONLY oooooooccccnnnnccccncccccccononocccncanonononanoncnnannnnnnnnanorennannrrnnananes 277 External Clock Input Specification S ii Ad 279 10 5 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Advisor TB ooocccnnnncicnnncccococncccocacononannonenancnnnnannnns 280 10 6 Recording Rules Actions and Action Properti8S cooonconnccconcconnccnnacoonancnnarenancrnanrnnannnnanos 281 10 7 Recording Rules USB 2 0 riisin cis 283 10 741 Recording Rules FOOID a r inaa aa O Ea a EAA 284 10 7 2 Recording Rules Page How It WorkS a nnmnnn mnnn nnmnnn 286 107 3 Creating Event BUlOAS ii aaa a a aaa aSa 287 10 7 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display AreaQ occcoonccconnnicoconcccncnccconanconnnanonnnnnenannrennnnrrnnanrrenanrrennannnnnanos 288 TOS ASSIOMING
331. nrod Trapezoid When views are synchronized the time denoted by these anchor points in the different views should be the same The position within the views are different according to the type of view window The Anchor is normally the first packet on the screen in the CATC Trace views and Spreadsheet Views Refer to Figure 5 17 through Figure 5 3 Tx Unknown Palling LFPS 0 000 ns O Packets o Do a LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp 5 IE Folling 1 000 ys 10 000 ns 0 000 000 000 Rx Unkriiyen gt Polling LFPS 10 000 ns 5 Packets o LFPS Type LFPS Duration Time Time Stamp 1 15 5 Folling 1 000 ps 64 000 us 0 000 000 010 Navigator Types of traffic Protocols of traffic Figure 5 2 Anchor Point in the Navigator Panel Time Stamp tem Pet Dir Addr Endp Dir T Type Y Data Error Miscellaneous LFPS Duration 1 000 ps LFPS Duration 1 000 ps TSEG Count 65536 T51 Repeat Count peat Counts Oo 004 258 270 T52 Repeat Count 16 Figure 5 3 Anchor Point in the Spreadsheet View 104 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Trace View Features USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation In the Link Tracker view it is normally on the third row of the display see the following screen capture mpm a a Ele E wx os tos RD tet Columns 4 gt Tine Trasera fa 00 000 000 00S 00 000 000 00g 1 Fx 8 000 000 016 oon OOO O24 00
332. ns entity regardless of the clocking frequency value All time values displayed in trace information reflect this scaled value allowing easy comparison with the USB 3 0 specification If the DUT provides its own Tx clock you can connect the DUT clock to Clock In Note Teledyne LeCroy recommends using a LVPECL clock driver which can drive a 50 ohm load with a minimum peak to peak voltage swing of 200 mV Maximum peak to peak voltage swing should 278 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager Teledyne LeCroy Corporation not exceed 1700 mV Note that these voltages are single ended because only one of the differential signals is connected using the coaxial cable Note On Voyager M3i only there is an option to use the Internal 10 Mbps clock as a clock source The Voyager 5 MHz clock is on both the Clock A Out and Clock B Out connectors However Teledyne LeCroy does not recommend using the Voyager clock Voyager clock input is AC coupled and has no requirement for common mode voltage a For Host emulation connect Clock Out A to Clock In A You can use Clock Out B as the clock source for the DUT a For Device emulation connect Clock Out B to Clock In B You can use Clock Out A as the clock source for the DUT IMPORTANT If you switch from Very Slow Clock back to Gigabit data rates you must save the recording options and then power cycle the Voyager External Clock Input Specifications The
333. nsfer A NAK ed Transaction E A eRT AA Y Isoch Timestamp Packet EA DataPacketHeader Check box Transaction Packet V Link Management Packet 000000 pd Payload Packet A P SS AAA lv jd Electrical 1de o Sd Link command 22222222222 g Ps EA Up down arrows RA EAS Pa lt Rd Suspend Iv Chirp M Start of Frame 0 G Protocols of traffic USB 3 0 Host Transmit Traffic m Y fa y Options Apply OK Cancel Restore Factory Presets i Set as Default for New Recordings Figure 9 28 Navigator Legend Dialog 240 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Using the Navigator Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Navigator Legend dialog box has areas corresponding to each of the panes Each area has check boxes that allow you to hide display information in the pane You can set the priority of information displayed in the panes using the up and down triangles on the right Using the Legend to Show Hide Navigator Panes To use the legend to show hide an entire pane use the checkbox next to the name of each pane in the legend In the case of the Pre Post Trigger and Errors areas the action of show hide in the legend is identical to that provided by Trace Navigator pop up menus In the case of the Traffic Types pane there is no equivalent show hide available through the pop up menus Using the Legend to Set the Priority of Information Display You can use the lege
334. ntil Triggered plus U Dayis 14 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 mg Switch to Simple Mode Save Save as Default Load Load Default Restore Factory Settings Cancel Figure 10 8 Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode 10 2 General Recording Options The General Recording Options allow you to select or adjust the trigger mode the buffer size the amount of post trigger recording and the trace filename and path USB Protocol Suite User Manual 265 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Recording Options 266 10 2 1 Product You can select one of the following products o Voyager QO Advisor T3 a Mercury T2 O Voyager M3x o USBTracer Trainer QO USB Advisor a USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 These analyzers are no longer formally supported and tested beginning in release 4 70 although nothing was done to prevent them from still working See USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 on page 53 for more information 10 2 2 Trigger Mode The Trigger Mode box presents three options that allow you to set how the Analyzer begins and ends a recording Trigger Mode Snapshot Manual Trigger Event Trigger Figure 10 9 Trigger Mode Dialog The options are Snapshot Manual Trigger and Event Trigger Snapshot A Snapshot is a fixed length recording The size of this recording is set by the Buffer Size box Recording begins when e is clicked and ends when either the selected buf
335. o Merge 2 Channel Trace Files option is checked in the Recording Options dialog box To merge two trace files 1 Select File gt Merge Trace Files to display a dialog box asking for the first source file see Figure 10 30 on page 312 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 311 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Merging Trace Files fB Select first file for merging E JO hb Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite gt Organize New folder ly Downloads a Name Date modified Type z Recent Places eee re ES a L Automation 4 3 2012 1 17 PM File folder Ms Generation 6 11 2012 138PM File folder e Libraries A e Saree l SampleFiles 4 3 2012 1 17 PM File folder L Documents pa F I Scripts 4 3 2012 1 17 PM File folder a Music ee my j h Scripts4 35 115 6 11 2012 1 38 PM File folder Ll Pictures ae er a datab3329 00000 usb 6 14 2012 4 31 PM LeCroy USB trace f 3 Videos Computer J Es Windows7_05 Lenovo_Recovery a p File name is Save as type USB files usb Hide Folders Cancel Figure 10 30 Select First File For merging Dialog Note The Merge Trace Files command can be run with or without a trace file open on the screen The merge process ignores the open file 2 Select the first trace file to be merged then click Save Note It does not matter which of the two trace files is first selected so long as both were recorded
336. o check the file Stop Traffic Generation To instruct the Analyzer to halt traffic generation click E on the Tool Bar Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File A simple way to create a script file is to open a trace and then to export the trace data to a generation file To export 1 Open a usb file E 2 Click the Export to Script 1 button or select File gt Export gt Packets to USB 3 0 Exerciser Script usb3g to display the Export Usb 3 0 Traces to Exerciser scripts dialog see Figure 12 13 on page 372 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 371 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File Ed Export USB 3 0 traces to Excerciser scripts x Export options Note To exclude certain frames from being exported hide them from the trace view first then invoke this dialog to perform the export From Packet g To Packet 98717 Channel Save exported data in file C Users angela pasari Documents USB3 0_2 0_HubTraffic usb3g Figure 12 13 Export Dialog 3 Enter the first packet number in the From Packet field 4 Enter the last packet number in the To Packet field You can select Reset Range to Whole Trace 5 Select the Channel HOST DEVICE 6 Enter the file path for the file in which to save the exported data 7 Click Settings to display the Usb 3 Trace to Exerciser Script Export Settings dialog See Figure 12 14 on page 373 372 USB Protocol Su
337. ocol Suite Organize New folder k raoe Name Date modified Type HE Desktop L Automation 4 3 2012 1 17 PM File folder l Downloads bh Generation 6 11 2012 1 38PM File folder lt Recent Places L SampleFiles 4 3 2012 117 PM File folder Scripts 4 3 2012 1 17 PM File folder Libraries 7 l Scripts4 35 1157 6 11 2012 1 38PM File folder 4b Documents a Music Pictures amp Videos LL Computer Es Windows _O5 C ADATA UFD DA File name LeCroy License Key Files li el Figure 13 8 Select License Key File Dialog 2 Enter the path and filename for the license key OR 3 Browse to the directory that contains the license key and select the lic file 4 Click Open 13 6 Registering Online To register the product online select Help gt Register Product Online USB Protocol Suite User Manual 395 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Shortcut List 396 13 7 Shortcut List To display the Shortcut List select Help gt Shortcut List EE Shortcuts List Navigation Select Item Position Select Item Position move it to Anchor Pomt Scroll Up Down Scroll Up Down Scroll to First Last Position Scroll Up Down n units Scroll Up Down One Page Scroll Up Down One Page move selection Scroll Left Right Common Paste Undo File Open Print Go to unit Go to Marker Hide NAK s NRDY s stop Recording Search forward Search backward Mouse or
338. ocol Suite User Manual 147 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Edit Comment 148 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Searching Traces The Search feature provides several options for searching through recorded traffic allowing you to find specific packets based on triggering status packet number marking or content To view the Search options a Click Search in the Menu bar to display the Search drop down menu Search View Window Help Go to Trigger Go to Selected Packet Go to Packet Transaction Transter Ctr G Go to Marker Ctrl Mb Go to USB 2 0 d Go to USB 3 0 d Go to Channel d Go to SCSI d MH Find Wi Find Next F3 Search Direction Forward Figure 6 1 Search Drop down Menu 6 1 Go to Trigger Note Go to Trigger is enabled only when a trigger has created the traffic file To display a Trigger Event QO Select Go to Trigger under Search on the Menu Bar The Trace View is repositioned to the first packet following the Trigger event This packet is at the top of the screen The resulting item will be shown as selected in the view Packet Selection works with Go to Trigger USB Protocol Suite User Manual 149 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go to Selected Packet 150 6 2 6 3 6 4 Go to Selected Packet To display a selected packet select Go to Selected Packet under Search on the Menu Bar Go to Packet Transaction Transfer To display a specific packet 1 From the menu bar select the comma
339. ocol Suite User Manual 163 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB3 0 164 6 6 7 6 6 8 Address and Endpoint Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Specific Errors Data Length Lnk3 0 ooo 00 d Addr amp Endp d Header Packet Type Lnk3 0 001 00 d Lnk3 0 001 O1 IN d Lnk3 0 001 02 OUT d More Link Command LMP Subtype Transaction Packet Type Figure 6 21 Address and Endpoint Menu Option Select the address and endpoint to which you want to go Header Packet Type Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shift 3 Specific Errors d Data Length Addr amp Endp d Header Packet Type Link Management Packet Link Command d Transaction Packet LMP Subtype Data Packet Header d Transaction Packet Type Isochronous Timestamp Packet Figure 6 22 Header Packet Type Menu Option Select the header packet type to which you want to go USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB3 0 6 6 9 Link Command Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctri Shift s Specific Errors Data Length Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype Transaction Packet Type d d d LGOOD LBAD LCRD LRTY LEO Ul LGO_U LGO_US LAU LXU LPMA LUP LDN Figure 6 23 Link Command Menu Option Select the link command to which you want to go USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation
340. of a SETUP Token device number nine or trigger on a SET INTERFACE request following a specified eight byte bulk data pattern match from this scanner and do not capture any start of frame SOF packets You can set the size of the recording memory specify the pre trigger to post trigger capture ratio and truncate large data packets up to 256 bytes Advanced Event Counting and Sequencing The count and sequence options define rules for data recording sessions These options configure and control the order of events selected for triggering or filtering Using this feature you can specify a sequence of up to seven events that must occur before the Analyzer triggers and finishes capturing data allowing you to specify event types for recording Without this feature you may have to scroll through megabytes of recorded data to locate an occurrence of a sequence BusEngine Technology The Analyzer uses Teledyne LeCroy BusEngine Technology The BusEngine core uses Electrically Programmable Logic Device EPLD technology and incorporates both a real time recording engine and configurable building blocks that implement data state error detection triggering capture filtering external signal monitoring and event counting and sequencing Like the flash memory based firmware that controls its operation all BusEngine logic is fully field upgradeable using configuration files USB Protocol Suite User Manual 19 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation
341. on 56 Initiator Settings button 367 Initiator Settings dialog 367 Insert instructions button 366 installation 55 Installation CD 55 IntelliFrame button 326 mode 327 Interface Association Descriptor dec file 190 Intersection search 172 IP Address 62 IP settings 63 IP Setup 63 K Keep Across Recordings checkbox 193 keys bus condition 342 class decoding 346 file control 331 packet fields 343 packet starting 339 support 331 Keys for packet fields 346 407 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index L layout 203 Layout command 203 Legend option 240 LFPS Settings 368 license agreement 394 information 393 key 394 updating software 394 License Information window 393 License Protection Message 394 line numbers 323 357 link command 165 Link Commands Flow Control 130 131 Link Configuration Settings 368 Link Delay Settings 368 Link Power Management Settings 368 Link Tracker buttons 234 toolbar 231 Link Tracker window 231 docking 233 markers 233 reformat 232 Link Training Sequences 130 Link utilization 256 linking states 291 List Values option 323 360 LMP Subtype 160 166 Load command 183 269 310 log error 324 360 logical objects 139 looping 298 LTSSM buttons 247 LTSSM View 246 M Main Display Area 231 283 Main Exerciser toolbar 355 Manual Trigger recording 266 Map Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding command 193 Markers 106 Adding an Attachment 108 Attachment Types and V
342. on the settings defined in the Recording Options Waiting for Trigger 0 Activity Figure 4 9 Status Bar Waiting For Trigger The status bar displays Uploading when recording is complete and is being uploaded Uploading 0 Activity ly Figure 4 10 Status Bar Uploading The status bar displays Rec Uploading when recording and uploading is done simultaneously Rec Uploading 0 Activity Figure 4 11 Status Bar Rec Uploading USB Protocol Suite User Manual Status Bar Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The status bar displays Triggered when the trigger condition has occurred but uploading has not commenced yet Figure 4 12 Status Bar Triggered The traffic data copies to disk overwriting any previous version of this file using the default file name data usb You can also create a file name by specifying one in the Recording Options dialog box To abort the upload process QO Press Esc on the keyboard OR O Again click le in the Tool Bar You are asked if you want to keep or discard the partially uploaded data Note While uploading is in progress clicking the Stop button again opens a dialog that allows you to do a partial upload flush the current file keep what has uploaded at this point or to continue uploading The Partial Upload button enables when you have partially uploaded data When you click Partial Upload a dialog box displays options on what portion of
343. onds from 1 to 65535 A You can set traffic generation parameters for the Device Address a Use Address in utg file The traffic generation file has an address OU Emulated Device s Hex Address 01 3F Enter the Mask and Match for the emu lated device You can also enter the Host Chirp Reset Length in milliseconds from 1 to 69 Data Truncation Option a Truncate Data Fields 2 0 Allows data fields to be truncated during recording in order to save Analyzer memory and allow recording of more packets Enter a minimum data length value in the Bytes box The system truncates the data to the stated value or up to 5 bytes more to optimize operation efficiency in the Analyzer hardware USB Protocol Suite User Manual 273 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager Note Truncation of data may cause incorrect transaction or transfer decoding 10 4 Recording Options Misc USB 3 0 for Voyager The Misc USB 3 0 tab presents options for setting Recording Ports Descrambling Polarity Inversion Spread Spectrum Clock Recording Generating Simple Filters and Truncate Data Fields Simple Triggers Clock Speed Selection and M3i Connector Termination RxDetect Note Voyager M3x does not support Port Configurations nor Very Slow Clock modes General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Recording Ports 9 USB 3 0 Connectors
344. ons z Froperty Value E Data Pattern Mask Match Hex 0 of 16 bytes specified Byte 0 Hex Label Byte 1 Hex Byte 2 Hex 3 Byte 3 Hex Byte 4 Hex Byte 5 Hex T Byte 6 Hex Count 2 Byte 7 Hex Byte 6 Hex Byte 9 Hex A Desc Any occurrence on channel 0 of the specified Data Pattern Click the button at the right of the first line to display the Data Pattern dialog see Figure 10 25 on page 295 294 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Data Pattern Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 5 Byte Y Byte 10 Byte 11 Byte 12 Byte 13 USB Protocol Suite User Manual AAAAAA o si 3 a Br F Bl BE BE BE BT BT BL E y aie a gt E E ar XXXXXX E y H A A AR AA ARAARA 4 Hex AAAAAA Byte 5 Hex ARAARA 6 Hex AARAA A Byte 7 Hex AAAAAA E H H E H 111 AAARAR scl aer oe lee 218 ser Se Ser IRCCS o lo lel l lol l lol lol lal la XXXIX Byte 10 Hex XXXXXX Byte 11 Hex XXXXXX Byte 12 Hex XXXXXX Byte 13 Hex XXXIX 8 8 S O a H Cancel E HL 3 o Figure 10 25 Data Pattern Dialog In the Data Pattern dialog you can set the Bitmask Mask and Match for each bit Bitmask and Match always correlate When you set Bitmask or Match the other changes to maintain their corr
345. oo aaa 246 9 13 POWER Tracker ins AEA Ana aA 247 9 131 Power Tracker Toolbars aa a aaa 248 9 132 D coded Fields VO a sai 249 9 133 RUNNING VEFIICATION SCD a aa a Bet 249 9 14 Real Time MONON esc 253 9 141 Real Time Statistics Buttons aiii ii ii 254 9 14 2 Real Time Statistical Monitor Pop Up MenNU oooonccconnnncconcncccccnconcncnonanonennnnconennnnnrnnnnancrnnnnanrrrnannnerenaannnnas 255 9 14 3 Displaying MUIUPIEC GDA Sissi N E E S a E aS EAA AAA 256 10 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Chapter 10 Recording Options cccoccccoonnccnncconnnccennnccnnncnnnnnrenancrnnnnrnnanrenannrnanns 257 101 Recording Options Modes ica 258 10 2 General Recording OPUONS cicsaconcindni asociacion aeaa aaa aida asias 265 10 2 1 PEOQUCE ceswtene tere seveneu trea ueia era Dala 266 O2 2 GJE MOIE ar E E A S S 266 SnapShot aae A 266 Manual TIGHT aai e a a a a is 266 EVENTO ia 267 10 2 3 Recording Channels Voyager and Advisor TBh cooonccconnniccnnnccoccncconononenonanonnanrnenanerenanrrrnnanerenannrnnanrnnnnaans 267 10 2 4 Recording Scope Voyager Advisor T3 and Mercury 12 ccccsssseceeseeseseeseesseeeesseeeenseeeeaseesenseeeenes 267 10 25 BUNG SIZE id a 268 10 26 Trigger POSION a A aaa 268 10 2 7 ODIONS NaMe aia 268 10 2 8 Trace Fil Name Se Path scr eaa baaa eaa aada aaan aa 269 102 9V BUS F OW GR A A R S 270 10 2 10 CATC Sync Voyager and AdvisorT3 ONlY ooonnnccconnnccionnccccccnncnconcnnnnnononnnacone
346. open the Graph Areas menu For USB 2 0 the display is USB Protocol Suite User Manual Bus Utilization Teledyne LeCroy Corporation For USB 3 0 the display is similar to the following _y USB3 Packet Length USB3 Data Length y USB3 Data Throughput USB3 Link Utilization Lnk3 0 Pending SCSI IOs Lnk3 0 SESIIO Response Time Lnk3 0 SESTIO Latency Time Lnk3 0 SESTIO Throughput Lnk3 0 SESTIO Response Time amp Lnk3 0 SESTIO Latency Time Figure 9 21 Graph Areas Menu USB 3 0 2 Select the data you want to appear in the Graph Areas window Change the Properties in the Bus Utilization Graph To change the properties in the Bus Utilization graph 1 Inthe Graph Area properties dialog box see Figure 9 22 on page 230 select the options to display in the graph display then click OK USB Protocol Suite User Manual 229 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Bus Utilization Creating a New Bus Utilization Graph To create a new Bus Utilizations graph Select New in the Graph Areas menu In the Graph Area properties dialog box see Figure 9 22 on page 230 select the options to display in the graph 3 Enter a Title for the new graph then click OK PEA AAA es Graph area properties Ex Ei I New graph Title Appearance Kee New graph Bars single color z Type Color Filtering Options Fopular Items To Hide Hide Device Traffic Hide Link Commands Flow Control Link Address End Dir Hide TSEQ Hide TS1 T52
347. option 226 Show Protocol 176 Show Raw Bits command 122 Show Tooltips command 323 Show Tooltips option 357 show Upstream port link states 246 Show Values option 323 360 Simple Filters section 274 Simple Triggers section 274 280 single state sequence 286 Slow clock 277 Slow Clock checkbox 273 Slow Clock command 273 slow clock rate 24 Smart Card dec file 189 Smart Card Class 189 Snapshot recording 266 SOF hiding 180 SOF packets hiding 130 software license 394 updating 388 391 Software Update window 388 391 Spec View 243 Spec View command 243 specific error 162 specifications 42 51 Specify Action option 291 Split Transaction View 136 Spooled Recording 267 Spread Spectrum Clock 274 280 Spreadsheet View 142 SRP 155 Start Export button 373 Start of Frame packets 180 Start Recording command 310 Starting 73 software 60 73 traffic generation 327 Start of Frame SOF packets 130 State cells 288 States linking 291 Static IP 63 Statistics monitoring 253 Statistics Accumulation option 256 Status bar 93 Status option 226 411 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Index Std Reqs amp Descriptors Scripts 176 Still Imaging Class dec file 187 Stop Recording command 311 stopping traffic generation 328 371 summary error 214 traffic 222 Support 401 support keys 331 switches 42 52 synchronize the LTSSM View and Trace View 246 Synchronize Trace View 234 system components 39 49 T tabs 356 file 324 Tas
348. or Decoding Options Intf AltrSet Endp Dir f Transfer Type af Max Pkt Size a Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding Figure 8 3 Request Recipients and Endpoints Class Vendor Decoding Endpoints Tab The Endpoint field Endp shows all Endpoints found in the trace file The displays shows the Host Address and Direction for the recipient On the right are the names of Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding groups currently assigned to endpoints If blank no decoding is assigned for a recipient The Transfer Type field shows all transfer types found in the trace file 4 Display the Transfer Type drop down menu Intf AltrSet ohn Dir af FO MaPk Size Oass Vendor Endpoint Decoding Hub Class Status Change Endp Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI In Endp a s Strg Bul Only SCSLn Endo A i 0 o 2 oy ema 512 ass Strg Buk Only SCSI Out Endp Figure 8 4 Transfer Type Drop down Menu 194 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Class Vendor Decoding Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Transfer Type options for both IN and OUT endpoint are a Isochronous a Bulk a Interrupt 5 Select the transfer Type The selections displayed in the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu depend on the transfer Type selected 6 Enter the size in the Max Pkt Size field 7 Select an endpoint 8 Display the Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding drop down menu see Figure 8 5 on page 195 Addr Endp Dir f Transfer Ty
349. or USB 3 0 Timer A timer counts the time from a starting event to a final event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 nanoseconds or milliseconds after the starting event before it performs whatever action you assign Timers cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum timer value is 65 535 Counter A counter tells the Analyzer to search for x instances of the selected event For example if you enter 10 the Analyzer counts 10 instances of the selected event before it performs whatever action you assign Counters cannot be applied to events with Filter Actions The maximum counter value is 65 535 Triggers can be set on multiple instances of an event For example you can set a trigger to occur following five instances of any DLP To configure the Analyzer to look for multiple events you enable Counters Counters tell the Analyzer how many occurrences of an event for which it should wait before triggering For example use a counter to Trigger following the 16th occurrence of an error or DLLP message Events and Actions Within events counters determine how many times the event must occur before the associated actions are triggered Event counters typically have two properties QO Count Randomly Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Ves the event repeats a random number of times between 1 and the value set in the property Max Random Count which replaces the proper
350. orporation Tool Bar USB 2 0 USB 3 0 Show 2 Show USB 2 0 traffic only Display USB 3 0 traffic only Hiding Traffic 2 0 amp 3 0 You can Hide Devices and NAK s NRDY s by clicking the buttons in the table below or from the View menu Click View and select Hide Devices Addr Endp as shown in Figure 4 2 on page 88 Hide Devices q Hide NAK s NRDY s z Hide All Packets Except 5 Transfers Packets View Window Help Toolbars i Analyzer Network Chat Bar Status Bar QuickTiming Bar Es CATC Walk Real time Statistics RE USB 3 0 Electrical Test Trace Views i Unhide cells i Zoom In Zoom Out Wrap nl 2 Synchronize Trace View With Other Views Show USB 2 0 Traffic Only sM 5 Show USB 3 0 Traffic Only Hiding USB 2 0 Traffic a a Z 5 Hiding USE 3 0 Traffic Hide Devices Addr Endp an Hide All Except Transfers Hide NAK s NRDY s Ctrl Shitt N Figure 4 2 Selecting Hide Devices 88 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Tool Bar Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Hiding Devices dialog is invoked as shown in Figure 4 3 on page 89 Check the upper level box hierarchically to hide all communications on an address or the lower level to hide individual endpoints Clicking on the Pin will make the dialog stay available after applying the hiding The Class is determined from the class decoder mapping which could have occurred either auto
351. orrect state when the Bulk transfer begins In the Device Emulation situation it is expected that the device will supply all the correct enumeration responses in the order expected by the host for it to proceed to it s normal behavior mode Since different hosts may enumerate devices in slightly different orders you may have to adjust the device emulation script file to match this By creating the Host Emulation or Device Emulation script from the process of exporting from a real trace with a real Device or Host the likelihood of starting out with a working script is increased enormously since the behavior should be repeatable Note For traffic generation for USB 3 0 see Traffic Generation 3 0 Exerciser on page 349 11 1 Connecting to Voyager M3 M3i The connections differ for Host Emulation and Device Emulation Full Soeed Low Speed and Hi Speed connections are the same Hi Full Low Speed Host Emulation For Host Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager M3 M3i according to the following diagram see Figure 11 1 on page 316 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 315 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Connecting to Voyager M3 M3i Device Under Test Figure 11 1 Connections to the Voyager M3 M3i Hi Full Low Speed Device Emulation For Device Emulation Hi Full or Low Speed connect to the Voyager according to the following diagram Exerciser Gen Rec O Rec B 3 0 A O 3 0 fi O 2 0 O 2 0 atus t 5
352. ory C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples 2 0 Host Emulation or SampleDeviceEmulationThumbDriveFS utg in the directory C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples 2 0 Device Emulation For Windows XP an example such as FS_Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg HS Hub_Sample utg or SampleDeviceEmulationThumbDriveFS utg in the directory C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples 2 0 Host Emulation or C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples 2 0 Device Emulation USB Protocol Suite User Manual Creating Traffic Generation Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 11 4 1 Export d Merge Trace Files Compare Endpoint Data Import 1 USB3 0 2 0 HubTraffic usb You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed Creating a Traffic Generation File with the Export Command The Export command offers an easy alternative method of creating a generator file This command converts the trace to a utg file removes all device traffic and leaves only the traffic from the host device You can then use this file to emulate the host and determine whether the device under test is generating the correct traffic When creating a utg file through the Export Packets to Text Generator Text File Format menu selection it is suggested that you use the default values presented Adding NAK transactions clutters the utg file and including the device side
353. ose the SCSI opera tion Response Time Time to transmit on the USB link from the beginning of the first transfer in the SCSI operation to the end of the last transfer in the SCSI operation Latency Time from the transmission of the SCSI command to the first data trans mitted for the SCSI lO operation Data To Status Time Time between the end of data transmission for the SCSI operation and the status transfer Payload Number of payload bytes transferred by the SCSI operation 5 36 Compressed CATC Trace View The Compressed CATC Trace view shows fields in the format Attribute Value whereas the normal CATC View shows the attribute name on top and the value below The Compressed CATC Trace view has almost all the information of the normal CATC View and behaves mostly the same way while displaying more information on each window see Figure 5 44 on page 142 To compress the CATC Trace a OR a Click on the toolbar Select View gt Trace Views gt Compressed CATC Trace USB Protocol Suite User Manual 141 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Spreadsheet View a File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help SEA ES hbase io ESBS 2 Edi APE ee eR e Peete eee eS ak BBD ooe Busssotercnse G SE me eet mio A has a tat l ms Ta l i CUA F am EAEE Pee Len woke CA Prt Lenti 5 E QuickTiming markers not set Ready Rec Speed ChikAute E a Search Fwd Figure 5 44 Com
354. ou to collapse the range so that only the packets immediately above and below the xxx packet are displayed The xxx packet is whatever packet is currently at the top in the trace display a Recently Used Ranges Allows you to reset the range to any of a number of recently used previously set ranges 9 9 4 Navigator Panes You can display any combination of trace Navigator panes Navigator Protokols of traffic Pre Post Trigger Figure 9 27 Navigator Panes From left to right the panes are Pre Post Trigger Errors Traffic Types and Protocols of Traffic Each pane represents the entire trace with respect to different types of information The top of each pane represents the start of the trace file and the bottom represents the end of the trace file o Pre Post Trigger To view the trigger event in the trace and the relative size of pre trigger and post trigger portions of the trace The two portions are set apart as different colors The trigger event occurs at the point the two colors meet Q Errors To view any errors in the trace A thin red line represents each error in the pane a Traffic Types To view the types of packets that occur in the trace A different color represents each packet type in the pane The relative size of colored por tions in the pane corresponds to the amounts of the various packet types in the trace As described below you can use the Navigator legend to change the types of packets that take
355. ounter 13383 mP Bus Interval Counter 13384 CRCAS Reserved TP Bus Interval Counter 13385 Reserved2 mP Bus Interval Counter 13386 ype Bus Interval Counter Time Delta Bus Interval Adjustment Control Bus Interval Counter 13387 mP Bus Interval Counter 13388 Li TP Bus Interval Counter 13389 Bus Interval Counter 13390 NTC oo co Xe I p I pe I p I ep eT ep Tepe TO o Tepe Toe Tepe Tp Tepe Tp Tp Tp To o O Owe 042 0 O 42 042 0 0 2 0 2 Oe O 2 0 O 2 O 42 0 0 42 O 42 0 042 042 0 042 042 000 mP Bus Interval Counter 13391 LC LDN b 4 gt S El OntickTimina markers nnt cat Figure 5 47 Detail View in Spreadsheet View To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View 5 38 Edit Comment You can create view or edit the 100 character comment field associated with each Trace file These comments are visible in the Windows Explorer if the Comments attribute is included in the Details view 1 Select Edit Comment under File on the Menu Bar 146 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Edit Comment Teledyne LeCroy Corporation You see the Edit comment for trace file window Edit Trace File Comment Dialog Cancel Figure 5 48 Edit Comments For Trace File Dialog 2 Create view or edit the comment 3 Click OK You can view comments in Windows Explorer by selecting the Comments attribute USB Prot
356. ows XP when using Windows 7 and Windows 8 files that were in the Program Files path in Windows XP are now in x Users Public Documents Lecroy USB Protocol Suite In some cases such as paths stored in the Recording Options rec file the application silently changes this path so that the Windows 7 and Windows 8 operating systems will accept it as valid USB Protocol Suite on Windows XP still uses the Program Files directory However if a Recording Options file that was created on a Windows 7 system is used on a Windows XP system trace files will be probably be recorded to a new Windows XP directory called x Users Public Documents Lecroy USB Protocol Suite This is a legitimate path on a Windows XP system so there are no conflicts with the operating system Notes on Windows Sleep and Hibernation Features Hibernate and Sleep modes are not supported during acquisition uploading or decoding The software is designed to not allow the system to go to low power modes If the user forces the system to go to these modes the result for USB Protocol Suite is unpredictable and corrupt files may result USB Protocol Suite User Manual 71 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Notes on Windows Sleep and Hibernation Features 72 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Software Overview The USB Protocol Suite application can function with or without the Analyzer When used without an Analyzer the program functions in a Trace Viewer mode to view an
357. oy Corporation Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only 302 10 8 4 Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area After you create an Event button in the Available Events area you can drag the button to the Main Display area and drop it in the appropriate cell a cell is a grayed out rectangle with a dashed line around it You can think of each cell as a target for drag and drop of an Event button see Figure 10 28 on page 302 There are two types of cell that might appear Sequence cell and State cell In the Main Display area they are labelled as follows O Sequence cell Drag an event here to add a new sequence a State cell Drag an event here to add another state Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states Recording Options Voyager Ea General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules e Newerent m gt o c q allal Config is valid TRIGGER Sequence 1 State 1 Bus Condition TRIGGER Woy Figure 10 28 Sequence and State Cells If there currently are no events in the Main Display area a single sequence cell appears at the top of the area To drag and drop the Event button see Dragging a Button to the Main Display Area on page 288 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 3 0 Voyager Advisor T3 only Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 8 5 Assigning an Action After you have dropped
358. pa a a Figure 10 17 Recording Rules Toolbar USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation TABLE 10 1 Recording Rules Buttons New Event Creates a Zoom Out Makes the _ New event new event in the display appear smaller Available Events area Delete Event Deletes __ Show Hide Channels w the selected event me Shows or hides the channel icon on the Event button Undo Undoes the Show Hide Properties o change made to Dialog Shows or hides the Recording Rules properties dialog of the page The Undo selected event action or buffer has unlimited state size Redo Restores This display appears when El changes done to the the current Recording Recording Rules Rules configuration can be page executed by the hardware Zoom In Enlarges This display appears when Q the display see the current Recording note There are five Rules configuration cannot zoom levels The be executed by the default level is the hardware middle one Note If you have a wheel on the mouse you can zoom by holding down the CTRL key and rolling the mouse wheel USB Protocol Suite User Manual 285 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Rules USB 2 0 286 10 7 2 Recording Rules Page How It Works You can think of the Recording Rules page as a workspace for creating recording rules rules that determine how the analyzer records traces Recording rules are combinations of even
359. pe Inde 5 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 370 5 Pkt Len 12 2 Pkts 49 H 4 SOF Frame 371 2 Pkt Len 14 Xfr 14 1 0 Control GET GET_DESCRIPTOR wWalue STRING type LANGID code 5 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 371 4 Pkt Len 12 2 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 372 1 Pkt Len 14 Xtr 15 1 0 Control GET GET_DESCRIPTOR wWalue STRING type LANGID code 5 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 372 3 Pkt Len 14 2 Pkts 49 H SOF Frame 373 0 Pkt Len 12 Xfr 16 1 0 Control GET GET_DESCRIPTOR wValue STRING type Index 3 7 Pkts 49 H 4 SOF Frame 373 2 Pkt Len 12 2 Pkts 50 H SOF Frame 374 1 Pkt Len 14 Xtr 17 1 0 Control GET GET_DESCRIPTOR wWalue STRING type Index 3 7 Pkts 50 H SOF Frame 374 3 Pkt Len 12 2 Pkts 50 H SOF Frame 375 2 Pkt Len 14 Xfr 18 1 0 Control SET SET_CONFIGURATION wValue New Configuration 1 7 Pkts 50 H 4 SOF Frame 375 4 Pkt Len 12 16845 Pkt H SOF Frame 376 3 Pkt Len 14 Pkt 21878 H 4 SOF Frame 382 Pkt Len 12 Pkt 21879 H 4 SOF Frame 434 Pkt Len 12 5145 Pkts H SOF Frame 434 Pkt Len 14 Tra 55 1 0 EXT ACK Pkt 27028 P Full Speed J Suspend Pkt 27029 P Full Speed K Resume Pkt 27030 P Full Speed J Suspend 2 Pkts 27 H Chirp J Figure 5 46 Spreadsheet View Black And White 143 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Spreadsheet View 9 37 1 5 37 2 144 Columns Rows Display Options CATC Walk Real time Statistics USB 3 0 Electrical Test Trace Views Unhide cells Zoom In
360. plays Transactions 79 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation The Main Display Window 80 Menus Split Transaction Level Transfer Level PTP Group SCSI Operation Level Refresh Decoding Window New Window Cascade Tile Horizontal Tile Vertical Arrange Icons Windows Help Tell Teledyne LeCroy User Manual Other Manuals Video Tutorials Display License Information Register Product Online Functions Displays Split Transactions Displays Transfers PTP Transaction Level displays PTP Transactions PTP Object Transfer Level displays PTP Objects PTP Session Level displays PTP Sessions Displays SCSI Operation Level Forces the software to re decode transactions and transfers Useful if you have applied a decoding mapping which helps fully decode a sequence of transfers as is the case with Mass Storage decoding Switches display of the Tool Bar on or off Displays all open windows in an overlapping arrangement Displays all open windows in a above below arrangement Displays all open windows in a side by side arrangement Arranges minimized windows at the bottom of the display Displays a list of open windows Report a problem to Teledyne LeCroy Support via e mail This requires that an e mail client be installed and configured on the host machine Displays the USB Protocol Suite User Manual It can be used as on line help Select to display the Automation Verification Script Engine VSE Script
361. ple test scenarios or export any traffic stream from a previously recorded trace The Voyager Exerciser includes a Generation Script Editor A script pre processor allows you to organize script code and create reusable generation blocks For USB 3 0 applications test scenarios can contain multi stage traffic generation blocks that include Boolean expressions LOOP DO CASE and IF THEN logical branching The Voyager USB 2 0 Exerciser can transmit low full or high speed traffic and supports both host and device emulation It is backward compatible with existing USBTrainer traffic generation scripts For USB 2 0 applications the Exerciser supports both bitstream mode or Intelliframe mode In Intelliframe mode the Exerciser can wait for the appropriate response from the DUT before transmitting the next packet For example after issuing an IN the generator waits for the DATAx packet returned by the device to finish and then issues an ACK When NAKs are received the Exerciser can automatically resend the previous packet USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation ReadyLink Emulation 1 2 6 The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager USB 3 0 Exerciser features ReadyLink Emulation Mode The ReadyLink feature handles all USB 3 0 link training and link flow control allowing the emulator to operate at full line rate and respond to the DUT as defined by the specification The ReadyLink Emulation Mode helps simpl
362. poration Contents 12 9 Creating a Script using the Script Editor oocconnncccnnncccnnnccccncncnnnccnnnnconnnnnnnnnrennnnnonannrnnnns 361 12 10 Graphical Scenario Ello caras and cantada 363 12 10 Graphical Scenario WiInGOW isi cd sieseccccs iis aaea a aaa a Aa a aaa iaa aeaa aaa aaa N 364 1210 2 Muat SO VUNG aa a E a 367 Mola information nins o o O 367 SCSI Command SENINGS sich A iaa 368 Ela is ST dd Lp o srinaranata Ea E E 368 Link Delay Setas A a 368 Link Pow r Management Setting S ii aia 368 LEPS SOI Sii on ae aaao araar iaaiaee aaae OaE In anap EaR 368 Link C nfig ration SetNgS a ans 368 12 10 3 OA a A A A S apa 369 oe AAA e a a 369 SIMON A AS 370 12 10 4 Copy SCSI Operation from Trace File and Paste to Exerciser Scenario csseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 370 1210 5 Graphical Tola aa a aaa E eE a A 370 12 11 Loading and Running the Generation File ocoonncconnnccccnncncccnnnnccconanononannncnnannnnonannnns 371 12 11 1 Starting Traffic Generation caida 371 12 0 1 2 St0p Traffic Generation aca 371 12 12 Exporting a Trace to a Traffic Generation File c ccsssceseeseeeeseeseeseeeneeseeneesenseenenes 371 12 13 USB 3 0 Electrical Test MoOdes o coocncccnncciccncccocccccnancccnnnccnnnnccnnnnrnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnnrnannrnnannrenans 373 12 131 LO0Opback Mode cocina a 373 12132 Compliance Mode ici is 376 Compliance Mode test procedure siria siete araa a a cia 377 Ghapter 3 UDGAlIeS narices a
363. precedence in the display a Protocols of Traffic To view USB 2 0 USB 3 0 Host Tx or USB 3 0 Host Rx To Show Hide Navigator Panes You can show hide any of the panes using pop up menus accessible through right click the Navigator Panes button or by right click anywhere in any Trace Navigator pane USB Protocol Suite User Manual 239 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Using the Navigator Navigator Slider The Navigator slider appears at the left of Navigator panes The slider has yellow upper and lower range delimiters and a golden current position indicator see Figure 9 26 on page 238 The Navigator slider lets you to set the range of packets viewable in the trace display In other words it sets scrolling range of the display You can scroll the display up to the lowest packet number in the viewing range You can scroll the display down to the highest packet number in the viewing range Navigator Legend The Navigator legend lets you control the display of content in Navigator panes You bring up the legend through the Navigator Panes drop down menu Press the toolbar Navigator Panes button to access the menu Select the Legend option to bring up the Navigator Legend dialog box MO L RA Pretrigger Pre Post Trigger Y Pre Post Trigger a VM Postetrigger o G Errors y Errors v Types of traffic 7 Protocols of traffic o ad IY Stalled Transaction Y lv Bulk Interrupt or ISO Tra
364. pressed CATC Trace a Click on the toolbar to return to the normal CATC Trace View or Select View gt Trace Views gt CATC Trace 5 3 Spreadsheet View You can view the CATC Trace as a spreadsheet in color or black and white see Figure 5 45 on page 143 a Click on the toolbar or O Select View gt Trace Views gt Spreadsheet Color 142 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Spreadsheet View Teledyne LeCroy Corporation LeCroy USB Protocol Suite USB 3 0 and 2 0 Analyzer and Exerciser C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite SampleFiles 2 0 Traces LPM_Sample us B File Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help SRE p mem a af Item ur ONLY an on un on on on on on on on on on on an on on on on wn on on on on an on on on on So E Auto Mode Record m b i ebi BR We F pa maes pere om ss NX EA Z E E E RERELEBEK K E 3 Ma i Esa B E Run once v 2 usg 3 0 Exerciser dE E PktDir Addr Endp Dir f Type T Subtype Data Error Miscellaneous ChannelLink TES o CN 4 to SAK y seo y ee GET DES wah DEVICE pe 4 SOF H 369 Pkt Len 14 ae 1 0 Control GET IA atve CONFIGURATION type inde MINI EE E ay 3 4 IIA y EE T 4 gt ny a ee T on a Figure 5 45 Spreadsheet View no Color a Click QO Select View gt Trace Views gt Spreadsheet B W See Figure 5 46 on page 143 By File Setup Record Generate
365. r A Requests O ICCD Ver B Requests QO IrDA Bridge Class Requests OU Mass Strg Bulk Only Requests a Mass Strg Class UFI CBI Requests O MBIM Class Requests 192 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Class Vendor Decoding Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation NCM Class Requests Personal Healthcare Requests Printer Class Requests RNDIS Requests RNDIS Requests microsoft Standard Requests Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Class Requests USB Test and Measurement USB3 Vision Requests Video 1 0 Class Requests Video 1 1 Class Requests Video 1 5 Class Requests WA Radio Control Request WMC Class Requests WUSB CBAF Requests 5 Select a decoding group OR Select No Decoding if you do not want any specific decoding O ODODDODDO DO CO Oo oo O 6 Repeat the previous steps for additional recipients 7 To retain a mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session select the Keep Across Recordings checkbox 8 Click OK 8 2 2 Mapping Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding To assign a Class Vendor Endpoint decoding 7 1 Click the Apply Decoding Scripts ger on the Toolbar or press Ctrl Shift Y OR Right click the Bulk Int Transfer field to display the USB Device Request menu 2 Select Map Endpoint to Class Vendor Decoding to display the Request Recipients and Endpoints dialog box 3 Click the Endpoints tab to display the Endpoints dialog box USB Protocol Suite User Manual 193 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class Vend
366. r Error Missed DPH Error Missed DPP Error Setup DP Error Sequence Number Error PTP Tra No Command PTP Tra No Response PTP Tra Id Misordered PTP Tra No Operation code SCSI Op No Command SCSI Op No Data SCSI Op status SCSI Op Invalid OpCode USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Error Description A reserved value within a Transaction Packet has a non zero value An error was detected in the Skip Sequence The bit indicating the direction of this control stage is inconsistent with the USB 3 0 Specification The expected Data Packet Header was not captured as expected The Data Packet Payload was not seen after the Data Header Packet as required by the USB 3 0 Specification The format of the Setup DPH is incorrect Seq 0 Datalength 8 etc The DP or TP Sequence Number is not in the order expected according to the USB 3 0 Specification No command seen in this PTP Transfer No response seen in this PTP Transfer The Transfer ID s appear to be in the wrong order The operation code is missing in this PTP transfer The Command is missing from this SCSI Operation The Data is missing from this SCSI Operation Invalid Status is found for this SCSI Operation The SCSI OpCode is not supported by the current standards 217 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Timing Calculations 9 4 From beginning Packet To beginning Packet Bus Utilization Global USB 3
367. r and graphics in the user friendly CATC Trace inter face Has free non recording view only Trace Viewer software Comes with online manual Self diagnoses at power on Uses software upgradable Exerciser function Allows remote control of USB analyzers in a network DOOCD OOOO O USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Flexible 3 0 Calibration Each link can be calibrated with respect to received equalization and gain Physical Components a DOOUOCD O Desktop or portable Microsoft Windows XP Windows 8 or Windows 7 32 or 64 host machine with USB or Ethernet capability Plug and Play USB installation 1 GB or 4 GB of physical data recording memory USB 2 0 Hi Speed connection to desktop or portable host machine Internal wide range AC power supply Expansion port for future enhancements SMA connectors and USB 3 0 connectors for SuperSpeed capture and generation External clock inputs and outputs Recording Options a a a a a Display Options a a Versatile triggering bit wise value and mask data patterns up to sixteen bytes wide for Setup transactions and data packets Triggering on new High Speed PIDs and split transaction special tokens ERR SPLIT PING NYET DATA2 and MDATA 2 0 CATC Trace display and enumeration of High Speed Micro Frames 2 0 Three forms of triggering Snapshot Manual and Event Transaction sequencer Allows triggering
368. r whether a PING sequence should be initiated If TRUE the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs and retries before going through a Retry Loop PINGs are repeated until an ACK is received and then the original OUT DATAx transaction Sequence is attempted During the PING retries the Exerciser automatically generates frames When the original Retry Sequence receives its expected_pid the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File If FALSE the original transaction is always retried This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example ping_on_retry TRUE 337 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files 338 Key Code ping_after_nyet Format Description Host Generation Only If TRUE the Exerciser automatically generates PINGs and retries after receiving a NYET instead of the expected_pid This feature is only used if the expected _pid is an ACK PINGs are retried until an ACK is received When the PING is ACKed the Exerciser generates a new frame before continuing with the Gen File If FALSE the Exerciser continues as if an ACK occurred This statement can also be used in conjunction with any pid xxx statement in the utg file This can be done to override the configured or default retry behavior Syntax example ping_after_nyet TRUE
369. ransmitted see Figure 12 16 on page 376 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 375 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes JEF Fle Setup Record Generate Report Search View Window Help c H gl gt ma of ie Mode Record m A AA j ri ae E is a MDE Be Tas z E E gt OMG ONLY Time Stamp 17 180 605 768 ldle Symbol Count Time Time Starr lt S lt i q 31 T52 Link Config Normal Loopback On Scramblin He Time Stamp 17 180 605 564 S J idle symbol Count Time Time Starr S 668 000 ns 17 180 605 co Skip Sequence Count Skip Data E SKP SKP SKP SKP ldle Symbol Count Time Time Starr S SEL IR es an Ar J6 BE 60 om J0 a Ec i oo Skip Sequence Count Skip Data gt a SKP SKP SKP SKP 1 Link Tracker Pac Detail View USB3 LTSSM View _ Figure 12 16 Device Initiates Loopback Mode with SuperSpeed Host The loopback sequence is transmitted for the defined interval and automatically repeats until the Stop button is pressed The Electrical Test window automatically monitors the loopback patterns for receiver errors and displays the following a Number of Symbols Number of Transmitted Errors Number of Received Errors Status of Loopback Mode ODO Note The Voyager Loopback Mode does not alter the transmitted signal and does not perform the jitter tolerance electrical test defined in USB IF
370. rciser how to generate USB 3 0 traffic These script files can be edited with either a simple text editor such as Notepad or with the Script Editor utility provided by the application Creating Exerciser Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor a good way to start is to edit a sample generation file For Windows 7 and Windows 8 an example such as MassStorageEnumeration USB3g SampleEnumHostTx usb3g or SampleMassStorageHostTx usb3g in the directory C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples 3 0 Host Emulation LowLevelScripts For Windows XP an example such as MassStorageEnumeration USB3g SampleEnumHostTx usb3g or SampleMassStorageHostTx usb3g in the directory C Program Files LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Examples 3 0 Host Emulation LowLevelScripts You can open a generation file with Notepad or other editor and then add or remove text as needed For complete information on these and other Exerciser commands see the Exerciser User Manual VoyagerUSB3ExerciserScriptLanguage pdf included in your installation Documents folder Exerciser Window Click the USB 3 0 Exerciser 121458 3 0 Exerciser Hutton to open the USB 3 0 Protocol Exerciser window USB Protocol Suite User Manual Exerciser Window Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 12 7 1 Exerciser Menus The Exerciser menus are Menu Function Print Preview Toggle Bookmark Next Bookmark File New Graphic Creates a new empty graphic traf
371. re un decodable Compliance Mode test procedure 1 Connect the DUT or HUT to a test fixture board for example an Intel board so that transmit signals go to the oscilloscope and receive signals come from the analyzer Figure 12 17 Intel Test Fixture USB Protocol Suite User Manual 377 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes The following two photos show an example connection Test Fixture lt lt 1 Voyager Transmit to Scope Figure 12 18 Test Fixture to DUT and Oscilloscope Connections 378 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Figure 12 19 Test Fixture to Voyager Connection 2 Set the Recording Options in the Misc USB 3 0 tab to run the Electrical tests Recording Options Voyager General Misc USB 2 0 Misc USB 3 0 USB 2 0 Rec Rules Ch 0 USB 3 0 Rec Rules Recording Ports Recording Generating USB 3 0 Connectors 0 Analyzer Only 3 1 MMECX 3 Host Emulation Custom recording AN ports not applicable Gamal 233530 6 Device Emulation in emulation modes LUS USB 3 0 E Descrambling M3i USB Connector Termination RxDetect Downstream Upstream Analyzer Ports Exerciser Ports EMAR gt Auto Auto eo On On RxDetect z Manual 5 Off off I Polarity Inversion Clock Speed Selection Downstream Upstream 9 Gigabit 5 0 Gbps 9 Auto 9 Auto 5 On 5
372. readsheet view The output is limited to 1 million rows Export Packets to CSV When viewing 2 0 or 3 0 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or the CATC Trace Compressed view selecting Export gt Packets to CSV lt show Packets Transactions Spreadsheet item from the Export gt menu in a graphic gt exports the packets to a csv file in a pre configured format The first row of that csv file shows what each column represents Export Transactions to CSV When viewing 2 0 Packets in either the CATC Trace view or the CATC Trace Compressed view selecting Export gt Transactions to CSV exports the 2 0 transactions to a csv file in a pre configured format The first row of that csv file shows what each column represents Export Spreadsheet View to CSV 4 2 2 When viewing 2 0 Packets in either the Black and White or Colored Spreadsheet Views Trace view selecting Export gt Spreadsheet to CSV exports the contents of the spreadsheet to a csv file in a pre configured format The columns match the columns as you have defined them in your Spreadsheet view Exporting Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg files Before exporting to a utg file first make sure the usb file contains traffic for only one device 1 Hide all other device addresses in the trace leaving only the address of your device and the Address 0 the default enumeration address USB Protocol Suite User Manual 81 Teledyne LeCroy Corpora
373. riting and editing scripts tool tips drop down menus and colored fields The script example below shows the beginning of a traffic generation file created through the Export command This command provides an easy way to create a generation file you open a trace file then run the Export command The trace serves as a blueprint for the traffic generation file The example below shows several commented lines followed by some instructions File C Documents and Settings Administrator Desktop enummeration High Hub Sample usb Packets 6 to 24328 Device Side Packets were filter out during Export HAK ed transactions were filtered out during Export saved from Channel 4 File type UPAS File version 2 File speed HIGH chirp here This needs to be added by hand since the Export function does not export it Frame auto idle TO EOF Frame auto idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle TO EOF idle T0_E0F idle TO EOF idle TO EOF Frame auto idle TO EOF Figure 11 5 Script example of a Traffic Generation File This generation file causes the system to simulate a hub and to generate 24 320 packets See Device Emulation on page 328 for details about the format of traffic generation files Creating Traffic Generation Files If you choose to write a script with a text editor a good way to start is to edit an example generation file For Windows 7 and Windows 8 an example such as FS Enum_Break_Wrap_Sample utg HS_Hub_Sample utg in the direct
374. rkers The markers functionality allows you to add markers to a Whole packets or frames a Specific Cells QO Specific values within a cell Bytes words etc You can add attachments to markers see Figure 5 6 on page 107 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Markers Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Right click on any cell of a packet and select Set Marker from the menu as shown below or click Ctrl K Adjustment Control Lew 0 E stamp 664 555 304 Format Time Stam Color 432 000 ns gt 6645553 Hide Figure 5 6 Time Dialog The Create Marker dialog displays Adding a new line Export x Delete Attachment Preview Nothing Selected OK j cancel DS Figure 5 7 Create Marker for Packet Dialog Click Enter to close the Marker dialog Click ALT gt Enter to add a new line USB Protocol Suite User Manual 107 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Markers As shown above you can gt Add icon Click on this Export icon Click on this icon to add con to add any file See erat export an attachment Adding an Attachment on page 108 Record icon Click on this x Delete icon Click on this icon to record ICON to record audio See ete delete an attachment Recording an Audio File on page 109 New URL icon Click on sewn this icon to add any URL 5 2 3 Attaching Markers You can attach a discrete piece of information data to a mark
375. rocessing for USB2 packets 44 zExamplesplitTra zExampleTra zExamplexfer is zUsb3_Example zzExamplePwr Run scripts zExamplel EZ Expand Log E Save Output Done Figure 9 35 Run Verification Scripts Dialog To expand log click the Expand Log button Bu Expand Log To find a view related to the verified trace and place the window under it click E To find a view related to the verified trace and place the window to the right click M To save output click the Save Output button 2 Press the button Run scripts after you select scripts to run VSE starts running the selected verification scripts shows script report information in the output windows and presents the results of verifications in the script list see Figure 9 36 on page 251 250 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Power Tracker Verification script zExamplet_ zExamplesplitTra zExampleTra 44 zExamplexfer is zUsb3_Example zzExamplePwr Teledyne LeCroy Corporation est USB Suite VSE event sending capabilities and processing for USB2 packets O Run scripts TraceEvent f 0090 TraceEvent f 0091 TraceFvent 0092 TraceFvent 0093 TraceFvent 0094 TraceFvent 0095 TraceFvent 0096 TraceFvent 0097 TraceEvent f 0098 TraceFvent 00949 TraceEvent 0100 AE DONE E Expand Log UN Level 0 Channel USB3 RX Event USB3 TSEQ Speed 35 Dir IN Time 2 661 sec
376. rogress is in the field to the left of the Trigger Position in the before trigger color specified in the Display Options a When the Trigger Position is reached the indicator wiggles as it waits for the trigger O After the trigger occurs the field to the right of the Trigger Position fills with the after trigger color specified in the Display Options a When recording is complete the upper half of the progress indicator fills with white indicating the progress of the data upload to the host machine You should be aware of two exceptional conditions Q Ifa Trigger Event occurs during the before trigger recording the before trigger color changes to the after trigger color to indicate that not all the expected data was recorded pre trigger a When you click Stop before or after a Trigger Event the Status Bar adjusts accordingly to begin uploading the most recently recorded data The indicator fills with color in proportion to the specified size and actual rate at which the hardware is writing and reading the recording memory However the indicator is normalized to fill the space within the Status Bar Recording Status During recording the current Recording Status is in a segment When you activate the Record function this segment flashes a message depending on the selected Recording Options such as Waiting for Trigger Uploading or Rec Uploading The status bar displays Waiting for Trigger while waiting for trigger to occur based
377. rs by clicking Ctrl and selecting individual markers Double click on a marker to go to that marker in the trace and close the dialog ME All Markers and Playlists aa Markers F Level Cell Text Ni Packet 83188 Time Marker 3 Packet 83188 Time all attachments 4 5MB rear Edilapists gt gt Packet 83177 Packet Trigger Packet 83177 Time Marker 1 Packet 83182 fTdle Marker 2 Figure 5 14 Edit Marker Dialog Clicking delete on markers to delete markers with attachments displays the Delete Marker s dialog Checking the Dont ask again checkbox will not display this confirmation dialog again see Figure 5 15 on page 117 USB Protocol Suite User Manual CATC Walk Playlist Teledyne LeCroy Corporation A Do you really want to delete the selected marker s E Don t ask again Figure 5 15 Confirmation Dialog You can filter to show or hide text image audio video URL YouTube videos and other files URL YouTube Others Figure 5 16 Filter Dialog 5 3 CATC Walk Playlist This feature allows users to configure sequences of attachments into playlists Any arbitrary order of attachments are allowed and there are no limits on the number of playlists supported This feature can be used for collaborating among developers as well for training support and marketing purposes To access a playlist click on the View menu in the top toolbar of application select CATC Wa
378. rsion of your system there are two ways to control input equalization One method requires you to set three time constants or use the defaults The other method allows you to select either Hi or Low or use the default The method appropriate for your connected hardware is enabled For advanced users only You can change the values for the other hardware by checking Enable Both Eq modifications For example you might want to do this if you use the same file for both Advisor T3 and Voyager M3i Voyager M3x To add a device click Add to display the USB 3 0 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Parameter Profiles dialog USB3 Device gt Analyzer gt Host Signal Parameters Profile Read from Analyzer Apply to Analyzer Device lt gt Analyzer fExerciser A Port Signal Settings Host lt gt Analyzer Exerciser B Port Signal Settings Device Name Device Host Name Host Device Cable ID Host Cable ID Transmit Parameters Transmit Parameters VOD 0 7 4 VOD 0 7 5 Pre Tap 16 to 15 0 Pre Tap 16 to 15 0 Post ist Tap 0 31 12 Post ist Tap 0 31 13 Post 2nd Tap 0 31 Q Post 2nd Tap 0 31 g Receive Parameters Receive Parameters RX DC Gain in db 0 3 6 9 12 0 RX DC Gain in db 0 3 6 9 13 9 EQ Controlin db 1 16 3 EQ Controlin db 1 16 3 Load default settings Cancel Load last applied settings Figure 3 9 USB 3 0 Device Analyzer Host Signal Parameters Profile Dialog M3x These signal
379. s Rec Recording red if recording enabled Trig Trigger green if triggering 2 0 USB 2 0 yellow for Low and Full Speed green for Hi Speed 3 0 USB 3 0 green if link is up flashes green while data transfers yellow if polling USB Protocol Suite User Manual 43 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Advisor T3 2 2 3 Rear Panel DC IN 12V 3A Sync Data O a 0 Teledyne LeCroy USB 2 0 3 0 Protocol Analyzer USB Advisor T3 Model 800 0274 00 teledynelecroy com Figure 2 3 Advisor T3 Rear Panel The rear panel has the following indicators and connectors USB Type B connector for connection to host machine Sync Data Micro DB 25 25 pin external interface connector cable sold separately Trigger In SMA external trigger input Note Edge detected Rising edge only Voltage required Signal needs to be gt 800mvV to see a logic 1 Signal needs to be lt 400mV to see a logic 0 Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is O V Trigger Out SMA external trigger output Pulse Width 280 ns Pulse Voltage 3 3 Volts into 1 MegOhms Pulse Voltage 2 7 Volts into 50 Ohms Pulse is positive going Power Connector 12V 3A DC Power Switch 0 1 WARNING Do not open the enclosure No operator serviceable parts are inside Refer servicing to Teledyne LeCroy customer care 44 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Advisor T3 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 2 2 4 Advisor T3 System
380. s 356 comments 356 editing 147 Communication Device Subclass EEM dec file 186 Communications and CDC Control dec file 186 Communications Device Class CDC Data 188 Communications Device Class CDC Data dec file 188 Compare Endpoint Data command 75 Compile command 363 components physical 23 27 31 35 Compressed CATC Trace 141 Config Status Indicator 283 Configuration Name option 177 connect Trainer 349 350 connecting cables 55 56 68 Connection Properties dialog 62 contact 401 Continuous Time Scale 234 Control Transfer 199 Control Transfer field 199 Conventional Single Buffer Recording 267 convert usb file 73 Copy Event to option 291 copying events 291 counter 18 counters 291 counting 19 creating generation file 328 CrossSync Control Panel User Manual 99 current position indicator 240 Customize command 92 dialog box 92 D Data Block viewing 126 Data Block dialog box 126 data fields collapse 123 expand 123 pop up menus 124 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index data length 163 search for 153 Data option 75 177 Data Packet Count option 256 Data Pattern Mask and Match 173 294 Data Payload Throughput option 256 Data View command 221 Data View window 221 data usb file 95 Decode decoding options 191 decode class request 201 endpoint 193 202 general options for requests 199 hub status 202 layout 203 protocol specific fields 139 request recipient 191 requests 199 200 standard request 200 ven
381. s 95 Utg file 74 Utg files 318 352 Numerics 2 stage SOF hiding 180 3 0 Exerciser 349 A About command 387 window 387 About window 61 Abstract Control Model dec file 186 Accurate Time Management 18 Action button 290 pop up menu 290 Properties dialog 291 actions assigning 289 events 289 292 Actions submenu 291 Add Analyzer Network Node dialog 64 Add Counter option 291 Add Ethernet Attached Device dialog 62 Adding an Attachment 108 Addr Endp search criteria 154 Addr field 191 address 401 address and endpoint 164 address endpoint combination 129 Advance the Sequence button 290 Advanced Recording Options Mode 258 Advisor T3 26 All Connected Devices command 62 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Index All Markers Window 116 Analyzer setup 55 56 Analyzer Devices dialog 62 Analyzer Network Chat Bar 78 Analyzer Network command 64 Analyzer Network dialog 64 Analyzer Speed options 272 application startup 73 Application startup 60 assigning actions 289 ATM Networking Control Model dec file 186 Attaching Markers 108 Audio Class dec file 186 Audio Class decoding 2 0 186 automatic updates 392 Available Events Area 283 B Bar option 226 Basic Recording Options Mode 258 bits 122 Bitstream mode 327 Bitstream vs Intelliframe 327 blue highlight 356 Bookmarks 356 branching 298 brown highlight 356 BT dec file 189 Buffer Size box 268 Bulk Int Transfer field 193 bus condition 330 conditio
382. s can combine criteria using the options Intersection and Union Intersection creates AND statements such as Find all packets with x and y Union creates OR statements such as Find all packets with x OR y You can also perform searches in which packets or events are excluded from a trace using the Exclusion option Protocol USB 2 0 9 USB 3 0 Direction a Forward 0 Backward Origin Top of the screen C Last match Start of the file End of the file Find All Search In Hidden Cancel 171 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Find 2 172 If the file has both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 traffic select either of these technologies in the Protocol area upper right USB 2 0 or USB 3 0 Select Packets Transactions Split Transactions Transfers PTP MTP Transactions PTP MTP Objects PTP MTP Sessions or SCSI Operations from the top left list box to list that type of event in the Events Group box Select one or more events from the Events Group box O DODODDODDDODO DD Do oo oo Doo ooo odo qoco oo Address Endpoint Address RPipe Bus Conditions Command Status Data Lengths Data Pattern Errors Frames Handshake Header Packet Types Link Command Types LMP Subtypes Object Counts Object Handler Object Format Type On the Go Protocol Operation Code Packet Identifiers Packet Types Header PHY Event Transaction Result Status SCSI Command Split Task Management Task Mana
383. s markers to assist with navigation and time calculations m Hides start of frame SOF packets and any packet or transaction from a device address and endpoint m Searches for a specific PID m Detects and alerts you to every potential bus error and protocol violation and their combinations m Has high resolution accurate time stamping of bus packets and timing mea surement and analysis functions m Has search and packet hiding capabilities m Allows comprehensive device class decoding and user defined protocol decoding m Has a Data View m Uses Quick Timing Markers to immediately show time deltas and bandwidth use 32 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Voyager M3x Analyzer 1 5 Voyager M3x Analyzer The Teledyne LeCroy Voyager M3x Analyzer and Exerciser system is a multifunction verification system for USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 development and testing It can record traffic and graphically present logical USB transactions and events It can also generate USB traffic The system is connected to a laptop or desktop via its USB or Gigabit Ethernet port see Figure 1 7 on page 33 TELEDYNE LECROY LAN mA gt lt gt USB 2 0 3 0 e 2 TA g SZS gt lt gt Cd lt gt O O Power Status Figure 1 7 Voyager M3x Analyzer Exerciser System Please see the Readme file on the installation CD for the latest informat
384. s to decoding types that was done on a previous trace If the endpoints of the new trace are the same as the last one mapped the mappings are applied to the current trace This saves the user from having to constantly apply the mapping to a new trace every time the application is restarted and a new trace created USB Protocol Suite User Manual 199 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation General Options The ability to retain the mapping from trace to trace DURING an application session already exists the Keep Across Recordings button in the endpoint map dialog This new feature simplifies the process when the application has been re started Note You can also change the format color and hidden status of fields using the same methods as in Display Options Chapter 7 Display Options on page 175 8 3 2 Decoding Standard Requests To decode a standard request 1 Fromthe USB Device Request menu select Decode Standard Request to display the View Fields for Standard Request text box B d4b M2 REQUEST SUMMARY Setup Data 8006000100001200 Direction Device to host Type Standard Recipient Device bRequest GET DESCRIPTOR wValue DEVICE windex 0x0000 wLength 0x0012 E DECODING INFORMATION Length Offset Hex da Field bits bits Decoded Value Description i bRequest G 8 GET DESCRIPTOR 0x06 bRequest HexWal 0x06 wValue 16 16 DEVICE type 0x0100 Type of Descriptor windex 16 32 Ox0000 0x0000 index info DEVICE D
385. script file If you decide to use a pre recorded trace file as a generation blueprint then verify that the trace file contains traffic for only one device If it does not hide all the other devices Setup gt Level Hiding and save the file as a new file without the hidden traffic File gt Save As and check the option Do not save hidden packets transactions transfers 11 10 2 Setting Generation Options 1 Set the Traffic Generation options by configuring the Misc page in the Recording Options dialog box Setup gt Recording Options gt Misc In the Misc page select Device Emulation Mode Configure Resume settings A If you want the simulated device to issue Resumes then select Device Resumes and enter a delay time in milliseconds If you do not select Device Resumes then the emulated device waits for a Host to issue a Resume A If you want the simulated device to take its address from the Traffic Generation utg script file then select Use Address in utg file This option causes the sys tem to read the utg file and assign a Device Address based on the device traffic that it sees in the file Note In this release the Device Emulator does not look at the Set Address in the script so if your host controller is running more than one device it may enumerate your device emulator incorrectly when you begin to generate traffic The solution is to manually assign a device address To manually configure the Device Address selec
386. sed and expanded views Decoding Protocol Specific Fields in Transactions and Transfers When transfers or transactions are displayed the fields in setup transactions and in control interrupt and Bulk transfers do not get decoded by default and are shown in hexadecimal values The exceptions are setup transactions and control transfers for standard USB device requests which are always decoded To show specific decoding for class and vendor specific device requests and endpoints you have to use the decoding association mechanism that is described in Chapter 9 on decoding When you have performed the association you see the protocol specific fields of transfers and transactions decoded in the trace view Switch to PTP Transactions The Analyzer supports the Picture Transfer Protocol PTP and also supports the Media Transfer Protocol MTP which is an extension of PTP The Analyzer can track PTP transactions object transfers and sessions A transaction is a standard sequence of phases for invoking an action In PTP an Initiator initiated action provides input parameters responses with parameters and binary data exchange and is a single PTP Transaction Also a single Asynchronous Event sent through the interrupt pipe is a single PTP Transaction The PTP Transaction trace viewing level is the lowest PTP level To view PTP transactions switch to the PTP Transaction trace viewing level a Click ME on the toolbar FTF
387. see is done because the range of Stream Id s is much too large to specify the ones you want to hide explicitly 132 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Switch to Transactions View Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 5 26 Switch to Transactions View A Transaction is defined in the USB specification as the delivery of service to an endpoint This consists of a token packet an optional data packet and an optional handshake packet The specific packets that make up the transaction vary based upon the transaction type The program default display mode is Packet View Before you can view decoded transactions you must switch from Packet View to Transactions View To select Transactions View 1 Click E on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Transactions Transaction HI SETUP ADDR T Tp R bRequest wValue T E wLength Time 0 S 8 966 ps Time Stamp 0 546 803 300 Frame ERES PktLen Time Time Stamp 1196 0 20 366 us 0 546 812 266 IN ADDR Time Time Stamp 10 500 us 0 546 832 632 Time Time Stamp Transaction 94 150 us 0 546 843 132 y H Frame CRCS PktLen Time Time Stamp SL oxa5 11961 0x03 12 Il 3 139ms 0 546 937 282 Chirp K Time Time Stamp i 16 985 ms 0 550 075 832 Frame ORGS PR Len Time Stamp 5 OxAS 1216 2 0x14 12 19 790 ms 0 567 060 816 Figure 5 35 Transactions View Note This menu selection displays a check next to Transaction Level when you have
388. sfer Standard Request Type Transfer Type USB Protocol Suite User Manual F Figure 6 15 Packet Type Menu Option TSEQ T51 T52 LFPS Electrical Idle IPS Link Command SKP Header Packet Payload Packet Data Packet Logical Idle BRST BERC BCNT TERM CP Select the Packet Type to which you want to go 159 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB3 0 160 6 6 2 LFPS Type Packet Type LFPS Type d Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl 5hift 3 Specific Errors d Data Length Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command d LMP Subtype d Transaction Packet Type Figure 6 16 LFPS Type Menu Option Select the LFPS Subtype to which you want to go Reset Ping Polling U1 Exit U2 LoopBack Exit U3 Wake Up USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 6 3 Deferred Packet Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Specific Errors Data Length Addr amp Endp Header Packet Type Link Command LMP Subtype Transaction Packet Type Figure 6 17 Deferred Packet Menu Option 6 6 4ANY Error Repositions the trace to show the next instance of any error You can press Ctrl Shift 3 to go to the first error of any type Packet Type LFPS Type Deferred Packet ANY Error Ctrl Shitt 3 Specific Errors d Data Length Addr amp Endp d Header Packet Type Link Command d LMP Subtype Transaction Packet
389. siascatsaasaveenacessatencanensnaccaess 55 3 1 Installing the Analyzer Software on the Host Machine cccsssecsesseeeeseeeeneeeeeneesenneeees 55 3 2 Setting Up the Analyzer USB Connection cccccsssceceeseeeeeeneescenseeeennseeseensessenseessoneeees 55 3 3 Setting Up the Analyzer Ethernet ConnectiON oooooncccccconccnnnnconnnnnonnnnnronananonnnannrenannrrnaaaanns 56 3 4 Cascading with CATC SYNC Expansion Card conccconnncccononoccnnoncncnnnnononnncrnnnnernnnnrrnnaarrrmnaannns 57 3 4 1 Capturing USB 2 0 traffic with CATC Sync or Cross SYNC connncccccoconnnonccnnonanononnnnnnnnnonnnnanannrrrrnnannnrerennnanans 57 3 4 2 Removing Expansion Cars ies a dai 58 359 Appicat n StartU A se ai E EAr aea iNe raiso ai 60 3 5 1 Confirm Proper Hardware Installation and USB or Ethernet Connection scsseeesessseeeeeeeseeseeees 61 USB CONNECTION naiscan ee ee E a en ee eee 61 Ethernet Connection Voyager only sinaloa 61 329 2 ANA ZO DEVICES sususnod 62 3 0 3 IP Settings Voyager OMY id 63 Si O24 Analyzer NO WOTK nai a 64 3 5 5 USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 and M3X oooocccoocncccoccconnoconnnnoo 65 IFUL EQUALIZATION rr A PU o A cw E a aaa 67 3 5 6 USB 3 0 Cabling and Signal Integrity inicios A a 68 3 6 Your First USB Record sami ii 68 26 1 Trace VIEW Feature APA Pu E A E AE 70 3 7 Notes on Windows 7 and Windows 8 Directory Protecti0NS coocconnnconccconocennncnonnonnannnnnnos
390. simplify development of USB 3 0 test scenarios By default ReadyLink Emulation Mode automatically manages a Header Packet Acknowledgements L_GOOD_n Buffer Credit L_CRD_x SKIPs at required intervals SKP Link Synchronization m Responds to LFPS Polling LFPS m Responds to polling sequence Polling RxEQ m Responds to TS1 TS2 handshaking sequence m Responds to SS Inactive with RX Detect O Power Management Link Commands m Responds to LGO Un with LAU m Responds to LAU with LMPA OO O USB Protocol Suite User Manual 37 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 1 5 5 1 6 38 Test scripts can customize ReadyLink Emulation Mode to include error scenarios such as a Header LBADs Invalid link commands 8B10B CRC Error Running Disparity Error Corrupt Link Commands Corrupt Flow Control Wrong L_CRD_x Wrong L_GOOD_n Drop L_Good_n Corrupt Header Packet acknowledgement Send LBAD LRTY QO Corrupt Packet Framing SHP SDP END DOOUODCDODLD At the packet level you can send customized data payloads anywhere within the stream to insert logic errors perform corner case or do stress testing Commands such as the Set ErrWrongLCRD command allow link layer error injection anywhere within the script Notes on LFPS Signals Voyager Exerciser requires received Ping LFPS signals to be a minimum of 150 nanoseconds to be reliably recognized Voyager Anal
391. splay all four types The default display mode is Packet View Before you can view decoded transfers you must switch from Packet View or Transaction View to Transfer View To select Transfer View 1 Click on the toolbar The Trace View screen is re drawn to display Transfers 136 USB Protocol Suite User Manual View Decoded Transfers Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Note Selecting Transfer Level adds a check next to this menu item If you want to return to Packet View open the menu and reselect Transfer Level This action removes the check and returns the display to Packet View You can also switch to Transfer View from the Menu Bar 1 Select Display Options under Setup to display the Display Options General window 2 Check Transfer 3 Click OK 5 30 View Decoded Transfers After you set Display Options the Trace View screen is re drawn to display decoded transfers in the colors and format you selected Control ADDR bRequest uh Descriptors I GET 4 o GET_DESCRIPTOR CONFIGURATION type OxO000 23 descriptors Transaction SETUP ADDR MAT e bRequest wh alue windex wLength e As le als e e r bescmieror conrisuranion wype oxoo00 171 a SETUP ADDR CRES Fkt Len Idle Time Stamp pose 1 o fox 8 00002 0575 1688 DATAD hh Data CRG FktLen Idle Time Stamp JC xcs so os oo 02 00 oo as oo oseBze 16 zens 0000208781708 Time Time Starp 7167 ps OO002 OG F5 1738 I ADDR mm Data Tire J wss 1 o
392. stics See Real Time Monitoring on page 253 page 185 5 Display Stacking View See Stacking on page 127 4 3 4 Analysis Reports Trace Information Report See Trace Information on page 210 ch Lewd ES Timing and Bus Usage Calculations See Timing Calculations on page 218 Data View See Data View on page 221 Link Tracker See Link Tracker 3 0 on page 231 Open the Navigator bar See Using the Navigator on page 235 Decoded Fields View See Decoded Fields View on page 204 E 84 Error Report See Error Summary on page 214 Traffic Summary Report See Traffic Summary Report on page 222 Bus Utilization See Bus Utilization on page 224 Spec View See Spec View 3 0 on page 243 Detail View See Detail View on page 242 Show USB 3 0 LTSSM View See USB 3 0 LTSSM View on page 246 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Tool Bar ie ij USB Protocol Suite User Manual Show USB 3 0 Link State Timing View See USB 3 0 Link State Timing View on page 244 Run Verification Scripts See Running Verification Scripts on page 249 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Show Power Tracker Power captures are supported only on Voyager M3i and M3x See Power Tracker Toolbar on page 248 85 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Tool Bar 4 3 5 Recording Superspeed
393. stream Triggers Select one of the Framing Error Triggers Low Power States and CRC Error Triggers Truncate Data Fields Truncate the data fields in a Data payload Packet to the length specified in the pull down selection Check External Trigger Out with Sample Triggers if needed Note Truncating the payload will allow for more packets to fit in a trace but it has the potential to prevent accurate decoding to higher layers transfers SCSI etc 10 6 Recording Rules Actions and Action Properties Note For both USB 2 0 and USB 3 0 The Actions are Event Trigger Stop Recording Filter In Filter Out Advance the Sequence Restart All External Trigger Pulse HIGH Properties Filter Out Description Indicate Trigger event in the captured trace file Stop further recording once the trigger condition has been met USB 3 0 only Include in the trace file the event specified and no others Exclude from the trace file the event specified Go to the next state in this sequence sequence in which this action is located Restart all sequences Send HIGH pulse on external trigger output Opens the Event Properties dialog box Filtering Start of Frames SOF s in USB 2 0 captures can inhibit the ability of the software to decode upper layers transfer and above properly The SOF is used as a delimiter of traffic in the analysis heuristics and it s absence can cause a failure to re
394. t misread the error packets and label them the wrong speed While it is unlikely that the Analyzer will mislabel packets in this way manually setting the recording speed guarantees that the Analyzer always records packets at the correct speed When selecting a fixed speed the analyzer will stay on that speed regardless of traffic To capture more than one speed requires looping through multiple 2 0 ports USBTracer or 2 daisy chained analyzers such as Voyager or Advisor T3 Notes on Hi Speed Recordings Erroneous chirp blocks can be recorded on an idle bus when the Device has its FS terminations on while the Host has HS terminations connected This causes a small differential voltage tiny J on the USB bus that causes false Chirp detection This condition occurs during speed negotiation a Ona HS bus the condition is momentary just before the device chirps a Ona CS bus the condition occurs both before and after the device chirp until the end of Reset The user is discouraged from using Speed HIGH to record sig nals on a classic speed bus a The Analyzer stops recording anything for 2 5 milliseconds following a FS_K state which is at least 2 microseconds long This is to avoid presenting garbage which is a by product of the high speed probe settling down USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Options Misc USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 3 2 Generator Analyzer Clocking Overrides Generator Analyzer Clo
395. t Emulated Device s Hex Address and enter an address or mask Note A mask allows the system to respond to multiple device addresses USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3x USB 2 0 Script Limitations Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 4 Click OK to close the Recording Options dialog and apply the changes The generation settings take effect as soon as you execute a script 11 10 3 Run the Traffic Generation Script File 1 Connect the system s port B either Hi Speed or Classic Speed to the Host 2 Open the Traffic Generation utg file 3 Begin traffic generation by clicking E When execution begins the system reads the entire generation file and then parses the generation commands into groups according to their endpoints Each of the parsed groups of commands are then written into dedicated memory segments in the generator Up to eight memory segments can be created for the various endpoints In the case of Endpoint 0 or any Control endpoints a single memory segment is created Each memory segment can be thought of as a queue of the commands and responses for a particular endpoint that occur in the generation file Commands are stored sequentially within each memory segment as they occur in the generation file For example if a generation file has a sequence of command X and Y for the Endpoint 1 the commands are extracted in this order and placed in the Endpoint 1 memory segment When the host calls for a particular device
396. t mouse button 2 Drag the button to the cell When the button is in the cell a dashed highlight line appears around the cell Drop the button in the cell release the left mouse button The Event button appears in the cell anwe ja gt 0 a a Ee Sequence 0 State 1 TRIGGER Figure 10 20 Events Button in Cell The default label for the first cell is Sequence O State 1 As described later in this section you can change that label using the Properties pop up for that cell Two new cells appear under the first cell The first of these new cells is a state cell that allows you to create another state in rule Sequence O to make Sequence O a multi state sequence The second of the new cells is to create a separate sequence which would be labelled Sequence 1 288 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 7 5 Assigning an Action After you have dropped the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the analyzer ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button 1 Right click the Event button to display a pop up menu see Figure 10 21 on page 289 a Newevent 5 0 eleal allal Config is valid Sequence 0 State 1 Add Counter Filter In Move Event To Filter Out Copy Event To External Trigger Pulse HIGH lim Delete T
397. t out Endp HTTP Out Endp ICCD Bulk Out Message IP_ETO800 Internet Protocol Out Endp IPv6_ETO800 Internet Protocol Out Endp IrDA Bridge Out Endp Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp Mass Strg UASP Command Endp Mass Strg UASP Data Out Endp Mass Strg UFI_CBI Bulk Out Endp MBIM Bulk Out NCM Bulk Out PHDC Bulk Out Message RNDIS_PACKET_MSG Bulk Out Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Bulk Out TCP Transmission Control Protocol Out Endp USBTMC Bulk Out Endp Video Bulk Out Virtual UART The Cmd Set options for an OUT endpoint for Bulk Transfer Type are a DOOOUOUUDL SPC 4 SBC 3 SMC 3 SSC 4 MMC 6 SSC 2 SES 2 SAT 3 Note The Cmd Set options are only available for the Mass Strg Bulk Only SCSI Out Endp selection in Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding 196 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Class Vendor Decoding Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation For HID Interrupt In Endpoint you will be provided a column to select the decoder with or without the Report ID Field See the figure below Decoding Assignments Request Recipients and Endpoints lt gt Class Vendor Decoding Addr SS IN interrupt Pl Keep Across Recordings Request Recipients Endpoints Endp Dir a Transfer Ty af Max Pkt af Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding Rpt ID Ho Decoding Audio 1 0 Status Interrupt Endpoint Audio 2 0 Interrupt Data Message CCID Interrupt Message Comm Class Interrupt Notif CSDC Interr
398. ta View Detail View Spec View will show the contents of this Selected Packet Time Stamp 200 is 9464ms 2 553991 466 Bus Voltage Time stamp Rising above 440 alts 2 Gale ES ee Suspend Time Stamp 202 801 ms 2 559 091 466 O To move packet selection up or down click Shift Up Arrow or Shift Down Arrow QO Packets are on separate rows with individual fields both labeled and color coded O Packets are numbered sequentially as recorded time stamped with a resolu tion of 8 ns and highlighted to show the transmitted speed low speed full speed or high speed QO Display formats can be named and saved for later use a Pop up Tool Tips detail the contents of packet fields QO Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display and you can zoom in and out to optimize screen use a The display software can operate independently of the hardware and so can function as a stand alone Trace Viewer that may be freely distributed a High Speed SOFs display Microframes shown below USB Protocol Suite User Manual 103 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Trace View Features MEA E Fkt Len Idle Time Stamp OA 1456 7 124 767 us 00000 4056 3910 Frame CRCS Pkt Len Idle Time Stamp osas 1158 2 oc ta t Microframes 5 1 1 Anchor Points Synchronized Views Anchors are provided to indicate the synchronization points between views when scrolling These are indicated by a golde
399. ter Out Logical Idles amp SKPs Initiating loopback mode requires that the DUT successfully link trains with the Voyager exerciser Verify that the link reaches UO by pressing the Record button and looking at traffic for LUP LDN link commands LDN Time Time Stamp J mee SLC SLC SLC EPF DO7 7 D27 1 D30 7 D08 7 9664us 26 820 229464 j P Paa L U P we SLC SLC SLC EPF D25 5 D11 6 D08 2 D00 0 yr LDN wey SLC SLC SLC EPF DO5 2D140D31 0D01 7 LDN You can optionally set the analyzer to record the Loopback traffic to verify that the system enters loopback If you elect to record Loopback traffic it is recommended that you set Trigger on the Loopback command by setting Trigger on TS2 with loopback bit asserted Time Time Stamp 360 000 ns 26 820 239 128 Idle Time Stamp 10 024 us 26 820 239 488 Time Time Stamp 1 600 us 26 820 249 528 Sequence 0 State 1 ES HA g ir Event Properties TS TS2 Training Sequences Actions Rx Property Training Sequences O Training Control Byte 00 00 Label BitO TS TS2 Bit 1 Bit 2 Channels Y All Bit 3 ua Bit 4 7 Count 2 Desc the specified Training Sequences USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Electrical Test Modes Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 4 Select the Electrical Test window from the View Menu 5 Click the Loopback Test check box USB3 Electrical Test Loopback Command Compliance
400. tes If an update is available the application notifies you Note To automatically check for software updates you need an open internet connection Note Automatic checking for software updates does not download install or update the application It only notifies you that an update is available After receiving notification you must use the Software Update window to download and install the latest version of the application USB Protocol Suite User Manual 389 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Software Updates During Software Installation During software installation a window asks if you would like to receive automatic notification when software updates are available Select the checkbox to enable automatic checking for software updates Teledyne LeCroy USB Protocol Suite Enable Checking for Software Updates gt TELEDYNE LECROY Ever Y whe reyo ulook Teledyne LeCroy Software can automatically notify you when software updates are available Please select if you want to enable this feature for USB Protocol Suite on this machine W Enable Checking for Software Updates for USB Protocol Suite IF You choose this option you must accept the terms of the Teledyne LeCroy Privacy Policy Agreement ou may also change the setting later in the application Open Privacy Policy Installare Cancel Figure 13 3 Checkbox for Automatic Updates When you enable automatic notification of software updates you accept
401. tes are in MSB to LSB order Maximum number of bytes allowed is 1049 Assign a value for the crc field The default value is the correct crc calculated for the packet Host Generation Only Assign a value for the s High Speed SPLIT Start Speed field Host Generation Only Assign a value for the sc High Speed SPLIT Start Complete field Host Generation Only Assign a value for the e High Speed SPLIT End field 343 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code et hird link_state remote_wake eop hi_eop 344 Oto 3 4 bits 0 15 4 bits 0 15 O or 1 positive integer AB CD Hex Description Host Generation Only Assign a value for the et High Speed SPLIT Endpoint Type field O Control 1 Isoch 2 bulk 3 Interrupt Host Generation Only Assign the Host Initiated Resume Duration Default value is O For a description of the values 1 through 15 see the Link Power Management Specification Host Generation Only Assign the link state Currently the only legal link_state value is 1 for L1 Sleep Default value is O so set the link_state value to 1 Host Generation Only Disable or enable Remote Wakeup Default value is 0 which disables Remote Wakeup To enable Remote Wakeup set the value to 1 Assign a positive integer for the length of the end of packet EOP The default value is the correct length 2 bi
402. the Event button in a cell in the Main Display area you can assign an action to the event Note If you do not assign an action to an Event button the analyzer ignores the event To assign an action to an Event button see Assigning an Action on page 289 Note You can also set actions within the Properties dialog for each event Double click the Event button to open the Properties dialog then select the Actions tab and set your actions 10 8 6 Recording Rules Pop Up Menus The Recording Rules window has context sensitive pop up menus that are associated with the following types of object cells events and actions Cell Pop up Menu If you click a cell in the Main Display area that has an Event button contained in it the Cell pop up menu appears The Cell pop up menu has the following options O New Event Displays the same menu that you get when you click the New Event button on the toolbar QO Properties Displays the Properties dialog for the selected cell Event Pop up Menu If you click an Event button in the Main Display area the Event pop up menu appears see Event Pop up Menu on page 291 Action Pop up Menu If you click an Action button in the Main Display area the Action pop up menu appears see Action Pop up Menu on page 290 Note Recording Rules for USB 3 0 currently do not support more than two independent states The Advance Sequence option is not currently available for USB 3 0
403. tics window can display a SuperSpeed graph of real time link activity The Link Statistics are displayed on the right bottom panel in the previous screen capture They are defined as RD Running Disparity Errors Inv Sym Invalid 10 Bit Symbol Refer to the Error Summary on page 214 for further explanation In order to see a graph of traffic you must start recording Press gt to start the Real Time statistics monitor As traffic is recorded data is streamed in real time to this window and presented in a format of your choice To stop the monitor press Real Time Statistics Buttons The Real Time Statistics toolbar has buttons for changing the format of the displayed data and for exporting data a A t Bo S Bests p m F Figure 9 40 Real time Statistics Buttons The buttons have the following functions Save As Saves Real Time Vertical zoom in graphs as bitmap files bmp me Creates an email with Vertical zoom out bmp file attachment of a graphs Click and Drag zoom Click Print diagonally to select and zoom in on part of the graph Full Screen Synchronize with other Views Sync and Graph areas If two Synchronizes the View or more graphs are displayed windows so that a move in this button synchronizes the one window repositions the graphs to one another Once other See Link Tracker synchronized the positioning Buttons on page 234 slider of one graph moves the ot
404. ticular fields within the packet If a field is not defined it is assumed to be 0 Values are assumed to be decimal unless they are prefixed with Ox and then are interpreted as hexadecimal Values within a data block assignment are always assumed to be hexadecimal and should not be prefixed by Ox 330 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 11 12 1 Script Control of Intelliframe vs Bitstream modes To force the utg file to run in IntelliFrame mode add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the utg file intelliframe 0N To force the utg file to run in Bitstream mode add the following text string to the FIRST LINE of the utg file intelliframe OFF These commands are useful if an automated interface such as the USB Compliance Suite is running a Script If you run the script manually to allow selection of IntelliFrame or Bitstream mode from the toolbar make sure the utg file has no such Intelliframe command line TABLE 11 2 Support Keys for Defining Fields within a Packet Key Code File Control Keys file_type UPAS CHIEF file_version integer file_mode HOST DEVICE USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format__ Description This must be included at the beginning of the file to determine the speed of packets to be generated Value must be file_type UPAS to allow for High speed traffic IntelliFrame operation expected_pid and device_pid k
405. ting lines at the right edge of the display Hierarchy Lines Displays lines on the left side of Trace View showing the hierar chy from Packets to Transactions to Split Transactions to Transfers if you show higher level decodes Timestamp Position Aligns the Timestamp field At the beginning in a column on the left side of the Trace View At the end in a column on the left side of the Trace View or Merge with Packet Transaction Translation Selecting this option allows easier comparison with previous or following timestamps Default when Loading Trace File The following three features are applied only when the trace file is loaded It does not do anything to a trace that is being viewed m Expand Packet Data Displays packet data fields in expanded mode If this option is not selected packet data fields display in collapsed mode and you can expand them manually m Expand Script Decodes Displays decoded transfer fields in expanded mode If this option is not selected decoded transfer fields display in collapsed mode and you can expand them manually Std Reqs amp Descriptors Scripts Use dynamically loaded DEC files rather than REQ and DSC files for decoding Class and Vendor requests or end points Process USB3 LTSSM Enables the software processing needed for the LTSSM views Disable if you do not need link state information Stacking View See Stacking on page 127 Default Bulk Int Xfer type to Bulk on Se
406. tion software see CrossSync Control Panel on page 98 For more information refer to the CrossSync User Manual Opens a dialog box for browsing to local and networked analyzers Within the dialog click Add to browse The dialog lists PCs that are on the LAN If a PC has an analyzer attached to it and if DCOM permissions have been set on the selected PC clicking Select establishes a connection See Analyzer Network on page 64 Opens a dialog box with a list of analyzers connected to the host machine Lets you select an analyzer and update the BusEngine Firmware and licensing information See Analyzer Devices on page 62 Adds removes edits loads and saves USB 3 0 devices and lists the device name device cable host name host cable and to what the Profile Signal Settings apply Used to calibrate 3 0 connections Also shows custom device to analyzer and host to analyzer signal settings See USB 3 0 Device Host Signal Parameters Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 and M3x on page 65 see Recording Status on page 94 Causes the Analyzer to begin recording USB activity Causes the Analyzer to stop recording Allows you to upload a different portion of the captured trace if the previous upload was only partially uploaded For USB 3 0 traffic capture in some cases the Analyzer might not correctly lock onto the 5 GBps signals on power up or it may unlock after a long period of usage To issue a soft reset
407. tion The Main Display Window w 2 Click on the Hide Devices wt icon The following dialog displays Host ID Host Address Endpoint Vendor Addr 000 0 NEC Corpora Addr 001 All NEC Corp Addr 001 OBoth NEC Corpora Hub Class Status Change Endp Addr 001 1 In NEC Corpora Hub Class Status Change Endp Addr 002 0 Kodak Co 0001 3 Save to a new file using the All and Do not save hidden Packets Transactions Transfers selections 4 File Save As Save in USB Protocol Suite M 2 cy E Name Date modified Type Size Ji Automation 9 29 2010 10 56 AM File folder Le Generation 12 16 2010 4 59PM Filefolder Di SampleFiles 9 29 2010 10 56 AM File folder Le Scripts 11 17 2010 9 09 AM File folder Le Scripts4 10 957 10 15 2010 12 12 File folder EEF data62045_00000 usb 12 14 2010 1 07 PM LeCroy USB trace f 450 KB Number of Packets 0 Fille name YourNewTraceFleMName Save as type LeCroy USB Trace Files usb Cancel ie Al W Do not save hidden Packets Transactions Transfers Save Range Rename original file faster From Packet o or Packet 0 Trigger To Packet 250385 or Markers 4 On the new file you can now Click File gt Export and select Packets to USB 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg The following dialog displays 82 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Tool Bar Teledy
408. tion Trace View on Packet xxx List Values a Toggle Outlining DOUOCOD The List Values option displays the types of values that can be entered for a parameter in a line To see the types of values select the current parameter then choose Show Values from the pop up menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual 323 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Loading the Generation File 324 11 5 4 11 5 5 11 5 6 11 6 File Tabs At the bottom of the window is a tab that shows the name of the utg file If your utg file has an Include statement in it the supporting Include files automatically open when the Utg file is first opened Tabs for the opened Include files appear at the bottom of this window M 4 gt FS Enum Break Wrap Sample utg mn Figure 11 11 File Tabs Error Log Whenever you create a scripting error a log opens at the bottom of the application window When the error is corrected the window automatically closes Tooltips The Script Editor window includes extensive tooltips for each keyword To see a tooltip hold the mouse pointer over a keyword Loading the Generation File The USB Traffic Generation files are scripts that instruct the Analyzer how to generate USB traffic A traffic generation file contains text in special format and is named with a utg extension These files can be created by any text editor or using the File gt Export gt Packets to 2 0 Host Traffic Generator Text File utg
409. tions the components of each transaction are collected from the current recording and are grouped and indented below each decoded transaction Each row shows a transaction with a unique numeration a label and color coded decoding of important data Note If CRC errors are found in a DATAx 2 0 packet or a DP 3 0 packet the data in that packet will not be promoted to the Transaction Transfer and so on levels above since it is assumed that the data will be re sent The data count will show as O Bytes 9 27 1 Expanded and Collapsed Transactions You can expand a specific transaction to view ts parts which are grouped and indented below the transaction To expand a transaction 1 Right click the transaction number you wish to view to display the Expand Transaction menu see Figure 5 39 on page 135 Expand This Transaction Expand All Transactions Collapse All Transactions Time Stamp 437 466 ps 5 283 130 616 Time Time Stamp 3 168 ys 5 283 568 082 Time Stamp 5 283 571 250 Time Time Stamp Set Start Quick Timing marker Ctrl Click Set End Quick Timing marker Ctrl Shift Click Set marker Format Color gt 137 968 ps 5 283 630 732 Trans Hide quest wValue windex wLength FE a TFAA j T T LEATS T Tre Mn AeA AeA a fMwd A 119 100 we E 39837 Figure 5 39 Expand Transaction Menu USB Protocol Suite User Manual 135 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Switch to Sp
410. to the SuperSpeed capture engine select this command Note After performing the reset you must retrain the link on your devices see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 315 Starts traffic generation After traffic generation has begun the Start command becomes Stop and lets you stop traffic generation Sets the mode of generation to IntelliFrame Use before Start 2 0 only Sets the mode of generation to bitstream Use before Start 2 0 only Allows you to repeat once a specified number of times or an infinite number of times using the Generation Repeat Mode window 2 0 only USB Protocol Suite User Manual The Main Display Window Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Menus Functions Report File Information Displays information about the recording such as the number of packets and triggering setup See Trace Information on page 210 Error Summary Summarizes the errors throughout the recording Allows for fast navigation to packets with errors See Error Summary on page 214 Timing Calculates timing between two packets and bus utilization Calculations See Timing Calculations on page 218 Data View Shows packet information See Data View on page 221 Traffic Summary Summarizes the numbers and types of errors packets transactions Report split transactions and transfers that occurred in the open trace See Traffic Summary Report on page 222 Bus Utilization Displays graphs of packet
411. tocol Suite User Manual 255 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Real Time Monitoring area Y Scale Type Linear Converts display to linear format Logarithmic Converts display to logarithmic format Hide Hides the selected graph Remove Removes the selected graph Properties Opens a dialog box with options for changing the colors titles and other features of the graphs OCOCOCOO O 9 14 3 Displaying Multiple Graphs The Real Time Statistics window gives you the ability to create up to three separate graphing windows so that you can create separate graphs of traffic and tile them vertically Within these windows you can format the graphs in a number of ways To view two or three graphs simultaneously click the Graph Areas KA button The following menu opens calfe amp Statistics accumulation SN 63329 Data Packet Count Ch 0 5N 63329 Data Payload Throughput Ch 0 SN 63329 Bus Usage Ch 0 5N 63329 SuperSpeed Host Rx Data Payload Throughput amp Superspeed Host Tx Data Payload Throughput Figure 9 42 Graph Areas Menu Options Selecting a checkbox displays the selected graph type a Statistics Accumulation Plots the percentage of Link utilization by non idle traf fic for both directions of the link OU Data Packet Count Packets s Plots counts of Data Packets per second for both directions of the link O Data Payload Throughput MBytes Plots data payload throughput for both directions of the li
412. ts and actions An event and the action or actions associated with it form a rule state One or more states are encapsulated in a sequence Note There can be from one to 512 states within a sequence You can associate one or more events with each state and you assign each event a different action or the same action A sequence that has only one state is called a single state sequence The analyzer continuously watches for each event in the sequence and executes the corresponding action if the event is detected A sequence that has multiple states is a multi state sequence The states are arranged in a hierarchy with a top state and successively lower states Only one state in a multi state sequence is active at a time The analyzer does not go to a successive state unless it is directed to do so by the previous state Sequences are described in detail in Using Sequences later in this chapter Briefly creating a rule involves the following steps 1 Creating Event buttons in the Available Events area 2 Drag and drop of Event buttons to the appropriate areas cells in the Main Display area 3 Assigning an action or actions to each Event button USB Protocol Suite User Manual Recording Rules USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 10 7 3 Creating Event Buttons To create a rule first create one or more Event buttons As you create Event buttons they appear in the Available Events area You then can drag and drop th
413. ts of SEO 1 bit of J The value is reflected by lt val 1 gt bits of SEO plus one bit of J Used to generate a high speed EOP pattern The bytes are in the order they come across the bus and the bits within the bytes are in LSB to MSB order Maximum number of bytes allowed is 13 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Format of Traffic Generation Files Key Code idle positive integer or TO_EOP raw_data aa bb Not supported for Hi Speed Traffic on Voyager M3x USB Protocol Suite User Manual Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Format Description Defines the length of idle after the current packet Assign a positive integer or string to this key The positive integer indicates the number of full speed or low speed bit times The default value is around 4 bits for Classic speeds and around 150 bits for High speeds When this keyword is assigned a string TO_EOF USB Chief automatically calculates the amount of idle remaining in the frame When handshaking with a device you can use this keyword to add idle where you anticipate a packet being returned from the device The idle key is always associated with the proceeding packet or bus condition so you should not put file control keys between the packet or bus condition statement and the idle statement Assign a string in quotation marks to be put in the marker for the defined packet Use to send a non modulo 8 number of bits in a classic speed raw_data pack
414. tself The packet is shorter or longer than expected The NRZI encoding has a problem The End of Packet signaling does not conform to the USB 2 0 Specification The packet started too late in the Frame or Microframe The packet ended to late in the Frame or Microframe The Frame or Microframe time was out of spec expected 1 ms or 125uSec The device or host took too long to respond to a packet within a transaction Unexpected Data Toggle value incorrect according to the USB 2 0 Specification Frame number not sequential or not exactly 8 repetitions of a frame number in a High Speed frame sequence Teledyne LeCroy hardware capture problem not a USB error The packet length in bytes was not modulo 8 The OTG signal was not within USB 2 0 OTG Specification A reserved value within a Transaction Packet has a non zero value No command seen in this PTP Transfer No response seen in this PTP Transfer The Transfer ID s appear to be in the wrong order The operation code is missing in this PTP transfer The Command is missing from this SCSI Operation The Data is missing from this SCSI Operation Invalid Status is found for this SCSI Operation The SCSI OpCode is not supported by the current standards 215 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Error Summary 9 3 2 Traffic Summary Report MO m 8 All reports Packet 0 To P pkr USB 2 0 Traffic pkt Packets H a Transactions FR Transfers E P
415. ty Counter Value when Yes is selected before the action is triggered a Counter Value Number of repeats required when Count Randomly is set to No The default value is 1 QO Within actions counters determine how many times the system calls the action before it acts Action counters typically have two properties O Random Can be set to Yes or No default value is No If set to Yes the action triggers a number of occurrences before the action takes place That number ranges randomly between 1 and the value set in the property At least every Nth occurrence which replaces the property Every Nth occurrence when Yes is selected QO Every Nth occurrence Number of times the system calls the action before it acts Note There is some overlap in the way these counters can be used For example in the simple case of a single event leading to a single action it makes no difference whether you specify the event to require five repeats before triggering the action or the action to require five occurrences before it acts However in the case of combined events and or actions the separate counters provide flexibility in designing test cases For example consider the case where Event_1 OR Event_2 leads to Action If Event_1 has a counter of 5 then the Action triggers either when Event_1 has repeated five times or when Event_2 happens the first time whichever occurs first But if the event counters
416. ual Tool Bar Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 4 3 7 Generator Traffic Generation for USB 2 Please see Traffic Generation 2 0 on page 315 FE Start or Stop Traffic Bitstream and Intelliframe modes 3 Generation available if BZ you have the Traffic Generation module Run once l Repeat Mode This button becomes active o when a traffic generation file utg is open It only applies during Host Emulation Device Emulation does not support looping 4 3 8 View Level Please see Switch to Transactions View on page 133 and the following Display Packets 7 Display PTP Objects See Trace View Features on See Switch to PTP Object page 103 Transfers on page 139 Display Transactions Display PTP Sessions See Switch to Transactions See Switch to PTP Sessions View on page 133 on page 140 Display Split Transactions 6 Display SCSI Operations See Switch to Split Transaction View on page 136 Display Transfers PTP Group See Switch to Transfer View 3 Click the arrow to display the on page 136 PTP Levels Display PTP Transactions See Switch to PTP Transactions on page 139 4 3 9 Trace Views Please see Compressed CATC Trace View on page 141 and Spreadsheet View on page 142 E Normal CATC Trace View Compressed CATC Trace Spreadsheet View Color Spreadsheet View B W 5 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 87 Teledyne LeCroy C
417. uced without additional permission but all copies should contain this copyright notice WEEE Program This electronic product is subject to disposal and recycling regulations that vary by country and region Many countries prohibit the disposal of waste electronic equipment in standard waste receptacles For more information about proper disposal and recycling of your Teledyne LeCroy product please visit teledynelecroy com recycle Teledyne LeCroy 3385 Scott Blvd Santa Clara CA 95054 TEL 800 909 7112 USA and Canada TEL 408 653 1260 worldwide USB Protocol Suite User Manual 2 Chapter o En OE 17 11 COMMON F CAUUNCS canica iaa 17 14 Graphical Bus Traffic DISPIAV aia 17 1 1 2 Accurate Time Measurement Voyager Advisor TB inccoonnncccononncccconononennannncnnnnnncnronannnnnnnnnnrrrnnaannrennananennas 18 1 1 3 CrossSync Control Panel Voyager Advisor TB ccooonoccccnnnnnccccocnncoconcnnnoconanncnnenannnononannerrnnannnnnnnannrrrnnaanennas 18 1 1 4 Comprehensive Error Detection and AnalySiS cooonnccnnnncccnnccconanconnanccnnannnnnnnrrnnnnnrenannrrnnnnrrnnanrrnnannrrnnanennnas 18 1 1 5 Real Time Event Triggering and Capture Filtering ccsccccssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeenseeeescoeesseeeseceeeseeenenees 19 1 1 6 BUSENGING TECNNOIOGY cars is 19 1 2 Voyager M3 M3i Ae P A A 20 1 21105B 2 0 2nd USB 3 0 Features ii ad 20 1 2 2 General DESCKIDUOM tiva di tl 21 PA SAAAAAAAP P n A a 22 Gener
418. uencers with 4 States 6 Global events Install License File pe EN Figure 13 7 License Information Dialog Named features enabled on your host machine are indicated by Yes in the Purchased column Named features that are not enabled on your host machine are indicated by No in the Purchased column Whether or not named features are enabled depends on the license key stored in your analyzer If you try to use a feature for which you do not yet have a license the program displays the License Protection Message Named features that are not enabled on your host machine are indicated by No in the Purchased column To use the feature you must purchase a license Updating the Software License A current license agreement with Teledyne LeCroy entitles the Analyzer owner to continued technical support and access to software updates as they are published on the Teledyne LeCroy website If your license expires you must obtain a license key from Teledyne LeCroy refer to the contact information at the back of this manual After you obtain a license key follow these steps to install it 1 From the Help menu select Display License Information to display the License Information Dialog see Figure 13 7 on page 394 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Registering Online Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 1 Select Install License File to display the Select License Key File dialog ION bh Public Documents LeCroy USB Prot
419. unning selected script s Edit script Edit selected scripts in the editor application specified in Editor settings New script Create a new script file using the template specified in Editor settings Show Grid Show hide a grid in the verification script list Show Description window Show hide the script description window Shortcut key F2 Show Output Show hide the script output windows Shortcut key F3 Settings Open a special Setting dialog to specify different settings for VSE USB Protocol Suite User Manual 251 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Power Tracker 4 After choosing Settings from the drop down list or the button the Settings dialog appears see Figure 9 38 on page 252 E settings Choose Editor application and editing settings 9 Notepad by default 5 Other Browse Edit all selected scripts in one process Open all included files Launch editor application in full screen Path to the template file for a new script C Users Public Documents LeCroy USB Proto Display settings Show the full path for the trace file in dialog caption Restore don t maximize dialog at start Load last output from saved log files when possible Activate dialog after script s stop running Remember dialog layout Ignore possible run time errors and warnings Saving settings Save log files to the folder which is relative to the trace file pa Path to the folder where to save output log files C Users Publ
420. upport gt F Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload Caution Can use up to 4GB of disk space for each trace CATC Sync Disable CATC Sync Independent Record Stop Independent Triggers Figure 10 2 Recording Options General Tab in Advanced Mode USB Protocol Suite User Manual 259 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Recording Options Modes In Simple Mode for recording options the Recording Options dialog box for the Advisor T3 is Product E Voyager M3 M3i Advisor T3 E Mercury T2 5 Voyager M3x Trigger Mode Snapshot Recording Channels 4 USB 2 0 E Manual Trigger USB 3 0 C Event Trigger Recording Scope Note For large recordings the application will segment the data into multiple trace files E MB segs 64 512 Conventional Single Buffer Recording Buffer Size Trigger Position 16 000 MB Mot used with snapshot la 5 Spooled Recording Max Disk Usage 4 Recording Size Limits 3 Record for UDayis 12 34 Record l 120000 ME Until Triggered plus O Dayis 12 34 56 Until Triggered plus 120000 ME ee can uan lt Debug Support gt Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload p g Upl Independent Record Stop 9 USB Tracer Trainer Advisor Mobile Options Name Default Trace Filename amp Path Change Default Location C Wsers Public Documents LeCroy USB Protocol
421. upport gt F Capture Raw Trace Data during Upload U Caution Can use up to 458 of disk space for each trace CATC Sync E Disable CATC Sync Independent Record Stop Independent Triggers Switch to Advanced Mode Figure 3 10 Recording Options Voyager Dialog Note Items not supported on your hardware are grayed out or not shown Click OK to activate the recording options you selected traffic Click onthe Tool Bar Turn on the USB devices that are to be tested and cause them to generate USB The system starts to record the USB traffic immediately After 4 MB of traffic are recorded the Analyzer uploads the data and displays the packets in the trace window click on the Tool Bar To terminate recording before the snapshot automatically completes When the recording session finishes the traffic uploads from the Analyzer to the hard drive on your host machine as a file named data usb or the name you assigned as the default filename While the file is uploading you should see a brown progress bar at the bottom of the screen When the bar disappears the data has uploaded to disk USB Protocol Suite User Manual 69 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Your First USB Recording 70 10 To save a current recording for future reference select File gt Save As on the Menu Bar OR 11 Click ll on the Tool Bar to display the standard Save As window Give the recording a unique name and sa
422. upstream Recording Green if 2 0 recording enabled or 3 0 recording enabled in Analyzer mode Yellow when triggered USB 2 0 FS SOF s LS EOP s or control endpoint traffic LS Traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 FS Traffic on endpoints other than O resets activity timer as in 3 0 HS SOF s or control endpoint traffic HS traffic on endpoints other than 0 resets activity timer as in 3 0 USB 3 0 No traffic or LFPS Only Polling LFPS Low Power States Symbol Traffic Training TS1 TS2 TSEQ Link Traffic UO LUP LDN TP s and DP s actual traffic Generating Green if generating enabled USB Protocol Suite User Manual Voyager M3x Analyzer Out Rear Panel Sync In Sync Out ETHERNET USB DC IN Power Switch Teledyne LeCroy Corporation SMA external trigger input Note Edge detected Rising edge only Voltage required Signal needs to be gt 800mV to see a logic 1 Signal needs to be lt 400mV to see a logic 0 Maximum value of the external input signal which can be input is 5 V Minimum value is O V SMA external trigger output Pulse Width 280 ns Pulse Voltage 3 3 Volts into 1 MegOhms Pulse Voltage 2 7 Volts into 50 Ohms Pulse is positive going For use in Daisy chaining and Crosssync scenarios For use in Daisy chaining and Crosssync scenarios Gigabit Ethernet for connection to host machine USB 3 0 Super Speed Standard B Conne
423. upt IN Notification HCI event Hub Class Status Change Endp ICCD Interrupt Message Mass Strg CBI Interrupt Endp Mass Strg UFI CBI Interrupt Endp MBIM Interrupt Motif NCM Interrupt Notif RNDIS Interrupt Notification RNDIS Interrupt Notification Microsoft Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Interrupt TransferJet Bridge Interrupt Endp Video Interrupt Figure 8 6 1 Tran 1 Xfer column The Isochronous Transfer Type options for an IN endpoint are No Decoding CDC Data Isoch Out w CMD Wrapper CDC Data Isoch Out w Prot CMD Wrapper CDC Data Isoch Out w Prot Wrapper Video Isoch Out The Interrupt Transfer Type options for an IN endpoint are O O COCO0ODODDDDODO DO oo oo No Decoding Audio 1 0 Status Interrupt Endpoint Audio 2 0 Interrupt Data Message CCID Interrupt Message Comm Class Interrupt Notif CSDC Interrupt IN Notification HCI event HID Interrupt in Endp Hub Class Status Change Endp ICCD Interrupt Message Mass Strg CBI Interrupt Endp Mass Strg UFI CBI Interrupt Endp MBIM Interrupt Notif NCM Interrupt Notif RNDIS Interrupt Notification USB Protocol Suite User Manual m No Rpt ID Apply a 1 Tran 1 Xfer No 197 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Class Vendor Decoding Options 198 ODO O a RNDIS Interrupt Notification Microsoft Still Image PTP MTP PictBridge Interrupt Video Interrupt WA Radio Notif Endp The Class Vendor Endpoint Decoding options an IN endpoint are O
424. us Conditions Menu Option Shitt S Shitt T Shift U Shift 6 Shit C Shitt 7 shitt Shift Shift K Shitt 8 Shift V USB Protocol Suite User Manual Go To USB 2 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 6 5 7 Split HubAddr amp Port Allows you to go to a split hub address and port l PID ANY Error Ctrl Shit 2 Specific Errors Data Length Addr amp Endp Bus Conditions Split HubAddr amp Port None On The Go T YT Y FTF F a Figure 6 10 Split HubAddr amp Port Menu Option 6 5 8 On the Go Allows you to search for On the go attributes The On the Go submenu contains entries for a HNP Host Negotiation Protocol U SRP Session Request Protocol a Host A Hosts with an A plug QO Host B Hosts with a B plug PID gt ANY Error Ctrl Shift 2 Specific Errors d Data Length Addr amp Endp d Bus Conditions d Split HubAddr amp Port SRP Shift Q Host A Ctri Shit A Host B Ctrl 5hift B Figure 6 11 On the Go Menu Option USB Protocol Suite User Manual 155 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Go To USB 2 0 6 5 9 Transfer Standard Request Type Allows you to search for Transfer Standard Request Type attributes Search View Window Help Goto Trigger Ctrl Shitt T Go to Selected Packet 22 USB 3 0 Exer PE B Fi Run once Go to Packet TransactionTranstfer Ctrl 6 Go to Marker Ctrl M F Go to USE 2 0 Go to USB 3 0 PI
425. usecuinateaceseeeeceasin 113 URE CNK sSiguiactiannc aaa ue cteh Olas Biciantt A a E 113 NOUTUDE VIGGO oes ia 114 LINAC OS Ai iia 114 Other AMC AMES role c Laces casa sa cia as eats gas ictus cau danenne caraeeundonauneeuadonsan 114 5 2510 Edit Marken ao 115 522 11 ALL Markers WINGOW ninia ancbeideal teed tes aa AE 116 939 GATO Walk PlaVlS Coastal 117 53 1 Playlist PUNCHONAULY a ic 118 6 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Contents Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Bi 322 PlaVDAGK WINdO Wisin ido ddan eal A aa 119 Playlist Playback COntrol s isa 120 SA THE Sle IND woes a 121 5 5 View Raw BITS 12 Dona 122 5 6 Expanding and Collapsing Data Fields c sccccssssseeseeseeeceeneeeeenseseeonseeseeneeesenneeesonees 123 5 6 1 Using the Expand Collapse Data Field Arrows c ssccceeeessseeeeeeeeceennneeeeeeennsneeeeeeeoeaseeeeeseasneneenenees 123 5 6 2 Double Clicking to Expand Collapse Data Fields ccccssesseeeseesseeseceeseeeeeesseeseoenseeseenneessooeneeeseoeas 123 5 6 3 Expanding or Collapsing All Data Fields cccccssesseeesessseeeeeeeeeeseenseeseeeeseeeseenseeeeoesseessensseeseonsneeseonas 124 5 6 4 Using the Data Field Pop Up MenUS iii aiii 124 Expand or Collapse All Data Fields vous eee ia eee 125 3 1 FOrmal COOK IGG Fields sissioni aa 125 5 7 1 Hide Show Field when Packet Section is Collapsed cccccccsseeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeenesseeeeeeeeesseeeeeennenseeeeeeaes 125 5 8 VIEW Dala B
426. ve it to the appropriate directory 3 6 1 Trace View Features After the recording terminates the results display see Figure 3 11 on page 70 E E The packet view display uses color and graphics to document captured traffic Packets are on separate rows with individual fields both labeled and color coded Packets are numbered sequentially as recorded time stamped with a resolu tion of 2 ns on 3 0 signalling and highlighted to show the transmitted speed low speed full speed high speed or superspeed You can name and save display formats for later use Data fields can collapse to occupy minimal space in the display Each row numerates labels and color codes a USB packet Before Trigger After Trigger Frame CROS EOP Idle Time Stamp a gt 00000001 996 883 us 00010 2143 3631 Dir Frame GROS EOP Idle Time Stamp 00000001 996 900 us 00010 2151 3619 Dir Frame CRES EOP idle Time Stamp a 00000001 00010 2159 3607 SETUP ADDR DAS EOP Idle Time Stamp 00000001 o4 0 o oos 233ns 00010 2159 3802 DATAO ME CRC16 EOP idle Time Stamp 00000001 0xBB29 00010 2159 3987 EOP Idle Time Stamp 00000001 983 200 us 00010 2159 4510 Frame CRCS EOP idle Time Stamp 200000001 00010 2167 3596 N ANNER CRA ENP Idla Time Stamn bd Time stamp appended to each packet Filtered Traffic is displayed as a gray line Specifies speed packet transmitted Indicates a marked comment is set Figure 3
427. w To put a Detail View header in the Spreadsheet View drag the header to a column divider in the Spreadsheet View USB Protocol Suite User Manual Spec View 3 0 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation 9 11 Spec View 3 0 The Spec View shows packet header information To obtain the Spec View select Report gt Spec View or click the E Spec View toolbar icon Reserved Link Speed SubType Type 0x0000 001 Ox 0x00 Reserved4 Tiebreaker Reserv Direction Reserved Nim HP Birs Reserved5 DAI CRCS DF DL HDepth Rsvd Hseq CRC 16 0x02 D 0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x1845 Figure 9 30 Spec View The toolbar allows you to Save go to Previous or Next and display Binary or Hexadecimal USB Protocol Suite User Manual 243 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation USB 3 0 Link State Timing View 9 12 USB 3 0 Link State Timing View The Link State Timing View graphically shows how much time the link spends in each link state La Click En to display the USB 3 0 Link State Timing View see Figure 9 31 on page 244 a elt EN Figure 9 31 USB 3 0 Link State Timing View The States are Compliance Loopback Rx Detect SS Inactive SS Disabled Hot Reset Recovery Polling U3 U2 U1 UO and Unknown Time is displayed along the bottom in microseconds 9 12 1 USB 3 0 Link State Timing View Toolbar AAN MA a gt 811 244 USB Protocol Suite User Manual USB 3 0 Link State Timing View The buttons have the following funct
428. yne LeCroy Corporation 3 5 3 IP Settings Voyager only If connected to a device you can change the IP settings a DHCP automatically assigns an IP address DHCP is the default QO Static IP prompts you to enter a specific IP address To change from DHCP to Static IP while connected to a device 1 Select Setup gt All Connected Devices from the menu bar to display the Analyzer Devices dialog Analyzer Devices Sc Device Location Status About Mi Voyager sn SCS Ready Update Device pdate License Add Device IP Settings 4 TT b iy Networks Select analyzer devices you want to participate in the recording a ee ne er ee Figure 3 2 Analyzer Devices Dialog Note If you are not connected to a device the IP Settings command is grayed out 2 Select the device to use in the recording then click the IP Settings button to display the Device IP Settings dialog Device Voyager SN 63329 IP Settings Obtain IP address automatically DHCP Use the following IP address Static IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Y Suggest static IP settings Host IP Host subnet mask carl Figure 3 3 Device IP Settings Dialog Two radio buttons are available QO Obtain IP address automatically DHCP default O Use the following IP Address Static IP USB Protocol Suite User Manual 63 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Application Startup 3 To change to Stat
429. ypes to hide see Figure 7 5 on page 182 USB Protocol Suite User Manual 181 Teledyne LeCroy Corporation Level Hiding Options General Color Format Hiding USB2 Packet Hiding USB3 Packet Hiding Level Hiding Popular Items To Hide Hide Device Traffic T Hide Link Commands Flow Control Hide TSEQ Hide T51 T52 Packets V Hide Logical Idle Packets Hide Up Stream 7 Hide Down Stream F Hide Skip Sequence 4 Hide 150 Time Stamp Packets W Hide Inter Packet Symbols 7 Hide Link Commands LUP LDN U Hide Link Commands Power Management F Hide Electrical Idle Hide LFPS Packets Hide Terminations Hide LMP Packets Hide TP Packets Hide Data Packets W Hide Loopback Packets BCNT BRST BERC Hide LTSSM Transition Indicators E Hide CP Packets Hide Packets According to Speed F Hide Super Speed Packets Restore Factory Setting Saves Save As Default Load Load Default Apply Figure 7 5 Display Options USB3 Packet Hiding Dialog 7 5 Level Hiding Options By default no levels of transaction items transfer items or upper layer items are hidden You can select from the dialog what you want hidden Select the Level Hiding tab then select the level types to hide see Figure 7 6 on page 183 182 USB Protocol Suite User Manual Saving Loading Display Options Teledyne LeCroy Corporation NE Transaction Items To Hide Upper Layer Items To
430. yzer can recognize Ping LFPS signals above 60 nanoseconds and report their durations to 15 nanoseconds of accuracy USBTracer Trainer USB Advisor USBMobile HS and USBMobile T2 These CATC analyzers are no longer explicitly supported beginning in version 4 70 No further validation testing will be done with this equipment which have been deemed End Of Life EOL by Teledyne LeCroy Nothing will be done to remove support of these older devices from the software but the user should be cautioned that no new bug fixes will be implemented for these analyzers If problems occur on these EOL d analyzers in future releases you will have to uninstall the newer software and install an older release 4 60 or earlier which will be available on the Teledyne LeCroy Web Site Earlier versions of the software include the documentation related to these units in their respective User Manual versions USB Protocol Suite User Manual General Description 2 1 Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer 2 1 1 System Components and Packing List These system components are on the packing list OOoOCUOUD a Voyager M3 M3i Analyzer Exerciser System AC power cable USB cables five Installation CD ROM including documentation Micro to Standard USB adapter Mini to Standard USB adapter Quick Start Guide Product documentation is on the Installation CD ROM 2 1 2 Host Machine Requirements Please refer to the USBProtocolSuite_Readme html file on the install

USB Protocol Suite User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents